《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 CHINESE SCIENCE ABSTRACTS (Monthly, Established in 2006) Vol

《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 CHINESE SCIENCE ABSTRACTS (Monthly, Established in 2006) Vol. 10 No. 6, 2015 (Sum No. 108) Published on June 15, 2015

Chinese Science Abstracts

Competent Authority: Contents China Association for Science and Technology Supporting Organization: Hot Topic Department of Society Affairs and Academic Activities

China Association for Science and Technology Quantum Teleportation…………………………………………………………1

Sponsor: Shale Gas………………………………………………………………………16 Science and Technology Review Publishing House High Impact Papers Publisher:

Science and Technology Review Publishing House Highly Cited Papers TOP5……………………………………………………38

Entomology (38) Environmental Sciences (39) Editor-in-chief: CHEN Zhang-liang Chief of the Staff/Deputy Editor-in-chief: Environmental Studies (41) Ergonomics (42) QIN De-ji [email protected] Evolutionary Biology (44) Fisheries (45) Deputy Chief of the Staff/Deputy Editor-in-chief: Food Science Technology (47) Forestry (48) SHI Yong-chao [email protected] Gastroenterology Hepatology (50) Genetics Heredity (52) Deputy Editor-in-chief: SONG Jun Geochemistry Geophysics (53) Geography Physical (55) Deputy Director of Editorial Department: Geography (57) Geology (59) Geosciences Multidisciplinary (61) WANG Shuai-shuai [email protected] Geriatrics Gerontology (63) Hematology (65) Horticulture (67) WANG Xiao-bin Imaging Science Photographic Technology (68) Immunology (70)

Infectious Diseases (72) Information Science Library Science (74) Executive Editor of this issue: WANG Shuai-shuai Instruments Instrumentation (76) Integrative Complementary Medicine (77) Director of Circulation Department《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅: Limnology (79) Marine Freshwater Biology (81) YU Hui [email protected] Materials Science Biomaterials (83) Materials Science Ceramics (84) Editorial Department: Materials Science Characterization Testing (86) 010-62172009 [email protected] Materials Science Coatings Films (88) Materials Science Composites (89) Circulation Department: Materials Science Multidisciplinary (91) Materials Science Paper Wood (92) 010-62194182 [email protected] (for subscriptions) Materials Science Textiles (94) Mathematical Computational Biology (95) Address: No. 86, Xueyuan South Rd., Haidian Mathematics (96) Mathematics Applied (98) District, Beijing 100081, P.R.China Mathematics Interdisciplinary Applications (99) Mechanics (100) Postcode: 100081 Medical Informatics (102) Medical Laboratory Technology (104) Website: www.csad.org.cn Medicine General Internal (106) Medicine Legal (108) Sina Micro-blog: http://weibo.com/u/3809662148 Medicine Research Experimental (110) Distributor: All Local Post Offices in China Metallurgy Metallurgical Engineering (112) Distribution Codes: Meteorology Atmospheric Sciences (113) Microbiology (116) 80-487 (Homeland) M1993 (Overseas) Distributor in China: Beijing Publishing Bureau Microscopy (117) Mineralogy (119) Mining Mineral Processing (122) Distributor Abroad: Multidisciplinary Sciences (123) Mycology (125) China International Book Trading Cooperation Nanoscience Nanotechnology (126) Neuroimaging (128) (No. 35, Chegongzhuang West Road, Haidian Neurosciences (129) Nuclear Science Technology (131) Nursing (133) District, Beijing 100044, P.R.China Nutrition Dietetics (135) Obstetrics Gynecology (136) Oceanography (139) Printing: Beijing Jinghua Hucais Printing Co., Ltd. Periodical Registration: ISSN 1673-4084 Cover Papers

CN 11-5411/N Cover Papers…………………………………………………………………141 Price: RMB 40.00 (P.R.China) Botany (141) Biochemistry(141) US$ 40.00 (Abroad) Chemical Industry (142) Chemistry (142)

ⅰ

中国学术期刊文摘（英文版）（月刊，2006 年创刊）第 10 卷第6 期（总第 108 期） 2015 年 6 月 15 日出版

《中国学术期刊文摘》（英文版）

主管：中国科学技术协会目次支持单位：中国科协学会学术部主办：科技导报社热点追踪

出版者：科技导报社量子隐形传态……………………………………………………………………1

主编：陈章良页岩气……………………………………………………………………………16

社长/副主编高影响力文章秦德继 [email protected] 副社长 / 副主编各学科高被引论文 TOP5………………………………………………………38 史永超 [email protected] 昆虫学 (38) 环境科学 (39) 环境研究 (41) 副主编：宋军人体工程学 (42) 生物进化学 (44) 渔业 (45) 食品科技 (47) 林学 (48) 编辑部负责人：胃肠病与肝病 (50) 遗传学 (52) 王帅帅 [email protected] 地球化学与地球物理学 (53) 自然地理学 (55) 编辑部副主任：地理学 (57) 地质学 (59) 地球综合科学 (61) 王晓彬（兼）老年医学与老年学 (63) 血液学 (65) 园艺学 (67) 成像科学与摄影技术 (68) 本期执行责任编辑：王帅帅免疫学 (70) 传染病学 (72) 图书情报学 (74) 发行部负责人：《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅仪器与仪器仪表 (76) 中西医结合与补充医学 (77) 于辉 [email protected] 湖沼学 (79) 海洋与淡水生物学 (81) 生物材料学 (83) 编辑部：陶瓷材料学 (84) 材料科学，表征和测试 (86) 010-62172009 [email protected] 材料科学，涂料和薄膜 (88) 复合材料学 (89) 发行部：综合材料科学 (91) 材料科学，造纸材 (92) 010-62194182 [email protected]（网上订刊）材料科学，纺织 (94) 数学计算生物学 (95) 数学 (96) 应用数学 (98) 数学，综合应用 (99) 地址：北京市海淀区学院南路 86 号力学 (100) 医学信息 (102) 医学实验室技术 (104) 邮编：100081 内科学 (106) 法医学 (108) 医学实验研究 (110) 网址：www.csad.org.cn 冶金和冶金工程 (112) 气象学和大气科学 (113) 新浪微博：http://weibo.com/u/3809662148 微生物学 (116) 显微镜 (117) 矿物学 (119) 订阅：全国各地邮局矿业与矿物加工 (122) 综合科学 (123) 邮发代号：80-487（国内），M1993（国外）真菌学 (125) 纳米科学和纳米技术 (126) 中国总发行：北京市报刊发行局神经影像学 (128) 神经科学 (129) 海外发行总代理：中国国际图书贸易集团有限公司核科学与技术 (131) 护理学 (133) （北京市海淀区车公庄西路 35 号，邮编 100044）营养学 (135) 妇产科学 (136) 海洋学 (139) 广告经营许可证：京海工商广字第 0035 号封面文章印刷装订：北京京华虎彩印刷有限公司

标准连续出版物号： ISSN 1673-4084 封面文章………………………………………………………………………141 CN 11-5411/N 植物学 (141) 生物化学 (141)

定价：40.00 元(国内) US$ 40.00(国外) 化学工业 (142) 化学 (142)

ⅱ

Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

Hot Topic

Quantum Teleportation

·Editor's Note· Recently, PAN Jianwei, Academician of the Chinese Academy of Sciences, who is from University of Science and Technology of China, has made the transmission in quantum mechanics of multiple degrees of freedom become reality for the first time. This is another breakthrough in the experimental field of quantum information 18 years later, which lays the foundation for the development of extensible quantum computing and quantum network technology, since the transmission in quantum mechanics of single degree of freedom became reality in 1997. Nature released this achievement in its front cover and called this as “great achievement” in the field of quantum optics and quantum information on February 26, 2015. A research group from Tsinghua University and Beijing Normal University proposed a theory about transmission in quantum mechanics of multiple degrees of freedom including two degrees for the first time in 2010 and published an article in Physical Review A which attracted widespread attention from domestic and overseas counterparts. The multi-party quantum communication scheme which was proposed by University of Science and Technology of China was released in Physical Review Letters on March 6, 2015. This scheme made an important step in the practical and long distance multi-party quantum communication. Based on the principles of quantum mechanics, quantum communication applies the character of substances to communication technology and becomes one of research hotspots in this field because of its advantages in high-speed transmission and secret communication with high reliability. Quantum communication is a new communication technology to transmit information by using quantum-interference state and entangled quantum effect. This technology contains quantum key distribution, quantum secret sharing, quantum secure direct communication, and quantum teleportation derived from the combination of quantum theory and information theory. From a physical standpoint, quantum communication is a new way of communication which uses quantum effect to accomplish high-performance communication in limited cases and is able to guarantee the security which was an insolvable problem in communication technology. From the point of information science, quantum communication can transfer data by using the characters of quantum including quantum non-clone principle, quantum《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 collapse, quantum teleportation and quantum measurement. As an important development direction of the communication technology, quantum communication can transfer classic information like 1 or 0, and quantum information such as quantum superposition states and quantum entanglement. Over the last decade, the distance and speed of quantum communication have made great progress. Some small-scale quantum communication test network has been built up therefore the feasibility of quantum communication network has been proved. The European Union has proposed to focus on developing quantum repeater and satellite quantum communication to realize quantum key distribution in thousands of kilometers. Japan's National Institute of Information and Communications has made a plan to build a wide-field optical fiber and free space quantum communication network with ultimate capacity and unconditional security in 2040. Over the past few years, Los Alamos National Laboratory had been establishing a quantum internet with flap type under the table. Although the research in this field started a little bit late in China, it has reached the world advanced level in many aspects for application with the high starting point and fast progress. We can imagine that as the key technology to ensure the safety of communication in the future information society, quantum security communication will have a large scale application with the industrialization of communication technology and the realization of wide-area quantum communication network in the near future. This technology will become the driver for e-services including e-government, e-commerce, e-health, biological characteristics transmission, and intelligent transportation system and provide basic safety services and grantee for the modern information society. This issue was greatly supported by Professor LONG Gui-lu (Department of Physics, Tsinghua University).

·Data Rankings· By March 20, 2015, according to China Knowledge Resource Integrated Database (CNKI) and Web of Science (WOS), the numbers of journal papers by retrieving ‘quantum teleportation’ are 427 and 644 respectively. The number of published papers of institutions, authors, journals, and cited frequency are as follows.

1 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015

Number of Published Papers of Institutions in CNKI Number of Published Papers of Institutions in WOS Institution Number of Papers Institution Number of Papers

Xidian University 32 Chinese Academy of Sciences 33 University of Science and Technology University of Science Technology 31 29 of China China Beijing University of Posts and 17 Japan Science Technology Agency JST 20 Telecommunications Tsinghua University 13 University of Tokyo 16 Xi’an University of Posts & 13 Dalian University of Technology 16 Telecommunications (Sources: CNKI, Web of Science; Retrieval date: 2015.3.20)

Number of Published Papers of Authors in CNKI Number of Published Papers of Authors in WOS

Author Institution Number of Papers Author Number of Papers

PEI Chang-xing Xidian University 23 FURUSAWA A 15 Xi’an University of Posts & NIE Min 13 BRAUNSTEIN SL 13 Telecommunications University of Science and GUO Guang-can 10 SONG HS 13 Technology of China HAN Bao-bin Xidian University 10 PAN JW 12 Beijing University of Posts and YANG Bo-jun 6 ZEILINGER A 11 Telecommunications《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 (Sources: CNKI, Web of Science; Retrieval date: 2015.3.20)

Number of Published Papers of Journals in CNKI Number of Published Papers of Journals in WOS Journal Number of Papers Journal Number of Papers

Chinese Journal of Physics 59 Physical Review A 138 Communications in Theoretical Acta Sinica Quantum Optica 36 39 Physics International Journal of Theoretical Chinese Journal of Quantum Electronics 35 38 Physics Physics 29 Physical Review Letters 37

ACTA Photonica Sinica 18 Physics Letters A 29

(Sources: CNKI, Web of Science; Retrieval date: 2015.3.20)

According to CNKI, highly cited papers by retrieving ‘quantum teleportation’ are as follows.

Highly Cited Papers in CNKI Citation Title First Author Source Frequency Progress in Physics, 2000, 20(4): 69 Progress in quantum information research LI Chuan-feng 407–431 Quantum communication and quantum Chinese Journal of Quantum Electronics, 53 SU Xiao-qin computation 2004, 21(6): 706–718

2 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts (continue) Citation Title First Author Source Frequency 51 Introduction to quantum information GUO Guang-can Physics, 2001, 30(5): 286–293 Acta Physica Sinica, 2000, 49(5): 39 Entangementof quantum pure states SHI Ming-jun 825–829 A scheme for quantum local area networks and Journal of Xidian University, 2006, 33(6): 36 ZHU Chang-hua performance analysis 839–843 Scientia Sinica Pysica: Mechanica & 28 Quantum secure direct communication LONG Gui-lu Astronomica, 2011, 41(4): 332–342 Entanglement swapping in the process of two- Acta Physica Sinica, 2004, 53(11): 28 level atoms interacting with cavity fields of LAI Zhen-jiang 3733–3738 coherent states 28 Quantum communication XUE Peng Physics, 2002, 31(6): 385–391 Selective automatic repeat quantum synchronous Acta Physica Sinica, 2010, 59(4): 22 communication protocol based on quantum ZHOU Nan-run 2193–2199 entanglement Discussion on building the net of quantum Acta Physica Sinica, 2007, 56(4): 20 ZHOU Xiao-qing teleportation using three-particle entangled states 1881–1887 (Source: CNKI; Retrieval date: 2015.3.20)

According to Web of Science, highly cited papers by retrieving ‘quantum teleportation’ are as follows.

《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Highly Cited Papers in WOS Citation Title First Author Sources Frequency

2406 Experimental quantum teleportation Bouwmeester Nature, 1997, 390(6660): 575–579

1669 Unconditional quantum teleportation Furusawa, A Science, 1998, 282(5389): 706–709

Physical Review Letters, 1998, 80(4): 958 Teleportation of continuous quantum variables Braunstein, SL 869–872

505 Deterministic quantum teleportation with atoms Riebe, M Nature, 2004, 429(6993): 734–737

479 Deterministic quantum teleportation of atomic qubits Barrett, MD Nature, 2004, 429(6993): 737–739

Quantum teleportation using three-particle Physical Review A, 1998, 58(6): 390 Karlsson, A entanglement 4394–4400 Complete quantum teleportation using nuclear 368 Nielsen, MA Nature, 1998, 396(6706): 52–55 magnetic resonance Quantum teleportation of a polarization state with a Physical Review Letters, 2001, 86(7): 312 Kim, YH complete Bell state measurement 1370–1373 Multipartite entanglement for continuous variables: A Physical Review Letters, 2000, 84(15): 280 van Loock, P quantum teleportation network 3482–3485

224 Quantum teleportation between light and matter Sherson, Jacob F Nature, 2006, 443(7111): 557–560 (Source: Web of Science; Retrieval date: 2015.3.20)

3 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 ·Classic Papers·

By using Histcite to analyze the top 30 papers of LCS (Local Citation Score) based on the data from Web of Science, the chosen classic papers are as follows. Classic Papers

Number Title First Author Source

Physical Review A, 1994, 1 Teleportation of quantum states Vaidman, L 49(2):1473–1476

2 Experimental quantum teleportation Bouwmeester, D Nature, 1997, 390(6660): 575–579

3 Unconditional quantum teleportation Furusawa, A Science, 1998, 282(5389): 706–709

Physical Review Letters, 1998, 80(4): 4 Teleportation of continuous quantum variables Braunstein, SL 869–872

5 Deterministic quantum teleportation with atoms Riebe, M Nature, 2004, 429(6993): 734–737

Teleportation of quantum states Vaidman, L Abstract: The recent result of Bennett et al. [Phys. Rev. Lett. 70, 1895 (1993)] of teleportation of an unknown quantum state is obtained in the framework of nonlocal measurements proposed by Aharonov and Albert [Phys. Rev. D 21, 3316 (1980); 24, 359 (1981)]. The latter method is generalized to the teleportation of a quantum state of a system with continuous variables. Source: Physical Review A, 1994, 49(2):1473–1476

《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Experimental quantum teleportation Bouwmeester, D; Pan, JW; Mattle, K; et al. Abstract: Quantum teleportation—the transmission and reconstruction over arbitrary distances of the state of a quantum system—is demonstrated experimentally. During teleportation, an initial photon which carries the polarization that is to be transferred and one of a pair of entangled photons are subjected to a measurement such that the second photon of the entangled pair acquires the polarization of the initial photon. This latter photon can be arbitrarily far away from the initial one. Quantum teleportation will he a critical ingredient for quantum computation networks. Keywords: Bell-State analysis; entanglement; inequalities; information; channels; theorem Source: Nature, 1997, 390(6660): 575–579

Unconditional quantum teleportation Furusawa, A; Sorensen, JL; Braunstein, SL; et al. Abstract: Quantum teleportation of optical coherent states was demonstrated experimentally using squeezed-state entanglement. The quantum nature of the achieved teleportation was verified by the experimentally determined fidelity F-exp=0.58+/-0.02, which describes the match between input and output states. A fidelity greater than 0.5 is not possible for coherent states without the use of entanglement. This is the first realization of unconditional quantum teleportation where every state entering the device is actually teleported. Keywords: podolsky-rosen paradox; sub-poissonian light; continuous-variables; atomic-state; realization; conversion; cavity Source: Science, 1998, 282(5389): 706–709

Teleportation of continuous quantum variables Braunstein, SL; Kimble, HJ Abstract: Quantum teleportation is analyzed for states of dynamical variables with continuous spectra, in contrast to previous work with discrete (spin) variables. The entanglement fidelity of the scheme is computed, including the roles of finite quantum correlation and nonideal detection efficiency. A protocol is presented for teleporting the wave function of a single mode of the electromagnetic field with high fidelity using squeezed-state entanglement and current experimental capability. Keywords: podolsky-rosen paradox; nondegenerate parametric amplification; squeezed light; atomic-state; phase; spectroscopy; realization;

4 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts channels Source: Physical Review Letters, 1998, 80(4): 869–872

Deterministic quantum teleportation with atoms Riebe, M; Haffner, H; Roos, CF; et al. Abstract: Teleportation of a quantum state encompasses the complete transfer of information from one particle to another. The complete specification of the quantum state of a system generally requires an infinite amount of information, even for simple two-level systems (qubits). Moreover, the principles of quantum mechanics dictate that any measurement on a system immediately alters its state, while yielding at most one bit of information. The transfer of a state from one system to another (by performing measurements on the first and operations on the second) might therefore appear impossible. However, it has been shown (1) that the entangling properties of quantum mechanics, in combination with classical communication, allow quantum-state teleportation to be performed. Teleportation using pairs of entangled photons has been demonstrated (2-6), but such techniques are probabilistic, requiring post-selection of measured photons. Here, we report deterministic quantum-state teleportation between a pair of trapped calcium ions. Following closely the original proposal (1), we create a highly entangled pair of ions and perform a complete Bell-state measurement involving one ion from this pair and a third source ion. State reconstruction conditioned on this measurement is then performed on the other half of the entangled pair. The measured fidelity is 75%, demonstrating unequivocally the quantum nature of the process. Keywords: Podolsky-Rosen Channels; Computer; State Source: Nature, 2004, 429(6993): 734–737 Email: Blatt, R; [email protected]

《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅

5 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 ·Highly Cited Papers·

Citation frenquency: 69 Progress in quantum information research LI Chuan-feng; GUO Guang-can Abstract: Quantum information theory is the combination of classical information theory and quantum mechanics. In this paper, we review the recent research progress in quantum information theory, including the newly developed promising field of quantum game theory as well as the well-known fields such as quantum communication and quantum computation. We concent rate on the fundamental theoretical frame of the quantum information theory , and introduce the experiment research in the field at the same time. Keywords: Quantum Information; Quantum Communication; Quantum Computation; Quantum Game Theory Source: Progress in Physics, 2000, 20(4): 407–431

Citation frenquency: 53 Quantum communication and quantum computation SU Xiao-qin; GUO Guang-can Abstract: Quantum information theory, which mainly involves in quantum communication and quantum computation, now is the hot research field of physics. The fundamental theoretical frame of quantum communication and quantum computation was introduced, which include quantum entanglement, quantum no-cloning theorem, quantum key distribution, quantum teleportation, quantum parallel computing, quantum computational means of Shor and Grover. The experimental progress in the field was also introduced. Keywords: quantum information; quantum communication; quantum computation; quantum entanglement; quantum teleportation; quantum cryptography Source: Chinese Journal of Quantum Electronics, 2004, 21(6): 706–718

Citation frenquency: 51 Introduction to quantum information 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅GUO Guang-can Abstract: After an introduction to the background of quantum information we review themain topics in this field, including quantum entanglement, quantum computation, quantum cryptography, quantum communication, quantum cloning and quantum game theory. We deseribe not only the relevant basic concepts, but also new developments in quantum information research. Keywords: quantum information; quantum communication; quantum computation; quantum game theory Source: Physics, 2001, 30(5): 286–293

Citation frenquency: 39 Entangementof quantum pure states SHI Ming-jun; DU Jiang-feng; ZHU Dong-pei Abstract: Entangled state and entanglement have important action in quantum computation and quantum communication. In this paper, we consider the quantum pure state, show its properties when time reversal transformation is used, and study the representation of corresponding density matrix in Hilbert-Schmidt space. Finally we give a geometrical interpretation for entanglement. Source: Acta Physica Sinica, 2000, 49(5): 825–829

Citation frenquency: 36 A scheme for quantum local area networks and performance analysis ZHU Chang-hua; PEI Chang-xing; MA Huai-xin; et al. Abstract: This paper presents ascheme for Quantum Local Area Netw orks (QLAN) based on entanglement swapping and classical switching, in which the Ca rrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detec tion (CSMA/CD) protocol is applied to implement multiple users communication, the message on building and releasing channel, etc. is transferred by the classical switch, and the entanglement of photons between sender and receiver is built by entanglement swapping and quantum information is transferred by the principle of quantum teleportation. Performance analysis results show that the through put of QLAN increases greatly with hig her probabilities with which entanglement is built between sender's photons and receiver's photons, the sender finishes the joint Bell state measurement successfully and the receiver detects the sender's qubit information, respectively. Keywords: quantum communications; local area networks; entanglement swapping; CSMA/CD Source: Journal of Xidian University, 2006, 33(6): 839–843

6 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Citation frenquency: 28 Quantum secure direct communication LONG Gui-lu; WANG Chuan; LI Yan-song; et al. Abstract: Quantum communication exploits the principles of quantum mechanics in the transmision and processing of information. It has the advantages of high security and high capacity. Quantum secure direct communication (QSDC) is a new mode of quantum coomunication by Long and Liu in which secret information can be transmitted securely and directly over quantum channels. Since it was first proposed in 2000, QSDC has been developed very fast. In this review, we will explain the basic principles of QSDC and describe some typical QSDC protocols. Toward the end of the review, we will introduce the new trends in the QSDC research and give a perspectiv of QSDC research. Keywords: quantum secure direct communication; QSDC; quantum communication; two-step QSDC protocol; efficient QSDC protocol; quantum one-time-pad QSDC protocol; QSDC network Source: Scientia Sinica Pysica: Mechanica & Astronomica, 2011, 41(4): 332–342

Citation frenquency: 28 Entanglement swapping in the process of two-level atoms interacting with cavity fields of coherent states LAI Zhen-jiang; YANG Zhi-yong; BAI Jin-tao; et al. Abstract: From the viewpoint of quantum information theory, a multiatom and muticavity system was investigated. In the system the interaction between the atoms and the fields in the cavities is described by the intensity-dependent coupling Jaynes-Cummings model. It is found that the atomic maximal entangled state can be transformed into themaximal odd-even-like coherent entangled state, whereas themaximal odd-even-like coherent entangled state also can be transformed into the atomic maximal entangled state. Keywords: quantum information; cavity quantum electrodynamics; discrete and continuous variable entanglement; entanglement swapping and transfer Source: Acta Physica Sinica, 2004, 53(11): 3733–3738

Citation frenquency: 28 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Quantum communication XUE Peng; GUO Guang-can Abstract: Quantum communication is a rising interdisciplinary field which combines classical communication and quantum mechanics. We summarize the new developments of quantum communication, which includes quantum teleportation, quantum superdense coding and quantum cryptography. Recently, there has been much interest in using quantum resources to reduce communication complexity and to prepare or control quantum states remotely. An introduction is given to the basic theoretic framework of quantum communication and the lastest development in experimental research. Keywords: quantum communication; quantum teleportatiom; quantum superdense coding; quantum cryptography; quantum communication complexity; quantum remote state preparation Source: Physics, 2002, 31(6): 385–391

Citation frenquency: 22 Selective automatic repeat quantum synchronous communication protocol based on quantum entanglement ZHOU Nan-run; ZENG Bin-yang; WANG Li-jun; et al. Abstract: From the classical selective repeat ARQ (Automatic Repeat-reQuest) protocol, a selective repeat ARQ quantum synchronous communication protocol in data link layer is presented by utilizing the intrinsic characteristics of quantum mechanics. The proposed protocol divides the link into the preparation and the send stages，where the message is sent via classical channel and the preparation and distribution of EPR (Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen) pairs are supposed to be accomplished at the preparation stage. The performances of several protocols in data link layer are compared and analyzed from the aspects of throughput and utilization ratio of the channel. It is shown that the proposed protocol enhances the maximum throughput and the utilization ratio of the channel effectively and improves the performance of the selective repeat ARQ protocol for date link layers. The proposed protocol is of great significance in military communications. Keywords: quantum communication; quantum entanglement; selective automatic repeat protocol; synchronous communication Source: Acta Physica Sinica, 2010, 59(4): 2193–2199

Citation frenquency: 20 Discussion on building the net of quantum teleportation using three-particle entangled states ZHOU Xiao-qing; WU Yun-wen Abstract: We may make three-particle entanglement using the source of three-particle W states. Put this particle entanglement down as 7 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 quantum channel, and transfer information of Bell states measurement and von Neumann measurement using classical channel, the quantum teleportation net may then be realized. Based on this idea, we investigate the physical principle for building the quantum teleportation net using three-particle W states, find out the unitary transformation matrix for quantum teleportation of three-particle W states, and design a quantum teleportation net. We propose a scheme for quantum communications net and its protocol. If all stations work as schemed, quantum communications between any two stations may be realized. Keywords: quantum communications; quantum teleportation; W states Source: Acta Physica Sinica, 2007, 56(4): 1881–1887

Citation frenquency: 2406 Experimental quantum teleportation Bouwmeester; Pan, JW; Mattle, K; et al. Abstract: see also “Classic Papers”

Citation frenquency: 1669 Unconditional quantum teleportation Furusawa, A; Sorensen, JL; Braunstein, SL; et al. Abstract: see also “Classic Papers”

Citation frenquency: 958 Teleportation of continuous quantum variables Braunstein, SL; Kimble, HJ Abstract: see also “Classic Papers”

Citation frenquency: 505 Deterministic quantum teleportation with atoms 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Riebe, M; Haffner, H; Roos, CF; et al. Abstract: see also “Classic Papers”

Citation frenquency: 479 Deterministic quantum teleportation of atomic qubits Barrett, MD; Chiaverini, J; Schaetz, T; et al. Abstract: Quantum teleportation (1) provides a means to transport quantum information efficiently from one location to another, without the physical transfer of the associated quantum-information carrier. This is achieved by using the non-local correlations of previously distributed, entangled quantum bits (qubits). Teleportation is expected to play an integral role in quantum communication (2) and quantum computation (3). Previous experimental demonstrations have been implemented with optical systems that used both discrete and continuous variables (4-9), and with liquid-state nuclear magnetic resonance (10). Here we report unconditional teleportation (5) of massive particle qubits using atomic (Be-9(+)) ions confined in a segmented ion trap, which aids individual qubit addressing. We achieve an average fidelity of 78 percent, which exceeds the fidelity of any protocol that does not use entanglement (11). This demonstration is also important because it incorporates most of the techniques necessary for scalable quantum information processing in an ion-trap system (12, 13). Keywords: podolsky-rosen channels; trapped ions; state; information; operations Source: Nature, 2004, 429(6993): 737–739 Email: Wineland, DJ; [email protected]

Citation frenquency: 390 Quantum teleportation using three-particle entanglement Karlsson, A; Bourennane, M Abstract: We investigate the “teleportation” of a quantum state using three-particle entanglement to either one of two receivers in such a way that, generally, either one of the two, but only one, ran fully reconstruct the quantum state conditioned on the measurement outcome of the other. We furthermore delineate the similarities between this process and a quantum nondemolition measurement. Keywords: theorem; cannot; logic; state Source: Physical Review A, 1998, 58(6): 4394–4400 Email: Karlsson, A; [email protected]

8 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Citation frenquency: 368 Complete quantum teleportation using nuclear magnetic resonance Nielsen, MA; Knill, E; Laflamme, R; et al. Abstract: Quantum-mechanical systems have information processing capabilities (1, 2) that are not possible with classical devices, One example is quantum teleportation (3), in which the quantum state of a system is transported from one location to another without moving through the intervening space. But although partial implementations (4, 5) of quantum teleportation over macroscopic distances have been achieved using optical systems, the final stage of the teleportation procedure-which allows the complete recovery of the original state-was omitted. Here we report an experimental implementation of full quantum teleportation over interatomic distances using liquid-state nuclear magnetic resonance. We achieve teleportation of the quantum state of a carbon nucleus to a hydrogen nucleus in molecules of trichloroethylene, by exploiting natural phase decoherence of the carbon nuclei. Such a teleportation scheme may be used as a subroutine in larger quantum computations, or for quantum communication. Keywords: entanglement; state; computation; channels Source: Nature, 1998, 396(6706): 52–55

Citation frenquency: 312 Quantum teleportation of a polarization state with a complete Bell state measurement Kim, YH; Kulik, SP; Shih, Y Abstract: We report a quantum teleportation experiment in which nonlinear interactions an used for the Bell state measurements. The experimental results demonstrate the working principle of irreversibly teleporting an unknown arbitrary polarization state from one system to another distant system by disassembling into and then later reconstructing from purely classical information and nonclassical EPR correlations. The distinct feature of this experiment is that all four Bell states can be distinguished in the Bell state measurement. Teleportation of a polarization state can thus occur with certainty in principle. Source: Physical Review Letters, 2001, 86(7): 1370–1373

Citation frenquency: 280 Multipartite entanglement《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 for continuous variables: A quantum teleportation network van Loock, P; Braunstein, SL Abstract: We show that one single-mode squeezed state distributed among N parties using linear optics suffices to produce a truly N-partite entangled state for any nonzero squeezing and arbitrarily many parties. From this N-partite entangled state, via quadrature measurements of N-2 modes, bipartite entanglement between any two of the N parties can be “distilled”, which enables quantum teleportation with an experimentally determinable fidelity better than could be achieved in any classical scheme. Source: Physical Review Letters, 2000, 84(15): 3482–3485

Citation frenquency: 224 Quantum teleportation between light and matter Sherson, Jacob F; Krauter, Hanna; Olsson, Rasmus K; et al. Abstract: Quantum teleportation (1) is an important ingredient in distributed quantum networks (2), and can also serve as an elementary operation in quantum computers (3). Teleportation was first demonstrated as a transfer of a quantum state of light onto another light beam (4–6); later developments used optical relays (7) and demonstrated entanglement swapping for continuous variables (8). The teleportation of a quantum state between two single material particles (trapped ions) has now also been achieved (9, 10). Here we demonstrate teleportation between objects of a different nature-light and matter, which respectively represent ‘flying’ and ‘stationary’ media. A quantum state encoded in a light pulse is teleported onto a macroscopic object (an atomic ensemble containing 10 (12) caesium atoms). Deterministic teleportation is achieved for sets of coherent states with mean photon number (n) up to a few hundred. The fidelities are 0.58+/-0.02 for n=20 and 0.60+/-0.02 for n=55-higher than any classical state transfer can possibly achieve (11). Besides being of fundamental interest, teleportation using a macroscopic atomic ensemble is relevant for the practical implementation of a quantum repeater (2). An important factor for the implementation of quantum networks is the teleportation distance between transmitter and receiver; this is 0.5 metres in the present experiment. As our experiment uses propagating light to achieve the entanglement of light and atoms required for teleportation, the present approach should be scalable to longer distances. Keywords: podolsky-rosen channels; single photons; state; operations; storage Source: Nature, 2006, 443(7111): 557–560 Email: Polzik, ES; [email protected]

9 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 ·Recommended Papers·

High-speed polarization controller for all-fiber quantum communication systems LI Shen; MA Hai-qiang; WU Ling-an; et al. Abstract: Polarization control is of vital importance in optical communications, which can affect the stability and bit error rate of a system. We demonstrate an all-fiber high-speed polarization control scheme based on a bidirectional Sagnac ring. The polarization direction can be accurately controlled by adjusting the phase difference of an electro-optic fiber phase modulator in the ring, meanwhile it is realized that only a single beam port outputs different polarization states. The phase can be adjusted accuratly to 10−3 rad, giving anextinction ratio as high as 30 dB, and the modulation speed can reach 2 GHz. The system has excellent stability, and as the opticalcircuit consists of simple, low cost components which can be easily integrated, there are good prospects for its application in quantumcryptography and other optical communcations fields. Keywords: optical fiber polarization controller; Sagnac ring; quantum communications Source: Acta Physica Sinica, 2013, 62(8): 084214 Email: Wu Ling-an; [email protected]

Introduction to quantum correlations ZHOU Tao; LONG Gui-lu; FU Shuang-shuang Abstract: Quantum entanglement is a kind of nonlocal quantum correlations that has been widely used in quantum information processing. Recent studies have found that quantum (non-classical) correlations can exist even in separable states, and quantum entanglement is just one form of quantum correlation. Non-entangled quantum correlations play important roles in various quantum communications and quantum computing tasks. In this article, we briefly review the basic concepts of quantum correlation, introduce some commonly used measures of quantum correlation, and describe various applications and recent developments, together with several important references. Keywords: quantum entanglement; quantum correlations; quantum discord; quantum information processing Source: Physics, 2013, 42(8): 544–551 Email: LONG Gui-lu; [email protected]

Study《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 on quantum key distribution between different media Zhou Fei; Yong Hai-Lin; Li Dong-Dong; et al. Abstract: This paper mainly solves the photon polarization encoding problem of quantum key distribution (QKD) between different media. The influence of the transmission rate of different photon component on quantum bit error rate (QBER) has been quantitatively analyzed, with a practical analysis of QBER of QKD between air and water. Furthermore, we have put forward a single-photon compensation scheme for eliminating such non-ideal BB84 protocol, as well as a more robust and practical dual-photon encoding scheme to offset such interfacial non-unitary noise. This takes an important step towards the air-sea-ground wide area quantum communication in the future. Keywords: quantum key distribution; different media; Fresnel’s formula; quantum bit error rate Source: Acta Physica Sinica, 2014, 63(14): 140303

Secure quantum communication protocol based on symmetric W state and identity authentication LIU Chao; GENG Huan-tong; LIU Wen-jie Abstract: Due to the better robustness of entangled W state, it is considered to be better qualified as information carrier for quantum information processing and quantum secure communication. Recently, many kinds of quantum direct communication protocols based on four-particle W state or three-particle asymmetric W state have been proposed. However, these protocols either have low communication efficiency or are difficult to be implemented in physics experiment. By utilizing three-particle W state and the mechanism of quantum identity authentication, a new deterministic secure quantum communication protocol was proposed. This protocol consisted of five parts: authentication code generating, quantum states preparation, quantum states distribution, eavesdropping check and identity authentication, and information communication．The two participants only needed to perform the two-particle Bell measurement, the single-particle Z-basis or X-basis measurement, and the communication efficiency was also improved: One W state can transmit one classical bit of information. The security analysis shows that the present protocol is secure against various eavesdropper Eve's attacks and impersonationattacks, so it has better security. Keywords: quantum cryptography; quantum communication; deterministic secure direct communication; symmetric W state; identity authentication Source: Journal of Computer Applications, 2014, 34(2): 438–441

10 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

Controlled Two-way Quantum Teleportation via GHZ Quadripartite Entangled State and Security HU Yu-an; YE Zhi-qing Abstract: A scheme for controlled two-way quantum teleportation of unknown one-qubit state via GHZ quadripartite entangled state was proposed. Two sides of communication (Alice and Bob) and the controller, secretly share two pairs of GHZ quadripartite entangled state in advance to construct quantum channel. According to the different ways of distribution along with different measuring vectors choosed to use, two-way quantum teleportation controlled by a third party and a fouth party were realized. After communication, Alice and Bob perform quantum projection measurement on parts of their qubits respectively. If the controller agrees to intercommunication, he should measure his qubits and announce the results via classical channel. Then the both sides of communication can make appropriate unitary transformations on their own certain qubit on the basis of the controller s results, thus they are able to reconstruct each other s unknown state on their own qubit. The security of the whole two-way communication is greatly impoved owing to the join of the third party Charlie and the fourth party Dennis. Keywords: Quantum communication; Controlled two-way quantum teleportation; GHZ entangled state Bell-state measurement; Security Source: Acta Photonica Sinica, 2014, 43(8): 0827001 Email: YE Zhi-qing; [email protected]

Influences of mesoscale sandstorm on the quantum satellite communication channel and performance simulation NIE Min; SHANG Peng-gang; YANG Guang; et al. Abstract: Mesoscale sandstorm is a common form of dust weather in Nevada in the US, the northern part in China, and the Middle East countries in the Asia. To investigate the influence of mesoscale sandstorm on the quantum satellite communication channels, the physical characteristics of the dust storms are analyzed first. According to the diffusion model of mesoscale storms, the relationship between the proposed scale dust features and the degree of quantum entanglement is established then. The effect of dust on properties of the quantum satellite channel is simulated finally. The results show that if the diffusion time for the dust is 12 hours, the dust particle radii are 1 and 25 μm, the entanglement degrees of quantum satellite channels are 0.6 and 0.4, the utilization rates of quantum satellite channels are 0.9 and 0.8, the capacities of quantum satellite《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 channels are 0.95 and 0.8. The characteristic parameters of the quantum channels are closely related to sandstorms. Therefore, in order to improve the reliability of quantum satellite communications, the parameters of quantum satellite channels should be adjusted adaptively. Keywords: quantum communication; mesoscale sandstorms; quantum entanglement Source: Acta Physica Sinica, 2014, 63(24): 240303 Email: SHANG Peng-gang;[email protected]

Quantum Secure Direct Comunication Over Noisy Channel Based on Stabilizer Codes Theroy AN Hu-yao; YU Tao; LIU Dun-wei; et al. Abstract: The notion of quantum secure direct communication (QSDC) has been introduced recently in quantum as a supplement for quantum key distribution, in which Alice and Bob exchange messages secure classical message without establishing any shared keys previously. Differ from quantum key distribution, as a kind of deterministic communication, QSDC is more easily affected by the noisy channel, in this case we need stronger error correction method in QSDC. In this paper, a quantum secure direct communication protocol using GHZ state based on stabiliser codes theory is presented. Our protocol can not only maintain unconditional security, but also find and correct one quantum bit phase error, efficiently diminish the quantum bit error rate in noisy channel. Abstract: quantum secure direct communication; stabilizer codes; noisy channel Source: Actor Sinica Quantum Optica, 2014, 20(3): 187–191 Email: YU Tao; [email protected]

Entanglement of stabilizer codewords CHEN Xiao-yu Abstract: Quantum communication and quantum computation are two important parts of quantum information science. Quantum algorithm usually uses real equally weighted states, among them are graph states, whose entanglement is well studied. Quantum communication is inevitably connected with quantum error correcting codes (QECC). The most important and frequently used QECCs are quantum stabilizer codes, which can be seen as the combination of graph states with classical error correcting codes. We argue that the complexity of quantum coding is closely related to the entanglement of the code. We prove that entanglement measured by the geometric measure, the robustness and the relative entropy of entanglement are equal for a stabilizer quantum codeword. The entanglement upper and

11 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 lower bounds are determined from the generators of a quantum code. CSS codes are quantum codes derived from classical codes. We prove that the entanglement of CSS code equals its number of classical generators when the CSS code is dual-containing. We give the entanglement of codewords for Gottesman codes and related codes. An iterative algorithm is developed to calculate the entanglement numberically. Keywords: quantum code; multipartite entanglement; entanglement measure Source: Scientia Sinica (Physica,Mechanica & Astronomica), 2015, 45(3): 133–138 Email: CHEN Xiao-yu; [email protected]

Deterministic quantum teleportation with feed-forward in a solid state system Steffen, L; Salathe, Y; Oppliger, M; et al. Abstract: Engineered macroscopic quantum systems based on superconducting electronic circuits are attractive for experimentally exploring diverse questions in quantum information science(1-3). At the current state of the art, quantum bits (qubits) are fabricated, initialized, controlled, read out and coupled to each other in simple circuits. This enables the realization of basic logic gates(4), the creation of complex entangled states(5,6) and the demonstration of algorithms(7) or error correction(8). Using different variants of low-noise parametric amplifiers(9), dispersive quantum non-demolition single-shot readout of single-qubit states with high fidelity has enabled continuous(10) and discrete(11) feedback control of single qubits. Here we realize full deterministic quantum teleportation with feed-forward in a chip-based superconducting circuit architecture(12-14). We use a set of two parametric amplifiers for both joint two-qubit and individual qubit single-shot readout, combined with flexible real-time digital electronics. Our device uses a crossed quantum bus technology that allows us to create complex networks with arbitrary connecting topology in a planar architecture. The deterministic teleportation process succeeds with order unit probability for any input state, as we prepare maximally entangled two-qubit states as a resource and distinguish all Bell states in a single two-qubit measurement with high efficiency and high fidelity. We teleport quantum states between two macroscopic systems separated by 6 mm at a rate of 104 s-1, exceeding other reported implementations. The low transmission loss of superconducting waveguides is likely to enable the range of this and other schemes to be extended to significantly larger distances, enabling tests of non-locality and the realization of elements for quantum communication at microwave frequencies. The demonstrated feed-forward may also find application《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 in error correction schemes. Keywords: superconducting circuits; qubits; entanglement; computation; information Source: Nature, 2013, 500(7462):319–322 Email: Steffen, L; [email protected]

Deterministic quantum teleportation between distant atomic objects Krauter, H ; Salart, D; Muschik, CA; et al. Abstract: Quantum teleportation is a key ingredient in quantum networks (1, 2) and one of the building blocks for quantum computation (3, 4). Teleportation between distant material objects using light as the quantum-information carrier has been a particularly exciting goal. Here we propose and demonstrate the deterministic continuous-variable teleportation between distant material objects. The objects are macroscopic atomic ensembles at room temperature. Entanglement required for teleportation is distributed by light propagating from one ensemble to the other. We demonstrate that the experimental fidelity of the quantum teleportation is higher than that achievable by any classical process. Furthermore, we demonstrate the benefits of deterministic teleportation by teleporting a sequence of spin states evolving in time from one distant object onto another. The teleportation protocol is applicable to other important systems, such as mechanical oscillators coupled to light or cold spin ensembles coupled to microwaves. Keywords: light; qubits; communication; operations; ensembles; matter Source: Nature Physics, 2013, 9(7): 400–404 Email: Polzik, ES; [email protected]

Deterministic quantum teleportation of photonic quantum bits by a hybrid technique Takeda, Shuntaro; Mizuta, Takahiro; Fuwa, Maria; et al. Abstract: Quantum teleportation (1) allows for the transfer of arbitrary unknown quantum states from a sender to a spatially distant receiver, provided that the two parties share an entangled state and can communicate classically. It is the essence of many sophisticated protocols for quantum communication and computation (2-5). Photons are an optimal choice for carrying information in the form of 'flying qubits', but the teleportation of photonic quantum bits (6-11) (qubits) has been limited by experimental inefficiencies and restrictions. Main disadvantages include the fundamentally probabilistic nature of linear-optics Bell measurements (12), as well as the need either to destroy the teleported qubit or attenuate the input qubit when the detectors do not resolve photon numbers(13). Here we experimentally realize fully

12 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts deterministic quantum teleportation of photonic qubits without post-selection. The key step is to make use of a hybrid technique involving continuous-variable teleportation (14-16) of a discrete-variable, photonic qubit. When the receiver's feedforward gain is optimally tuned, the continuous-variable teleporter acts as a pure loss channel (17,18), and the input dual-rail-encoded qubit, based on a single photon, represents a quantum error detection code against photon loss(19) and hence remains completely intact for most teleportation events. This allows for a faithful qubit transfer even with imperfect continuous-variable entangled states: for four qubits the overall transfer fidelities range from 0.79 to 0.82 and all of them exceed the classical limit of teleportation. Furthermore, even for a relatively low level of the entanglement, qubits are teleported much more efficiently than in previous experiments, albeit post-selectively (taking into account only the qubit subspaces), and with a fidelity comparable to the previously reported values. Keywords: podolsky-rosen channels; experimental realization; state; computation; operations; qubits Source: Nature, 2013, 500(7462): 315–318 Email: Furusawa, A; [email protected]

Unconditional quantum teleportation between distant solid-state quantum bits Pfaff, W; Hensen, BJ; Bernien, H; et al. Abstract: Realizing robust quantum information transfer between long-lived qubit registers is a key challenge for quantum information science and technology. Here we demonstrate unconditional teleportation of arbitrary quantum states between diamond spin qubits separated by 3 meters. We prepare the teleporter through photon-mediated heralded entanglement between two distant electron spins and subsequently encode the source qubit in a single nuclear spin. By realizing a fully deterministic Bell-state measurement combined with real-time feed-forward, quantum teleportation is achieved upon each attempt with an average state fidelity exceeding the classical limit. These results establish diamond spin qubits as a prime candidate for the realization of quantum networks for quantum communication and network-based quantum computing. Keywords: spin; qubits; information; register; diamond Source: Science, 2014, 345(6196): 532–535 Email: Hanson, R; [email protected]

Relativistic Quantum Teleportation with Superconducting Circuits 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Friis, N; Lee, AR;Truong, K; et al. Abstract: We study the effects of relativistic motion on quantum teleportation and propose a realizable experiment where our results can be tested. We compute bounds on the optimal fidelity of teleportation when one of the observers undergoes nonuniform motion for a finite time. The upper bound to the optimal fidelity is degraded due to the observer's motion. However, we discuss how this degradation can be corrected. These effects are observable for experimental parameters that are within reach of cutting-edge superconducting technology. Source: Physical Review Letters, 2013, 110(11) Article number: 113602

Near-deterministic quantum teleportation and resource-efficient quantum computation using linear optics and hybrid qubits Lee, Seung-Woo; Jeong, Hyunseok Abstract: We propose a scheme to realize deterministic quantum teleportation using linear optics and hybrid qubits. It enables one to efficiently perform teleportation and universal linear-optical gate operations in a simple and near-deterministic manner using all-optical hybrid entanglement as off-line resources. Our analysis shows that our approach outperforms previous ones when considering both the resource requirements and fault-tolerance limits. Source: Physical Review A, 2013, 87(2) Article number: 022326 Email: Jeong, Hyunseok; [email protected]

Quantum teleportation from a propagating photon to a solid-state spin qubit Gao, WB; Fallahi, P; Togan, E; et al. Abstract: A quantum interface between a propagating photon used to transmit quantum information and a long-lived qubit used for storage is of central interest in quantum information science. A method for implementing such an interface between dissimilar qubits is quantum teleportation. Here we experimentally demonstrate transfer of quantum information carried by a photon to a semiconductor spin using quantum teleportation. In our experiment, a single photon in a superposition state is generated using resonant excitation of a neutral dot. To teleport this photonic qubit, we generate an entangled spin-photon state in a second dot located 5 m away and interfere the photons from the two dots in a Hong-Ou-Mandel set-up. Thanks to an unprecedented degree of photon-indistinguishability, a coincidence detection at the output of the interferometer heralds successful teleportation, which we verify by measuring the resulting spin state after prolonging its

13 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 coherence time by optical spin-echo. Keywords: single-photon; dot spin; entanglement distribution; electron spins; atomic qubits; computation; semiconductor; information; feedforward; ensembles Source: Nature Communications, 2013, 4 Article number: 2744 Email: Imamoglu, A; [email protected]

Quantum teleportation of spin coherent states: beyond continuous variables teleportation Pyrkov, Alexey N; Byrnes, Tim Abstract: We introduce a quantum teleportation scheme that transfers a spin coherent state between two locations using entanglement. In the scheme an unknown spin coherent state lying on the equator of the Bloch sphere, such as realized in a coherent two-component Bose-Einstein condensate, is teleported onto a distant spin coherent state using only elementary operations and measurements. The scheme works in the regime beyond the standard continuous variables approximation based on the Holstein-Primakoff transformation. We analyze the error of the protocol with the number of particles N in the spin coherent state under decoherence and find that it scales favorably with N. The simplicity of the operations involved and the robustness under decoherence should make the protocol suitable under realistic experimental conditions. Keywords: quantum teleportation; spin coherent state; Bose-Einstein condensate; quantum entanglement; macroscopic qubit Source: New Journal of Physics, 2014, 16 Article number: 073038 Email: Pyrkov, Alexey N; [email protected]

Quantum Teleportation of Dynamics and Effective Interactions between Remote Systems Muschik, Christine A; Hammerer, Klemens; Polzik, Eugene S; et al. Abstract: Most protocols for quantum information processing consist of a series of quantum gates, which are applied sequentially. In contrast, interactions between matter and fields, for example, as well as measurements such as homodyne detection of light are typically continuous in time. We show how the ability to perform quantum operations continuously and deterministically can be leveraged for inducing nonlocal dynamics between two separate parties. We introduce a scheme for the engineering of an interaction between two remote systems and present a protocol that induces a dynamics in one of the parties that is controlled by the other one. Both schemes apply to continuous variable systems, run 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅continuously in time, and are based on real-time feedback. Keywords: atomic ensembles; light; communication; entanglement; information; operations; interface Source: Physical Review Letters, 2013,111(2) Article number: 020501

Quantum teleportation with nonclassical correlated states in noninertial frames Mehri-Dehnavi, Hossein; Darabad, Robabeh Rahimi; Mohammadzadeh, Hosein; et al. Abstract: Quantum teleportation is studied in noninertial frame, for fermionic case, when Alice and Bob share a general nonclassical correlated state. In noninertial frames, two fidelities of teleportation are given. It is found that the average fidelity of teleportation from a separable and nonclassical correlated state is increasing with the amount of nonclassical correlation of the state. However, for any particular nonclassical correlated state, the fidelity of teleportation decreases by increasing the acceleration. Keywords: Quantum teleportation; Noninertial frames; Nonclassical correlation Source: Quantum Information Processing, 2015, 14(3): 1025–1034 Email: Darabad, RR; [email protected]

Quantum teleportation of multiple degrees of freedom of a single photon WANG Xi-lin; CAI Xin-dong; SU Zu-en; et al. Abstract: Quantum teleportation' provides a 'disembodied' way to transfer quantum states from one object to another at a distant location, assisted by previously shared entangled states and a classical communication channel. As well as being of fundamental interest, teleportation has been recognized as an important element in long-distance quantum communication', distributed quantum networks' and measurementbased quantum computation. There have been numerous demonstrations of teleportation in different physical systems such as photons's, atoms', ionsio, H, electrons' and superconducting circuits’3. All the previous experiments were limited to the teleportation of one degree of freedom only. However, a single quantum particle can naturally possess various degrees of freedom internal and external and with coherent coupling among them. A fundamental open challenge is to teleport multiple degrees of freedom simultaneously, which is necessary to describe a quantum particle fully and, therefore, to teleport it intact. Here we demonstrate quantum teleportation of the composite quantum states of a single photon encoded in both spin and orbital angular momentum. We use photon pairs entangled in both degrees of freedom (that is, hyper-entangled) as the quantum channel for teleportation, and develop a method to project and discriminate

14 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts hyper-entangled Bell states by exploiting probabilistic quantum non-demolition measurement, which can be extended to more degrees of freedom. We verify the teleportation for both spin-orbit product states and hybrid entangled states, and achieve a teleportation fidelity ranging from 0.57 to 0.68, above the classical limit. Our work is a step towards the teleportation of more complex quantum systems, and demonstrates an increase in our technical control of scalable quantum technologies. Keywords: entanglement; state; qubits; communication; computation; operations; bits Source: Nature, 2015, 518(7540): 516–519 Email: Lu, CY; [email protected]

Complete hyperentangled-Bell-state analysis for quantum communication SHENG Yu-bo; DENG Fu-guo; LONG Gui-lu Abstract: It is impossible to unambiguously distinguish the four Bell states in polarization, resorting to linear optical elements only. Recently, the hyperentangled Bell state, the simultaneous entanglement in more than one degree of freedom, has been used to assist in the complete Bell-state analysis of the four Bell states. However, if the additional degree of freedom is qubitlike, one can only distinguish 7 from the group of 16 states. Here we present a way to distinguish the hyperentangled Bell states completely with the help of cross-Kerr nonlinearity. Also, we discuss its application in the quantum teleportation of a particle in an unknown state in two different degrees of freedom and in the entanglement swapping of hyperentangled states. These applications will increase the channel capacity of long-distance quantum communication. Keywords: Podolsky-Rosen Channels; Entanglement; Teleportation; Cryptography; Nonlinearity; Repeaters; Photons; Theorem Source: Phys Rev A, 2010, 82(3) Article number: 032318 Email: Long, GL; [email protected]

Editor in charge: WANG Shuai-shuai, WEI Xia-wen

《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅

15 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015

Shale Gas

·Editor's Note· Shale gas is one of the most important unconventional gas resources whose resources potential is more than the sum of tight gas and coal bed methane. This shale gas revolution in the United States has already had a profound impact on the global energy landscape. According to Curtis, professor of Colorado School of Mines, shale gas is a continuous accumulation of natural gas of biochemical origin, thermogenic origin or both. Shale gas generally exists in natural cracks and pores in free form, on kerogen and clay particle surface in adsorption form, or in kerogen and asphaltene in dissolved state with characters like gas-bearing universality, widespread distribution, various closed lithology, short-distance migrants etc. In recent years, shale gas is widely introduced domestic in which shale gas is called a kind of widespread and continues distribution unconventional gas trapped within organic matter in the shale in free or adsorption form. The accumulation mode of shale gas is self generation and self preservation and in situ conservation with methane as the main components. Compared with conventional natural gas, shale gas can be exploited with more difficulty. However, there are still some advantages like the long term for exploitation and production. Most of the shale is with widespread distribution, great thickness and gas-bearing universality. Therefore, shale gas wells can produce gas for a long time even though shale gas reservoir has low permeability and high challenge. Shale gas is a complete, independent and self generation and self preservation petroleum system. Black shale with organic matter is also source rock, reservoir stratum and seal rock itself in which shale gas can get together continuously and early. Compared with conventional gas, tight sandstone gas and coal bed gas, shale gas has five important characteristics in geology and exploitation. (1) Shale gas can be formed in the different stages of the evolution of organic matter including biogas, kerogen degradation gas and cracking of crude oil gas. Gas productivity of shale is relevant with thermal maturity and TOC. The output of biochemical origin shale gas is generally higher than thermogenic origin shale gas. (2) The reservoir stratum of shale gas is tight whose void is nanoscale with low void ratio and permeability. (3) Shale gas is different from other natural gas in accumulation mechanism and recovery mechanism. Shale gas traps mainly within organic matter in free or adsorption form with 20%-85% adsorption gas content which changes with different depth. The adsorption form is similar to coal layer adsorbed gas with less adsorption gas content. The free gas is 80%-20%, and the number becomes higher with better reservoir physical property. (4) Shale gas has some advantages as following: widespread distribution, large amount of resources, self generation《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 and self preservation, equivalence between gas range and available gas source rock, no distinct trap boundary and no relation between distribution and construction. (5) Shale gas has low output for single well, long production cycle and stabilized recovery ratio which is gradually improving with the improvement of the technology in horizontal well, multistage hydraulic fracturing well and production capacity-increasing of reservoir stratum. The first shale gas well was drilled in the Devonian system in east of the United States in 1821. The United States found Big Sandy, the first shale gas field in 1914. George Mitchell, father of shale gas, fractured the Barnett shale in a large-scale and achieved a breakthrough in shale gas drilling in 1981. Shale gas from Barnett shale and Haynesville shale in the south and Marcellus shale in the east has improved greatly. The existence of shale gas has been proved in 50 shale areas with organic matter in North America in which 9 areas can drill shale gas in a large scale until 2014. The output of shale gas in the United States is 3637×108 m3 in 2014 which is 50% in the total output of natural gas. The United States has been self sufficient in natural gas relying on shale gas. Shale gas revolution is carried out all around the world now. More than 20 countries are implementing pre-project evaluation and pilot test for shale gas exploration. Shale gas has been found in China, Argentina, UK, India and New Zealand. There is broad prospect for shale gas exploration because the total output of shale gas is about 456×1012 m3. China is abundant in shale gas resources with conditions to drill shale gas, such as shale of marine delta facies, transitional facies and limniccoaldeposits. Government and enterprise both have paid high attention to shale gas and made great progress in geological study, resource assessment and core region optimization, horizontal well fracturing technology and construction of industrialization experimental area. The concept of shale gas was introduced to China in 2004-2007. Changxin 1 well, the first shale gas well in China was drilled in 2008. The National Center for Research and Development of Shale Gas was founded in 2010. Abundant void with nanoscale was first founded in reservoir stratum in 2009. The daily output of shale gas was more than 1×104 m3 in Wei 201 well in Silurian Longmaxi Formation in Sichuan basin in 2010. The Chinese first special project key techniques for shale gas exploration was set up in 2011. The daily output of shale gas was 20.3×104 m3 in Jiaoye 1HF well of Jiaoshiba in Silurian Longmaxi Formation in Sichuan basin, at the same time Fuling gas field, the first large scale shale gas field was found with the start of productivity construction of 50×108 m3. So far, the exploitation or pilot test has been launched in Jiaoshiba, Wuxi, Weiyuan, Yongchuan, Zhaotong, Yanan and so on. By the end of 2014, the total investment in shale gas is 20 billion Yuan with 400 drilled shale gas wells and 160 fracturing wells. Chinese exploitation for shale gas has started successfully with the annual output of shale gas 2×108 m3, and 3×108 m3 in 2014.

16 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts There are some difficulties in exploitation for shale gas in China, with the problems such as worse conservation, deep burial, complex land surface, water shortage, environmental protection and so on. In order to drill shale gas in a large scale in China, we have to solve problems in theory, technology, cost and environment in which the priorities are the diminishing returns of shale gas in “dessert area” in Longmaxi Formation in Sichuan basin, the implementation of resource of high quality in Qiongzhusi Formation in Sichuan basin, efficient exploitation and equipment development in shale gas exploitation areas deep than 3500 meters and transitional facies or continental facies shale gas potential evaluation . Based on preliminary estimate, the technically recoverable resources of shale gas is about (10-25)×1012 m3. In the next 5 to 10 years, there will be the critical period for tackling key technical problems and pilot test for shale gas in China. In order to achieve a breakthrough and scale development in the industrialization of shale gas by 2020, we need to formulate a strategic development roadmap to accelerate the selection of core area, enhance the construction of test area and strengthen planning of production area. This issue were greatly supported by Professor ZOU Cai-neng (China Development Research Institute of Petroleum Exploration), Professor HAO Zi-guo (Geological Society of China).

·Data Rankings· By April 20, 2015, according to China Knowledge Resource Integrated Database (CNKI) and Web of Science (WOS), the numbers of journal papers by retrieving ‘shale gas’ are 1726 and 1020 respectively. The number of published papers of institutions, authors, journals, and cited frequency are as follows.

Number of Published Papers of Institutions in CNKI Number of Published Papers of Institutions in WOS Institution Number of Papers Institution Number of Papers United States Department of Energy China University of Petroleum 285 56 Doe

China University of Geosciences 226 China University of Petroleum 42

Research Institute of petroleum Pennsylvania Commonwealth System 174 36 exploration and development (RIPED)《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 of Higher Education (PCSHE)

Southwest Petroleum University 73 University of Texas Austin 30

Chengdu University of Technology 70 United States Geological Survey 24 (Sources: CNKI, Web of Science; Retrieval date: 2015.4.20)

Number of Published Papers of Authors in CNKI Number of Published Papers of Authors in WOS

Author Institution Number of Papers Author Number of Papers

ZHANG Jin-chuan China University of Geosciences 77 ANONYMOUS 65 Research Institute of petroleum DONG Da-zhong exploration and development 34 DITTRICK P 22 (RIPED)

TANG Xuan China University of Geosciences 29 SNOW N 17 Research Institute of petroleum ZOU Cai-neng exploration and development 20 BUSTIN RM 15 (RIPED) Research Institute of petroleum LIU Hong-lin exploration and development 19 HORSFIELD B 11 (RIPED) (Sources: CNKI, Web of Science; Retrieval date: 2015.4.20)

17 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015

Number of Published Papers of Journals in CNKI Number of Published Papers of Journals in WOS

Journal Number of Papers Journal Number of Papers

Natural Gas Industry 266 Oil Gas Journal 150

Natural Gas Geoscience 90 Environmental Science Technology 47 Abstracts Of Papers of The Petroleum Drilling Techniques 69 43 American Chemical Society Bulletin American Association of Special Oil & Gas Reservoirs 57 41 Petroleum Geologists(AAPG) International Journal of Coal Journal of China Coal Society 49 31 Geology (Sources: CNKI, Web of Science; Retrieval date: 2015.4.20)

According to CNKI, highly cited papers by retrieving ‘shale gas’ are as follows.

Highly Cited Papers in CNKI Citation Title First Author Source Frequency ZHANG Natural Gas Industry, 2004, 24(7): 628 Reservoiring mechanism of shale gas and its distribution Jin-chuan 15–18 Geological characteristics, formation mechanism and Petroleum Exploration and 352 ZOU Cai-neng resource potential《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 of shale gas in China Development, 2010, 37(6): 641–653 ZHANG Natural Gas Industry, 2008, 28(6): 327 Exploration potential of shale gas resources in China Jin-chuan 136–140 Suggestions from the development of fractured shale gas Petroleum Exploration and 313 LI Xin-jing in North America Development, 2007, 34(4): 392–400 Controlling factors for shale gas accumulation and Acta Petrolei Sinica, 2009, 30(4): 283 prediction of potential development area in shale gas NIE Hai-kuan 484–491 reservoir of South China Geological condition of shalegas accumulation in Sichuan ZHANG Natural Gas Industry, 2008, 28(2): 250 basin Jin-chuan 151–156 Accumulation types and resources characteristics of shale ZHANG Natural Gas Industry, 2009, 29(12): 192 gas in China Jin-chuan 109–114 Types, characteristics, genesis and prospects of conventional and unconventional hydrocarbon Acta Petrolei Sinica, 2012, 33(2): 189 ZOU Cai-neng accumulations:taking tight oil and tight gas in China as an 173–187 instance JIANG Natural Gas Industry, 2010, 30(10): 187 Basic features and evaluation of shale gas reservoirs Yu-qiang 7–12 An evaluation method of shale gas resource and its DONG Natural Gas Industry, 2009, 29(5): 168 application in the Sichuan basin Da-zhong 33–39 (Source: CNKI; Retrieval date: 2015.4.20)

18 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

According to Web of Science, highly cited papers by retrieving ‘shale gas’ are as follows.

Highly Cited Papers in WOS

Citation Frequency Title First Author Source

Methane and the greenhouse-gas footprint of Climatic Change, 2011, 106(4): 194 Howarth, Robert W natural gas from shale formations 679–690 Unconventional shale-gas systems: The Mississippian Barnett Shale of north-central 158 Jarvie, Daniel M AAPG Bulletin, 2007, 91(4): 475–499 Texas as one model for thermogenic shale-gas assessment

157 Fractured shale-gas systems Curtis, JB AAPG Bulletin, 2002, 86(11): 475–499

Mississippian Barnett Shale, Fort Worth basin, 123 north-central texas: Gas-shale play with Montgomery, SL AAPG Bulletin, 2005, 89(2): 155–175 multi-trillion cubic foot potential The importance of shale composition and pore Marine and Petroleum Geology, 2009, 110 structure upon gas storage potential of shale Ross, Daniel J.K 26(6): 916–927 gas reservoirs Mississippian Barnett Shale: Lithofacies and 70 depositional setting of a deep-water shale-gas Loucks, Robert G AAPG Bulletin, 2007, 91(4): 579–601 succession in the Fort Worth Basin, Texas Water Management《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Challenges Associated 68 with the Production of Shale Gas by Hydraulic Gregory, Kelvin B Elements, 2011, 7(3): 181–186 Fracturing Impact of Shale Gas Development on Science, 2013, 340(6134) Article No: 58 Vidic, R.D Regional Water Quality 1235009 Journal of Canadian Petroleum 58 Nanoscale gas flow in shale gas Sediments Javadpour, F Technology, 2007, 46(10): 55–61 Life-Cycle Greenhouse Gas Emissions of Environmental Science & Technology, 58 Burnham, Andrew Shale Gas, Natural Gas, Coal, and Petroleum 2012, 46(2): 619–627 (Source: Web of Science; Retrieval date: 2015.4.20)

19 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 ·Classic Papers·

By using Histcite to analyze the top 30 papers of LCS (Local Citation Score) based on the data from Web of Science, the chosen classic papers are as follows. Classic Papers Number Title First Author Source

AAPG Bulletin, 2002, 86(11): 1 Fractured shale-gas systems Curtis JB 1921–1938 Mississippian Barnett Shale, Fort Worth basin, 2 north-central texas: Gas-shale play with multi-trillion Montgomery SL AAPG Bulletin, 2005, 89(2): 155–175 cubic foot potential Unconventional shale-gas systems: The Mississippian 3 Barnett Shale of north-central Texas as one model for Jarvie DM AAPG Bulletin, 2007, 91(4): 475–499 thermogenic shale-gas assessment Shale gas potential of the Lower Jurassic Gordondale Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum 4 Ross DJK Member, northeastern British Columbia, Canada Geology, 2007, 55(1): 51–75 Characterizing the shale gas resource potential of Devonian-Mississippian strata in the Western Canada 5 Ross DJK AAPG Bulletin, 2008, 92(1): 87–125 sedimentary basin: Application of an integrated formation evaluation

Fractured shale-gas systems JB Curtis Abstract: The first commercial United States natural gas production (1821) came from an organic-rich Devonian shale in the Appalachian basin. Understanding the geological《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 and geochemical nature of organic shale formations and improving their gas producibility have subsequently been the challenge of millions of dollars worth of research since the 1970s. Shale-gas systems essentially are continuous-type biogenic (predominant), thermogenic, or combined biogenic-thermogenic gas accumulations characterized by widespread gas saturation, subtle trapping mechanisms, seals of variable lithology, and relatively short hydrocarbon migration distances. Shale gas may be stored as free gas in natural fractures and intergranular porosity, as gas sorbed onto kerogen and clay-particle surfaces, or as gas dissolved in kerogen and bitumen. Five United States shale formations that presently produce gas commercially exhibit an unexpectedly wide variation in the values of five key parameters: thermal maturity (expressed as vitrinite reflectance), sorbed-gas fraction, reservoir thickness, total organic carbon content, and volume of gas in place. The degree of natural fracture development in an otherwise low-matrix-permeability shale reservoir is a controlling factor in gas producibility. To date, unstimulated commercial production has been achievable in only a small proportion of shale wells, those that intercept natural fracture networks. In most other cases, a successful shale-gas well requires hydraulic stimulation. Together, the Devonian Antrim Shale of the Michigan basin and Devonian Ohio Shale of the Appalachian basin accounted for about 84% of the total 380 bcf of shale gas produced in 1999. However annual gas production is steadily increasing from three other major organic shale formations that subsequently have been explored and developed: the Devonian New Albany Shalein the Illinois basin, the Mississippian Barnett Shale in the Fort Worth basin, and the Cretaceous Lewis Shale in the San Juan basin. In the basins for which estimates have been made, shale-gas resources are substantial, with in-place volumes of 497-783 tcf. The estimated technically recoverable resource (exclusive of the Lewis Shale) ranges from 31 to 76 tcf. In both cases, the Ohio Shale accounts for the largest share. Keywords: fractured sandstone; liquid permeability; gas permeability; laboratory study Source: AAPG Bulletin, 2002, 86(11): 1921–1938

Mississippian Barnett Shale, Fort Worth basin, north-central texas: Gas-shale play with multi-trillion cubic foot potential Scott L. Montgomery; Daniel M. Jarvie; Kent A. Bowker; et al. Abstract: The Mississippian Barnett Shale serves as source, seal, and reservoir to a world-class unconventional natural-gas accumulation in the Fort Worth basin of north-central Texas. The formation is a lithologically complex interval of low permeability that requires artificial stimulation to produce. At present, production is mainly confined to a limited portion of the northern basin where the Barnett Shale is relatively thick (>300 ft; >92 m), organic rich (present-day total organic carbon >3.0%), thermally mature (vitrinite reflectance >1.1%), and enclosed by dense limestone units able to contain induced fractures. The most actively drilled area is Newark East field, currently the 20 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts largest gas field in Texas. Newark East is 400 mi2 (1036 km2) in extent, with more than 2340 producing wells and about 2.7 tcf of booked gas reserves. Cumulative gas production from Barnett Shale wells through 2003 was about 0.8 tcf. Wells in Newark East field typically produce from depths of 7500 ft (2285 m) at rates ranging from 0.5 to more than 4 mmcf/day. Estimated ultimate re coveries per well range from 0.75 to as high as 7.0 bcf. Efforts to extend the current Barnett play beyond the field limits have encountered several challenges, including westward and northward increases in oil saturation and the absence of lithologic barriers to induced fracture growth. Patterns of oil and gas occurrence in the Barnett, in conjunction with maturation and burial-history data, indicate a complex, multiphased thermal evolution, with episodic expulsion of hydrocarbons and secondary cracking of primary oils to gas in portions of the basin where paleotemperatures were especially elevated. These and other data imply a large-potential Barnett resource for the basin as a whole (possibly >200 tcf gas in place). Recent assessment by the U.S. Geological Survey suggests a mean volume of 26.2 tcf of undiscovered, technically recoverable gas in the central Fort Worth basin. Recovery of a significant portion of this undiscovered resource will require continued improvements in geoscientific characterization and approaches to stimulation of the Barnett reservoirs. Keywords: interdisciplinary approach; Pennsylvanian; marattialean pecopterids; functional groups; FTIR Source: AAPG Bulletin, 2005, 89(2): 155–175

Unconventional shale-gas systems: The Mississippian Barnett Shale of north-central Texas as one model for thermogenic shale-gas assessment Daniel M. Jarvie; Ronald J. Hill; Tim E. Ruble; et al. Abstract: Shale-gas resource plays can be distinguished by gas type and system characteristics. The Newark East gas field, located in the Fort Worth Basin, Texas, is defined by thermogenic gas production from low-porosity and low-permeability Barnett Shale. The Barnett Shale gas system, a self-contained source-reservoir system, has generated large amounts of gas in the key productive areas because of various characteristics and processes, including (1) excellent original organic richness and generation potential; (2) primary and secondary cracking of kerogen and retained oil, respectively; (3) retention of oil for cracking to gas by adsorption; (4) porosity resulting from organic matter decomposition; and (5) brittle mineralogical composition. The calculated total gas in place (GIP) based on estimated ultimate recovery that is based on production profiles and operator estimates is about 204 bcf/section (5.78×109 m-3/1.73×104 m3). We estimate that the Barnett Shale has a total generation potential of about 609 bbl of oil equivalent/ac-ft or the equivalent of 3657 mcf/ac-ft (84.0 m3/m3). Assuming a thickness of 350 ft (107《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 m) and only sufficient hydrogen for partial cracking of retained oil to gas, a total generation potential of 820 bcf/section is estimated. Of this potential, approximately 60% was expelled, and the balance was retained for secondary cracking of oil to gas, if sufficient thermal maturity was reached. Gas storage capacity of the Barnett Shale at typical reservoir pressure, volume, and temperature conditions and 6% porosity shows a maximum storage capacity of 540 mcf/ac-ft or 159 scf/ton. Keywords: Sichuan Basin; middle paleo-uplift; pyrobitumen; natural gas potential; upper Proterozoic strata Source: AAPG Bulletin, 2007, 91(4): 475–499

Shale gas potential of the Lower Jurassic Gordondale Member, northeastern British Columbia, Canada Ross, DJK; Bustin, RM Abstract: The Lower Jurassic Gordondale Member is an organic-rich mudrock and is widely considered to have potential as a shale gas reservoir. Influences of Gordondale mudrock composition on total gas capacities (sorbed and free gas) have been determined to assess the shale gas resource potential of strata in the Peace River district, northeastern British Columbia. Sorbed gas capacities of moisture-equilibrated samples increase over a range of 0.5 to 12 weight percent total organic carbon content (TOC). Methane adsorption capacities range from 0.05 cc/g to over 2 cc/g in organic-rich zones (at 6 MPa and 30 degrees C). Sorption capacities of mudrocks under dry conditions are greater than moisture equilibrated conditions due to water occupation of potential sorption sites. However, there is no consistent decrease of sorption capacity with increasing moisture as the relationship is masked by both the amount of organic matter and thermal maturation level. Clays also affect total gas capacities in as much as clay-rich mudrocks have high porosity which may be available for free gas. Gordondale samples enriched with carbonate (calcite and dolomite) typically have lower total porosities than carbonate-poor rocks and hence have lower potential free gas contents. On a regional reservoir scale, a large proportion of the Gordondale total gas capacity is free gas storage (intergranular porosity), ranging from 0.1-22 Bcf/section (0.003-0.66 m3/section). Total gas-in-place capacity ranges from 1-31.4 Bcf/section (0.03-0.94 m3/section). The greatest potential for gas production is in the south of the study area (93-P) due to higher thermal maturity, TOC enrichment, higher reservoir pressure, greater unit thickness and improved fracture-potential. Keywords: shaly sand; pore-scale model; conductivity; clays Source: Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology, 2007, 55(1): 51–75

21 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015

Characterizing the shale gas resource potential of Devonian-Mississippian strata in the Western Canada sedimentary basin: Application of an integrated formation evaluation Ross DJK, Bustin RM Abstract: Devonian-Mississippian strata in the northwestern region of the Western Canada sedimentary basin (WCSB) were investigated for shale gas potential. In the subsurface, thermally mature strata of the Besa River, Horn River, Muskwa, and Fort Simpson formations attain thicknesses of more than 1 km (0.6 mi), encompassing an area of approximately 125000 km2 (48300 mi2) and represent an enormous potential gas resource. Total gas capacity estimates range between 60 and 600 bcf/section. Of particular exploration interest are shales and mudrocks of the Horn River Formation (including the laterally equivalent lower Besa River mudrocks), Muskwa Formation, and upper Besa River Formation, which yield total organic carbon (TOC) contents of up to 5.7 wt.%. Fort Simpson shales seldom have TOC contents above 1 wt.%. Horn River and Muskwa formations have excellent shale gas potential in a region between longitudes 122°W and 123°W and latitudes 59°N and 60°N (National Topographic System [NTS] 94O08 to 94O15). In this area, which covers an areal extent of 6250 km2 (2404 mi2), average TOC contents are higher (＞3 wt.% as determined by wire-line-log calibrations), and have a stratal thickness of more than 200 m (656 ft). Gas capacities are estimated to be between 100 and 240 bcf/section and possibly greater than 400 tcf gas in place. A substantial percentage of the gas capacity is free gas caused by high reservoir temperatures and pressures. Muskwa shales have adsorbed gas capacities ranging between 0.3 and 0.5 cm3/g (9.6-16 scf/t) at reservoir temperatures of 60-80°C(140-176°F), whereas Besa River mudrocks and shales have low adsorbed gas capacities of less than 0.01 cm3/g (0.32 scf/t; Liard Basin region) because reservoir temperatures exceed 130°C (266°F). Potential free gas capacities range from 1.2 to 9.5 cm3/g (38.4 to 304 scf/t) when total pore volumes (0.4-6.9%) are saturated with gas. The mineralogy has a major influence on total gas capacity. Carbonate-rich samples, indicative of adjacent carbonate platform and embayment successions, commonly have lower organic carbon content and porosity and corresponding lower gas capacity (＜1% TOC and ＜1% porosity). Seaward of the carbonate Slave Point edge, Muskwa and lower Besa River mudrocks can be both silica and TOC rich (up to 92% quartz and 5 wt.% TOC) and most favorable for shale gas reservoir exploration because of possible fracture enhancement of the brittle organic- and siliceous-rich facies. However, an inverse relation between silica and porosity in some regions implies that zones with the best propensity for fracture completion may not provide optimal gas capacity, and a balance between favorable reservoir characteristics needs to be sought. Source: AAPG Bulletin, 2008, 92(1):《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 87–125

22 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts ·Highly Cited Papers·

Citation frenquency: 628 Reservoiring Mechanism of Shale gas and its distribution ZHANG Jin-chuan; JIN Zhi-jun; YUAN Min-sheng Abstract: The reservoiring mechanism of shale gas is of the features of both the coalbed adsorbed methane and the conventionally trapped gas reservoirs, it showing a complicated multiple mechanism gradation character. In the reservoiring process of shale gas, the occurrence manner of the gas and the reservoiring type were gradually changed, and the abundance and enrichment degree of the gas were gradually increased. An whole process of the formation and evolution of shale gas reservoir may bedivided into three stages, i.e. the absorption and accumulation stage, the expansion and cracking stage and the piston like driving or displacement like migration stage. Relevant change in reservoiring condition and mechanism could control and influence the formation and distribution of shale gas reservoirs and the lithologic change and fracture development status played a control role in the occurrence and distribution of the gas in shale gas reservoir. The basic geological conditions of forming commercial shale gas reservoirs exist in many basins in China, in which Shuixigou Group in Tulufan Depression of Tuha Basin is one of the important horizons of shale gas generation. Keywords: Shale gas; Occurrence status; Reservoiring mechanism; Sequence gradation Source: Natural Gas Industry, 2004, 24(7): 15–18 Email: ZHANG Jin-chuan; [email protected]

Citation frenquency: 352 Geological characteristics, formation mechanism and resourcepotential of shale gas in China ZOU Cai-neng; DONG Da-zhong; WANG She-jiao; et al. Abstract: With Sichuan Basin as focus, this paper introduces the depositional environment, geochemical and reservoir characteristics, gas concentration and prospective resource potential of three different types of shale in China: marine shale, marineter rigenous shale and terrigenous shale. Marine shale features high organic abundance (TOC: 1.0%-5.5%), high-over maturity (Ro:2.0%-5.0%), rich accumulation of shale gas (gas concentration: 1.17-6.02 m3/t) and continental shelf deposition, mainly distributed in the Paleozoic in the Yangtze area, Southern China, the Paleozoic in Northern China Platform and the Cambrian-Ordo vician in Tarim Basin; Marine-terrig enous coalbed carbonaceous shale has high organic abundance (TOC: 2.6%-5.4%) and medium maturity (Ro: 1.1%-2.5%); Terrigenous shale in the Mesozoic and Cenozoic《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 has high organic abundance (TOC: 0.5%-22.0%) and low to middle maturity (Ro: 0.6%-1.5%). The study on shale reservoirs in the Lower Paleozoic in Sichuan Basin firstly indicated that Cambrian and Silurian marine shale developed lots of micro-and nanometer-sized pores, which is quite similar to the conditions in North America. Through comprehensive evaluation, it is thought that several shale gas intervals in Sichuan Basin are the practical targets for shale gas exploration and development, and that the Weiyuan-Changning area in the Mid-South of Sichuan Basin is the core area for shale gas exploration and development, which is characterized by hig h thermal evo lution degree (Ro: 2.0%-4.0%), high porosity (3.0%-4.8%), high gas concentration (2.82-3.28 m3/t), high brittle mineral content (40%-80%) and proper burial depth (1500-4500 m). Keywords: unconventional hydrocarbon; shale gas; nanometer-sized pore throat; shale oil; tight oil; source rock hydrocarbon Source: Petroleum Exploration and Development, 2010, 37(6): 641–653

Citation frenquency: 327 Exploration Potential of Shale gas resources in China ZHANG Jin-chuan; XU Bo; NIE Hai-kuan; et al. Abstract: Shale gas is a kind of unconventional natural gas which mainly exists as adsorbed and free gas in shales. Shale gas orgas shale is extensively variable on the genetic mechanism, existing phase, accumulation mechanism, distribution variation, and relationship with other kinds of gas reservoirs. Since the boundary conditions for shale gas accumulation can be broadened moderately and the variation can be very extensive, every geological element for gas accumulation in shales is of obvious complementarity with each other. Based on geology analysis, logging data and seismic study, shale gas accumulatio ns can be rapidly recognized. It demonstrates that there exist favorable geological conditions for regional distribution of shale gas in China, of which the primarily assessed resources of shale gas is about 15-30 tcm. The most profitable regions are South and Northwest China, including the Ordos basin and vicinage basins. Among the regions, the resource of shale gas in Paleozoic is the largest, while the second is in Mesozoic. Keywords: China; shale gas; geological features;favorable area; distribution; resource reserve; potential Source: Natural Gas Industry, 2008, 28(6): 136–140 Email: ZHANG Jin-chuan; [email protected]

Citation frenquency: 313 Suggestions from the development of fractured shale gas in North America LI Xin-jing; HU Su-yun; CHENG Ke-ming Abstract: The history of exploration and production in North America shows that shale gas is a realistic alternative energy. As an

23 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 unconventional resource, its critical risk is whether the low permeability shale produces gas economically. Source rocks could be good reservoirs for gas if they had rich organic material and abundant silica which makes the shale more brittle. The complex production mechanism involves the relationships between absorbed and free gases and between natural and induced fractures. To enhance the permeability by artificial hydraulic fracturing is a key step for shale reservoirs on the basis of the evaluation of geology, geochemistry, wire line and seismic data. Many fractured reservoirs in China have been discovered in extensive fine-clastic source rocks from marine and lacust rine environments, with carbonaceous/calcareous mudstone or siliceous shale. The undiscovered resources within effective shale reservoirs would be significant, especially the resources due to the secondary thermogenic cracking of oil to gas at high maturity. Keywords: shale gas; absorbed gas; natural fractur e; hydraulic fracturing; source reservoir Source: Petroleum Exploration and Development, 2007, 34(4): 392–400

Citation frenquency: 283 Controlling factors for shale gas accumulation and prediction of potential development area in shale gas reservoir of South China NIE Hai-kuan; TANG Xuan; BIAN Rui-kang Abstract: On the basis of the pool forming theory and conditions for shale gas in the United States, the controlling factors for shale gas accumulation were analyzed and divided into internal and external factors. The internal control factors include the type, content and maturity of organic matters, and the fracture, porosity, permeability, mineral composition, thickness, humidity of shale. The external control factors include reservoir depth, temperature and pressure of formation. Among them, the type, content and maturity of organic matters, as well as the fracture, porosity and permeability of shale are the main factors for generating shale gas reservoir. The favorable areas for developing shale gas reservoirs were predicted by using parameter model. The analogical analysis based on the model suggests that the Cambrian system and the Silurian system are the most favorable strata for developing of shale gas reservoirs among the marine Paleozoic strata in South China. The most favorable areas of the Cambr ian are located in Sichuan Basin, the Micang shan-Dabashan foreland, the northern Guizhou Province, West Hunan Province, East Chong qing and the north part of Jiangnan uplift. The most favor able areas of the Silurian are located in Sichuan Basin, the Micangshan-Dabashan foreland and East Chong qing , West Hubei Province of Upper-Yangtze River, North Hubei Province of Middle-Yangtze River and South Jiangsu Province of Lower-Yangtze River. The indexes of shale in the favor able areas were analyzed to provide reference for early evaluation of shale gas in China. Keywords: shale gas; controlling《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 factors; South China; Cambrian system; Silurian system; favorable areas of shale gas Source: Acta Petrolei Sinica, 2009, 30(4): 484–491 Email: NIE Hai-kuan; [email protected]

Citation frenquency: 250 Geological Condition of Shale gas Accumulation in Sichuan basin ZHANG Jin-chuan; NIE Hai-kuan; XU Bo; et al. Abstract: Distinguished by what from traditional conception of fissured shale gas, shale gas is concerned to the gas accumulated within the shales and/or mudstones by free and adsorbed gas. The Sichuan Basin experienced complex tectonic movements in process of the evolution from Craton basin to foreland basin. As a result, The Sichuan Basin is of the similar tectonic characteristics and geological conditions for shale gas with the typical shale gas basins in America, where the Paleozoic shale is not only the source rocks for conventional gas reservoirs but also the main objects for shale gas accumulation and exploration. At present, a large number of evidences of shale gas have been found in the Sichuan Basin. According to the structural and evolutional character istics of the Sichuan Basin, the unconventional gas is distributed by two distinguished patterns: in place, shale gas is mainly in the southeastern basin while the source contacting gas in the northwestern basin; in time, shale gas accumulated in the Paleozoic Erathem while source contacting gas in the Mesozoic Erathem. In North and South Sichuan Basin, including Southwestern Sichuan Basin, there developed Paleozoic Erathem gas bearing shales with huge thickness, high contents of organic matters and shallow buried depths. Lower Cambrian and Lower Silurian Series are of good geologicalconditions for shale gas accumulation and exploration. In Central Sichuan Basin there developed both Mesozoic and Paleozoic Erathems of source rocks, in which Upper Triassic Series is the favorable horizon for shale gas exploration. In West Sichuan Basin the gas bearing shales is mainly Mesozoic Erathem, in which shales and tight sands interbed frequently to form the source contacting gas with the characteristics of gas accumulated on the bottom of tight sands. There exist perspective conditions for exploration and exploitation of shale gas in West Sichuan Basin, especially the high carbon shales and/or mudstones with relatively shallower depths. Keywords: Sichuan Basin; shale gas; conditions of accumulation; exploration prospects Source: Natural Gas Industry, 2008, 28(2): 151–156

Citation frenquency: 192 Accumulation types and resources characteristics of shale gas in China ZHANG Jin-chuan; JIANG Sheng-ling; TANG Xuan; et al. Abstract: Through comparison analysis of shale gas accumulation conditions and the similarity of geological conditions in the U.S.A and

24 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts China, this study concluded that both countries have similar geological conditions favorable for shale gas accumulation and have approximate shale gas resource reserves and development potentials. In general, the gas bearing shale layers in China possess high TOC, high thermal maturity and a high degree of later reformation. Shale gas accumulations are characterized by terrestrial facies deposit, controlled by sedimentation region division, and various and complicated distribution. Shale gas accumulations can be classified into direct and indirect types, and also can be divided into three types as southern type, northern type and north western type according to the regional geologic conditions in China. The southern type of shale gas, distributed around the Yangtze plate, is mostly accumulated in the Paleozoic marine shale which experienced intensive structural reformation, and is featured by a large thickness of a single layer, multiple developed layers, a wide distribution area, high thermal maturity, and a high degree of later reformation, etc. The northern type of shale gas, distributed in the north China plate, is mostly accumulated in the groups from Paleozoic via Mesozoic to Neozoic, and is characterized by sedimentary migration, a high frequency of thin inter bedded layers, and an obvious division between sedimental facies. The northwestern type o f shale gas, distributed around the Tarim Plate, is accumulated in the groups from Paleozoic to Mesozoic, and has the characteristics of various types of sedimentation, high TOC, and relatively low thermal maturity. It is concluded that the recover able shale gas resources is predicated to be about 26 tcm in China, close to 28 tcm of that in the U.S.A. Keywords: China; shale gas; resource evaluation; feature; accumulation pattern; development potential; North China platform; Yangtze platform; Tarim platform Source: Natural Gas Industry, 2009, 29(12): 109–114

Citation frenquency: 189 Types, characteristics, genesis and prospects of conventional and unconventional hydrocarbon accumulations: taking tight oil and tight gas in China as an instance ZOU Cai-neng; ZHU Ru-kai; WU Song-tao; et al. Abstract: It is an inevitable trend for oil and gas industry to transform exploration development domain from conventional hydrocarbon accumulations to unconventional hydrocarbon ones, which are obviously different in types, geological features and genesis. Conventional petroleum focuses on accumulation mechanism, and the key answer is whether the trap contains petroleum, otherwise, unconventional petroleum focuses on the reservoir space, and the key answer is how much the reservoirs capture petroleum. Unconventional hydrocaxbon resources are mainly characterized《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 by continuous distribution and no natural oil and gas production from per well. Currently unconventional problems occur in the exploration and development of conventional hydrocarbon resources, thus it is necessary to transform unconventional hydrocarbon resources into new “conventional” hydrocarbon resources. With technology development, unconventional hydrocarhons can be transformed into conventional ones. Generally, conventional hydrocarbon deposits consist of structural and lithcrstratigraphic hydrocarbon reservoirs, where oil and gas are distributed in an isolated structure or a larger structure group with clear trap boundaries and pore-throat systems in millimeter-micrometer scale. Oil and gas in this case accumulate by buoyancy to form hydrocarbon pools. However, unconventional hydrocarbon accumulations, including tight sandstone oil and gas, tight carbonate oil and gas, shale oil and gas, coal-bed methane oil shale, oil sand, hydrate, etc., are distributed continuously or quasicontinuously in basin's slopes or centers. Commonly, they are characterized by source-reservoir paragenesis and have no distinct trap boundaries. Pore-throat systems in nanometer scale are well-developed in unconventional reservoir rocks, and related hydrocarbons are mainly detained in situ or migrate for a short distance into reservoirs that are close to source rocks because buoyancy is limited. The present paper systematically analyzed geological characteristics and exploration potential of tight hydrocarbons in some typical basins of China, where pores in nanometer scale with partial micrometer-millimeter pores dominate the reservoir space of unconventional hydrocarbons, the diameter of reservoir pores is 5-200 nm in gas shale, 40-500 nm in tight oil limestone, 50-900 nm in tight oil sandstone and 40-700 nm in tight gas sand. Interms of the rapid development of globe petroleum industry and nano-technology, a concept of nano-hydrocarbons is proposed in this paper that indicates that“nano-hydrocarbon" is the development direction of oil and gas industry in the future, urgently requiring developing vicarious technologies, such as nano-hydrocarbon perspective viewing mirror, nano-hydrocarbon displacement agent and nano-hydrocarbon exploitation robots. Petroleum intellectualization times will come in following. Keywords: conventional hydrocarbon; unconventional hydrocarbon; shale play; nano-hydrocarbon; tight oil; tight sand gas; shale gas; shale oil; continuous oil-and-gas accumulation Source: Acta Petrolei Sinica, 2012, 33(2): 173–187 Email: ZOU Cai-neng; [email protected]

Citation frenquency: 187 Basic features and evaluation of shale gas reservoirs JIANG Yu-qiang; DONG Da-zhong; QI Lin; et al. Abstract: Shale gas reservoirs are featur ed by unique gas occurrence and continuous g as accumulation, and their characteristics and evaluation criteria are different from those of conventional gas reservoirs. Just due to the said peculiarities, related studies on shale gas

25 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 reservoir features and evaluation are relatively poor at present in China, so it is essential to establish corresponding evaluation criteria. Based on an investigation into a number of literatures at home and abroad, in combination with the latest shallow exploratory drilling data and out crop data in the Sichuan Basin, we performed an indepth analysis of the basic features of shale gas reservoirs, including organic matter, mineral composition, physical properties, and poroperm characteristics, and presented the main contents of shale gas reservoir evaluation. In addition, eight key geologic factors such as organic abundance, thermal maturity, and gas content, etc. are selected and corresponding evaluation criteria are established. According to these criteria, the Lower Palaeozoic Qiong zhusi and Longmaxi formations in the Sichuan Basin are favor able targets for marine black shale gas exploration. Keywords: shale gas; reservoir; dissolution pore; organic matter; fracture; evaluation content ; evaluation criteria; key geologic factor Source: Natural Gas Industry, 2010, 30(10): 7–12 Email: JIANG Yu-qiang; [email protected]

Citation frenquency: 168 An evaluation method of shale gas resource and its application in the Sichuan basin DANG Da-zhong; CHENG Ke-ming; WANG Shi-qian; et al. Abstract: In recent 10 years, with the promotion of high natural gas price and advancement of horizontal well and fracturing techniques, shale gas resource has become the most important development object in the United States, thus forming an evaluation method on shale gas resource potential suitable for varied exploration and development stages, which made it increasingly improved to acknowledge shale gas resource. Based on researching into the American shale gas resource evaluation method, we probed into the evaluation method nowadays in China and have done the primary prediction on shale gas resource in southwest Sichuan basin and Lower Cambrian Qiongzhusi formation of the Lower Paleozoic in Weiyuan gas field. It is believed that the Sichuan basin is an important new region worthwhile to be paid more attention in the field of natural gas exploration and development in future since it is rich in shale gas resource, the reserves of which is no less than that of conventional natural gas resource. Keywords: shale gas; resource; evaluation method; Sichuan basin; application Source: Natural Gas Industry, 2009, 29(5): 33–39

Citation frenquency: 194 Methane and《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 the greenhouse-gas footprint of natural gas from shale formations Howarth, Robert W; Santoro, Renee; Ingraffea, Anthony Abstract: We evaluate the greenhouse gas footprint of natural gas obtained by high-volume hydraulic fracturing from shale formations, focusing on methane emissions. Natural gas is composed largely of methane, and 3.6% to 7.9% of the methane from shale-gas production escapes to the atmosphere in venting and leaks over the life-time of a well. These methane emissions are at least 30% more than and perhaps more than twice as great as those from conventional gas. The higher emissions from shale gas occur at the time wells are hydraulically fractured-as methane escapes from flow-back return fluids-and during drill out following the fracturing. Methane is a powerful greenhouse gas, with a global warming potential that is far greater than that of carbon dioxide, particularly over the time horizon of the first few decades following emission. Methane contributes substantially to the greenhouse gas footprint of shale gas on shorter time scales, dominating it on a 20-year time horizon. The footprint for shale gas is greater than that for conventional gas or oil when viewed on any time horizon, but particularly so over 20 years. Compared to coal, the footprint of shale gas is at least 20% greater and perhaps more than twice as great on the 20-year horizon and is comparable when compared over 100 years. Keywords: Methane; Greenhouse gases; Global warming; Natural gas; Shale gas; Unconventional gas; Fugitive emissions; Lifecycle analysis; LCA; Bridge fuel; Transitional fuel; Global warming potential; GWP Source: Climatic Change, 2011, 106(4): 679–690 Email: Howarth, Robert W; [email protected]

Citation frenquency: 158 Unconventional shale-gas systems: The Mississippian Barnett Shale of north-central Texas as one model for thermogenic shale-gas assessment Jarvie, Daniel M; Hill, Ronald J; Ruble, Tim E; et al. Abstract: Shale-gas resource plays can be distinguished by gas type and system characteristics. The Newark East gas field, located in the Fort Worth Basin, Texas, is defined by thermogenic gas production from low-porosity and low-permeability Barnett Shale. The Barnett Shale gas system, a self-contained source-reservoir system, has generated large amounts of gas in the key productive areas because of various characteristics and processes, including (1) excellent original organic richness and generation potential; (2) primary and secondary cracking of kerogen and retained oil, respectively; (3) retention of oil for cracking to gas by adsorption; (4) porosity resulting from organic matter decomposition; and (5) brittle mineralogical composition. The calculated total gas in place (GIP) based on estimated ultimate recovery that is based on production profiles and operator estimates is about 204 bcf/section (5.78×109 M-3/1.73×104 m3). We estimate that

26 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts the Barnett Shale has a total generation potential of about 609 bbl of oil equivalent/ac-ft or the equivalent of 3657 mcf/ac-ft (84.0 m3/m3). Assuming a thickness of 350 ft (107 m) and only sufficient hydrogen for partial cracking of retained oil to gas, a total generation potential of 820 bcf/section is estimated. Of this potential, approximately 60% was expelled, and the balance was retained for secondary cracking of oil to gas, if sufficient thermal maturity was reached. Gas storage capacity of the Barnett Shale at typical reservoir pressure, volume, and temperature conditions and 6% porosity shows a maximum storage capacity of 540 mcf/ac-ft or 159 scf/ton. Keywords: primary migration; organic-matter; source rocks; carbon; basin; hydrocarbons; adsorption; diffusion; kerogen; play Source: AAPG Bulletin, 2007, 91(4): 475–499 Email: Jarvie, DM; [email protected]

Citation frenquency: 157 Fractured shale-gas systems Curtis, JB Abstract: The first commercial United States natural gas production (1821) came from an organic-rich Devonian shale in the Appalachian basin. Understanding the geological and geochemical nature of organic shale formations and improving their gas producibility have subsequently been the challenge of millions of dollars worth of research since the 1970s. Shale-gas systems essentially are continuous-type biogenic (predominant), thermogenic, or combined biogenic-thermogenic gas accumulations characterized by widespread gas saturation, subtle trapping mechanisms, seals of variable lithology, and relatively short hydrocarbon migration distances. Shale gas may be stored as free gas in natural fractures and intergranular porosity, as gas sorbed onto kerogen and clay-particle surfaces, or as gas dissolved in kerogen and bitumen. Five United States shale formations that presently produce gas commercially exhibit an unexpectedly wide variation in the values of five key parameters: thermal maturity (expressed as vitrinite reflectance), sorbed-gas fraction, reservoir thickness, total organic carbon content, and volume of gas in place. The degree of natural fracture development in an otherwise low-matrix-permeability shale reservoir is a controlling factor in gas producibility. To date, unstimulated commercial production has been achievable in only a small proportion of shale wells, those that intercept natural fracture networks. In most other cases, a successful shale-gas well requires hydraulic stimulation. Together, the Devonian Antrim Shale of the Michigan basin and Devonian Ohio Shale of the Appalachian basin accounted for about 84% of the total 380 bcf of shale gas produced in 1999. However annual gas production is steadily increasing from three other major organic shale formations that subsequently have been explored and developed: the Devonian New Albany Shalein the Illinois basin, the Mississippian Barnett Shale in the《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Fort Worth basin, and the Cretaceous Lewis Shale in the San Juan basin. In the basins for which estimates have been made, shale-gas resources are substantial, with in-place volumes of 497–783 tcf. The estimated technically recoverable resource (exclusive of the Lewis Shale) ranges from 31 to 76 tcf. In both cases, the Ohio Shale accounts for the largest share. Keywords: subsequent thermal history; appalachian basin; organic-matter; rome trough; accumulation; methane Source: AAPG Bulletin, 2002, 86(11): 475–499

Citation frenquency: 123 Mississippian Barnett Shale, Fort Worth basin, north-central texas: Gas-shale play with multi-trillion cubic foot potential Montgomery, SL; Jarvie, DM; Bowker, KA; et al. Abstract: The Mississippian Barnett Shale serves as source, seal, and reservoir to a world-class unconventional natural-gas accumulation in the Fort Worth basin of north-central Texas. The formation is a lithologically complex interval of low permeability that requires artificial stimulation to produce. At present, production is mainly confined to a limited portion of the northern basin where the Barnett Shale is relatively thick (>300 ft; >92 m), organic rich (present-day total organic carbon>3.0%), thermally mature (vitrinite reflectance>1.1%), and enclosed by dense limestone units able to contain induced fractures. The most actively drilled area is Newark East field, currently the largest gas field in Texas. Newark East is 400 mi2 (1036 km2) in extent, with more than 2340 producing wells and about 2.7 tcf of booked gas reserves. Cumulative gas production from Barnett Shale wells through 2003 was about 0.8 tcf. Wells in Newark East field typically produce from depths of 7500 ft (2285 m) at rates ranging from 0.5 to more than 4 mmcf/day. Estimated ultimate re coveries per well range from 0.75 to as high as 7.0 bcf. Efforts to extend the current Barnett play beyond the field limits have encountered several challenges, including westward and northward increases in oil saturation and the absence of lithologic barriers to induced fracture growth. Patterns of oil and gas occurrence in the Barnett, in conjunction with maturation and burial-history data, indicate a complex, multiphased thermal evolution, with episodic expulsion of hydrocarbons and secondary cracking of primary oils to gas in portions of the basin where paleotemperatures were especially elevated. These and other data imply a large-potential Barnett resource for the basin as a whole (possibly >200 tcf gas in place). Recent assessment by the U.S. Geological Survey suggests a mean volume of 26.2 tcf of undiscovered, technically recoverable gas in the central Fort Worth basin. Recovery of a significant portion of this undiscovered resource will require continued improvements in geoscientific characterization and approaches to stimulation of the Barnett reservoirs. Source: AAPG Bulletin, 2005, 89(2): 155–175 Email: Montgomery, SL; [email protected]

27 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 Citation frenquency: 110 The importance of shale composition and pore structure upon gas storage potential of shale gas reservoirs Ross, Daniel J.K; Bustin, R. Marc

Abstract: The effect of shale composition and fabric upon pore structure and CH4 sorption is investigated for potential shale gas reservoirs in the Western Canadian Sedimentary Basin (WCSB). Devonian-Mississippian (D-M) and Jurassic shales have complex, heterogeneous pore volume distributions as identified by low pressure CO2 and N2 sorption, and high pressure Hg porosimetry. Thermally mature D-M shales (1.6-2.5% VRo) have Dubinin-Radushkevich (D-R) CO2 micropore volumes ranging between 0.3 and 1.2 cc/100 g and N2 BET surface areas of 5-31 m2/g. Jurassic shales, which are invariably of lower thermal maturity ranging from 0.9% to 1.3% VRo, than D-M shales 2 have smaller D-R CO2 micropore volumes and N2 BET surface areas, typically in the range of 0.23-0.63 cc/100 g (CO2) and 1-9 m /g (N2).

High pressure CH4 isotherms on dried and moisture equilibrated shales show a general increase of gas sorption with total organic carbon (TOC) content. Methane sorption in D-M shales increases with increasing TOC and micropore volume, indicating that microporosity associated with the organic fraction is a primary control upon CH4 sorption. Sorption capacities for Jurassic shales, however, can be in part unrelated to micropore volume. The large sorbed gas capacities of organic-rich Jurassic shales, independent of surface area, imply a portion of CH4 is stored by solution in matrix bituminite. Solute CH4 is not an important contributor to gas storage in D-M shales. Structural transformation of D-M organic matter has occurred during thermal diagenesis creating and/or opening up microporosity onto which gas can sorb. As such, D-M shales sorb more CH4 per weight percent (wt %) TOC than Jurassic shales. Inorganic material influences modal pore size, total porosity and sorption characteristics of shales. Clay minerals are capable of sorbing gas to their internal structure, the amount of which is dependent on clay-type. Illite and montmorillonite have CO2 micropore volumes of 0.78 and 0.79 cc/100 g, N2 BET surface areas 2 of 25 and 30 m /g, and sorb 2.9 and 2.1 cc/g of CH4, respectively (dry basis)-a reflection of microporosity between irregular surfaces of clay platelets, and possibly related to the size of the clay crystals themselves. Mercury porosimetry analyses show that total porosities are larger in clay-rich shales compared to silica-rich shales due to open porosity associated with the aluminosilicate fraction. Clay-rich sediments (low Si/Al ratios) have unimodal pore size distributions <10 nm and average total porosities of 5.6%. Siliceous/quartz-rich shales (high Si/Al) exhibit no micro- or mesopores using Hg analyses and total porosities average 1%, analogous to chert. Keywords: Pore structure; Microporosity; Sorption; Shale gas reservoirs Source: Marine and Petroleum Geology, 2009, 26(6): 916–927 Email: Ross, Daniel J.K; [email protected]

Citation frenquency: 70 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Mississippian Barnett Shale: Lithofacies and depositional setting of a deep-water shale-gas succession in the Fort Worth Basin, Texas Loucks, Robert G; Ruppel, Stephen C Abstract: The Mississippian Barnett Formation of the Fort Worth Basin is a classic shale-gas system in which the rock is the source, reservoir, and seal. Barnett strata were deposited in a deeper water foreland basin that had poor circulation with the open ocean. For most of the basin's history, bottom waters were euxinic, preserving organic matter and, thus, creating a rich source rock, along with abundant framboidal pyrite. The Barnett interval comprises a variety of facies but is dominated by fine-grained (clay-to silt-size) particles. Three general lithofacies are recognized on the basis of mineralogy, fabric, biota, and texture: (1) laminated siliceous mudstone; (2) laminated argillaceous lime mudstone (marl); and (3) skeletal, argillaceous lime packstone. Each facies contains abundant pyrite and phosphate (apatite), which are especially common at hardgrounds. Carbonate concretions, a product of early diagenesis, are also common. The entire Barnett biota is composed of debris transported to the basin from the shelf or upper oxygenated slope by hemipelagic mud plumes, dilute turbidites, and debris flows. Biogenic sediment was also sourced from the shallower, better oxygenated water column. Barnett deposition is estimated to have occurred over a 25-m.y. period, and despite the variations in sublithofacies, sedimentation style remained remarkably similar throughout this span of time. Source: AAPG Bulletin, 2007, 91(4): 579–601 Email: Loucks, Robert G; [email protected]

Citation frenquency: 68 Water Management Challenges Associated with the Production of Shale Gas by Hydraulic Fracturing Gregory, Kelvin B; Vidic, Radisav D; Dzombak, David A Abstract: Development of unconventional, onshore natural gas resources in deep shales is rapidly expanding to meet global energy needs. Water management has emerged as a critical issue in the development of these inland gas reservoirs, where hydraulic fracturing is used to liberate the gas. Following hydraulic fracturing, large volumes of water containing very high concentrations of total dissolved solids (TDS) return to the surface. The TDS concentration in this wastewater, also known as “flowback”, can reach 5 times that of sea water. Wastewaters that contain high TDS levels are challenging and costly to treat. Economical production of shale gas resources will require creative management of flowback to ensure protection of groundwater and surface water resources. Currently, deep-well injection is the primary means of management. However, in many areas where shale gas production will be abundant, deep-well injection sites are not

28 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts available. With global concerns over the quality and quantity of fresh water, novel water management strategies and treatment technologies that will enable environmentally sustainable and economically feasible natural gas extraction will be critical for the development of this vast energy source. Keywords: shale gas; hydraulic fracturing; produced water; flowback Source: Elements, 2011, 7(3): 181–186 Email: Gregory, Kelvin B; [email protected]

Citation frenquency: 58 Impact of Shale Gas Development on Regional Water Quality Vidic, R.D; Brantley, S.L; Vandenbossche, J.M; et al. Abstract: Unconventional natural gas resources offer an opportunity to access a relatively clean fossil fuel that could potentially lead to energy independence for some countries. Horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing make the extraction of tightly bound natural gas from shale formations economically feasible. These technologies are not free from environmental risks, however, especially those related to regional water quality, such as gas migration, contaminant transport through induced and natural fractures, wastewater discharge, and accidental spills. We review the current understanding of environmental issues associated with unconventional gas extraction. Improved understanding of the fate and transport of contaminants of concern and increased long-term monitoring and data dissemination will help manage these water-quality risks today and in the future. Keywords: potential contaminant pathways; hydraulically fractured shale; marcellus shale; methane contamination; appalachian basin; pennsylvania; aquifers; wells; extraction; challenges Source: Science, 2013, 340(6134) Article No:1235009 Email: Vidic, R.D; [email protected]

Citation frenquency: 58 Nanoscale gas flow in shale gas Sediments Javadpour, F; Fisher, D; Unsworth, M Abstract: Production of gas out of low permeability shale packages is very recent in the Western Canadian Sedimentary Basin (WCSB). The process of gas release and production from shale gas sediments is not well understood. Because of adsorptive capacity of certain shale constituents, including organic carbon content: coalbed methane models are sometimes being applied to model and simulate tight shale gas production behaviour. Alternatively,《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 conventional Darcy flow models are sometimes applied to tight shale gas. However, neither of these approaches takes into account the differences in transport mechanisms in shale due to additional nanopore networks. Hence, the application of existing models for shale results in erroneous evaluation and predictions. Our analysis shows that a combination of a nanopore network connected to a micrometre pore network controls the gas flow in shale. Mathematical modelling of gas flow in nanopores is difficult since the standard assumption of no-slip boundary conditions in the Navier-Stokes equation breaks down at the nanometre scale, while the computational times of applicable molecular-dynamics (MD) codes become exorbitant. We found that the gas flow in nanopores of the shale can be modelled with a diffusive transport regime with a constant diffusion coefficient and negligible viscous effects. The obtained diffusion coefficient is consistent with the Knudsen diffusivity which supports the slip: boundary condition at the nanopore surfaces. This model can be used for shale gas evaluation and production optimization. Source: Journal of Canadian Petroleum Technology, 2007, 46(10): 55–61

Citation frenquency: 58 Life-Cycle Greenhouse Gas Emissions of Shale Gas, Natural Gas, Coal, and Petroleum Burnham, Andrew; Han, Jeongwoo; Clark, Corrie E; et al. Abstract: The technologies and practices that have enabled the recent boom in shale gas production have also brought attention to the environmental impacts of its use. It has been gdebated whether the fugitive methane emissions during natural gas production and transmission outweigh the lower carbon dioxide emissions during combustion when compared to coal and petroleum. Using the current state of knowledge of methane emissions from shale gas, conventional natural gas, coal, and petroleum, we estimated up-to-date life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions. In addition, we developed distribution functions for key parameters in each pathway to examine uncertainty and identify data gaps such as methane emissions from shale gas well completions and conventional natural gas liquid unloadings that need to be further addressed. Our base case results show that shale gas life-cycle emissions are 6% lower than conventional natural gas, 23% lower than gasoline, and 33% lower than coal. However, the range in values for shale and conventional gas overlap, so there is a statistical uncertainty whether shale gas emissions are indeed lower than conventional gas. Moreover, this life-cycle analysis, among other work in this area, provides insight on critical stages that the natural gas industry and government agencies can work together on to reduce the greenhouse gas footprint of natural gas. Source: Environmental Science & Technology, 2012, 46(2): 619–627 Email: Burnham, Andrew; [email protected]

29 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 ·Recommended Papers·

Formation mechanism, geological characteristics and development strategy of nonmarine shale oil in China ZOU Cai-neng; YANG Zhi; CUI Jing-wei; et al. Abstract: As an important type of “conventional-unconventional orderly accumulation”, shale oil is mature oil stored in organic-rich shales with nano-scale pores. This paper analyzes and summarizes elementary petroleum geological issues concerning continental shale oil in China, including sedimentary environment, reservoir space, geochemical features and accumulation mechanism. Mainly deposited in semi-deep to deep lake environment, shale rich in organic matter usually coexists with other lithologies in laminated texture, and micron to nano-scale pores and microfractures serve as primary reservoir space. Favorable shale mainly has type I and IA kerogens with a Ro of 0.7% -2.0%, TOC more than 2.0%, and effective thickness of over 10 m. The evolution of shale pores and retained accumulation pattern of shale oil are figured out. Reservoir space, brittleness, viscosity, pressure, retained quantity are key parameters in the “core” area evaluation of shale oil. Continuously accumulated in the center of lake basins, continental shale oil resources in China are about 30×108–60×108 t by preliminary prediction. Volume fracturing in horizontal wells, reformation of natural fractures, and man-made reservoir by injecting coarse grains are some of the key technologies for shale oil production. A three step development road for shale oil is put forward, speeding up study on “shale oil prospective area”, stepping up selection of “core areas”, and expanding “test areas”. By learning from marine shale breakthroughs in North America, continental shale oil industrialization is likely to kick off in China. Keywords: shale oil; shale gas; shale system; nano-scale pore-throat; unconventional hydrocarbon; conventional-unconventional orderly accumulation Source: Petroleum Explorationand Development, 2013, 40(1): 14–26 Email: Wu Ling-An; [email protected]

Shale gas generation and potential of the Lower Cambrian Qiongzhusi Formation in Southern Sichuan Basin, China HUANG Jin-liang; ZOU Cai-neng; LI Jian-zhong; et al. Abstract: According to the latest drilling data, the geologic survey of surrounding outcrops and the laboratory test results of rock samples, this paper studies the regional distribution, geochemical and reservoir characteristics and gas concentration of organic-rich shales to reveal the shale gas generation and potential of the Lower Cambrian Qiongzhusi Formation of the Southern Sichuan Basin. The study area features high organic content (with《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 TOC between 0.55% and 25.7%, average of more than 2%), great net shale thickness (of 60-300 m), high brittle mineral content (over 40%), abundant micro- and nanometer-sized pores and micro-fractures, and high gas content (0.27-6.02 m3/t, average of 1.90 m3/t), which is in favor of the generation and accumulation of shale gas. The Lower Cambrian Qiongzhusi Formation is one of the most favorable strata which has frequent gas show and industrialization breakthrough during drilling, and the Weiyuan and Xunyong-Junlian areas are two most realistic and favorable targets for shale gas exploration and development. Keywords: Southern Sichuan Basin; Lower Cambrian; Qiongzhusi Formation; shale gas; accumulation; resource potential Source: Petroleum Explorationand Development, 2012, 39(1): 69–75 Email: HUANG Jin-liang; [email protected]

Geological conditions of coalbed methane and shale gas exploitation and their comparison analysis MENG Zhao-ping; LIU Cui-li; JI Yi-ming Abstract: Based on the basic conceptions of coalbed methane (CBM)/shale gas, the geological conditions of coalbed methane/shale gas exploitation are systematically analyzed, which mainly includes the following three aspects: the geological conditions of reservoir formation, the conditions of occurrence environment and engineering mechanics conditions of exploitation. Furthermore, the geological conditions for extracting coalbed methane and shale gas are comparatively analyzed. The similarities and differences of the geological conditions between coalbed methane and shale gas are also revealed. Coalbed methane/shale gas is a kind of unconventional natural gas which is self-generated and selfstored in coal seam/shale. Their enrichment accumulations depend primarily on the existence and the quality of basic geological conditions of source-reservoir preservation as well as their mutual cooperative relations. All coalbed methane/shale gas within a certain burial depth have undergone desorption-diffusion-migration process, and the phenomenon of vertical zoning exists universally. The higher evolution degree of organic matters, the smaller the depth of de sorption zone, while the deeper of weathered zone, the greater depth of desorption zone. The enrichment of the coalbed methane/shale gas in the desorption zone to a certain extent complies with the rules of structure controlling gas accumulation in the conventional natural gas accumulation;whereas the enrichment of the coalbed methane/shale gas in the primary zone is more controlled by the characteristics of coal seam/shale's adsorption. The coal/shale reservoir varies from occurrence environment conditions,on which adsorbed gas and free gas in coal/shale reservoir transforms into each other, which results in the differences of the coalbed methane/shale gas in reservoir type, scale, quality and other aspects. The main geological factors affecting the CBM development are coal seam thickness and its stability, gas content or resource abundance of CBM, structure and fracture,permeability and preservation conditions of CBM, etc. The main geological factors affecting the development of shale gas include shale thickness, organic matter content, thermal maturity, gas content, nature fracture and brittle mineral

30 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts content, etc. Keywords: Coalbed methane; shale gas; exploitation geology; comparison analysis Source: Journal of China Coal Society, 2013, 38(5): 728–736 Email: MENG Zhao-ping; mzp@ cumtb.edu.cn

Scientific issues on effective development of marine shale gas in southern China WANG Hong-yan; LIU Yu-zhang; DONG Da-zhong; et al. Abstract: Shale gas resources are abundant in China and have been discovered in some areas. They are widely distributed in the Cambrian, Ordovician and Silurian strata in Southern China, with technically recoverable resources accounting for 3/4 of the whole country. The Southern China will be the main area for shale gas development. Compared with North America, there are a lot of differences in shale gas exploration and development in Southern China which include intensive tectonic movements in marine shale, complex stress field, deep burial depth, special surface condition, etc. With those, it could be ineffective if the existing theories and techniques of shale gas developed in America are taken for granted. The effects of nano-pore formation on shale gas production are unclear; Prediction methods for shale gas production have not been established; In the process of drilling, the horizontal section collapses seriously and the drilling cycle is too long; Stimulation effect is not ideal, with low single well production. In order to effectively develop shale gas in Southern China, three scientific issues should be studied which include quantitative characterization of nano-pore formation and multi-scale storage space, mechanisms of nonlinear flow under multi-field coupling in complex medium, mechanical mechanisms of shale instability and fracture network formation. Keywords: marine shale gas; effective development; scientific issue; southern China; nano-pore Source: Petroleum Exploration and Development, 2013, 40(5): 574–579

Four important theoretical issues of unconventional petroleum geology JIA Cheng-zao; ZHENG Min; ZHANG Yang-feng Abstract: The consumption and production of conventional energy set a new record high in 2012, oil and gas are still the mainstays inenergy consumption structure, while the drastic increase in unconventional oil and gas production make a near balance between demand and supply of oil and gas. However, a lot of basic theoretical questions about unconventional oil and gas are still waiting to be answered, and little is known about the accumulation pattern and exploration -develapment features of unconventional oil and gas. The paper reviews the recent situation of oil and gas exploration across the world, and points out four key theoretical questions in unconventional oil and gas geology: (1) deeper understanding《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 on “oil and gas system”: “whole accumulation mode” of “whole oil and gas system”for petroliferous basins was proposed, the unconventional oil and gas accumulation mechanisms were analyzed by quantifying the generation, expulsion, migration, and accumulation; (2) fine grain sediments and tight facies sedimentology: by dissecting fine grain deposition and unconventional oil and gas generation, the integration points of three studies were put forward; (3) rnicro-to nano-pore system and fluid behavior in shale and tight reservoirs: five aspects of micro-to nano-pore system that should be focused in unconventional oil and gas study were proposed, and development features of micro-to nano-pores and fluid behavior in micro-to nano-pores were dissected; (4) unconventional oil and gas accumulation pattern and resource evaluation; starting from the features of unconventional oil and gas accumulation, the evaluation system for unconventional oil and gas resources were set up. Keywords: energy consumption structure; unconventional oil and gas; exploration situation; theoretical issues; petroleum system; tight fades; micro-to nano-pore system Source: Acta Petrolei Sinica, 2014, 35(1): 1–10 Email: ZHENG Ming; zhenmin@petrochina. com. cn

Microscopic pore structure and its controlling factors of overmature shale in the Lower Cambrian Qiongzhusi Fm, northern Yunnan and Guizhou provinces of China LIANG Xing; ZHANG Ting-shan; YANG Yang; et al. Abstract: Drilling data reveal that shale gas potential of the Lower Cambrian Qiongzhusi Fm is obviously poorer than that of the Lower Jurassic Longmaxi Fm in northern Yunnan and Guizhou provinces of China, the reason of which will be urgently discovered to make further exploration decision. Therefore, various testing methods such as environmental scanning electronic microscope (ES-EM), atomic force microscope (AFM), the pore specific surface area measurement, and isothermal adsorption/desorption experi-menu were used to analyze microscopic pore types and pore structures of the shale cores. The following results were obtained. First, nanopores are well developed in the Qiongzhusi shale where the types of matrix pores include interclay mineral pores, organic pores, inter-crystalline pores, mineral moldic pores, and secondary dissolution pores, featured by a small specific surface area and large surface porosity. Second, the main factors controlling the microscopic pore structure there are organic content (TOC) kerogen type, types and content of clay minerals, and thermal maturity (Ro), among which thermal maturity is the most significant. At the over-mature stage, the specific surface area and pore volume decrease sharply with the increase of thermal maturity. In conclusion, the reason for the revelation from the drilling data in the study area is that after a long period of geological process and rather high ther-mal evolution, microscopic pore structure characteristics such as a sharp decrease of micropores, the significantly reduced pore volume and pore specific surface area etc. are unfavorable for gas

31 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 adsorption and accumulation in the overmature Qiongzhusi shale. Keywords: Northern Yunnan and Guizhou provinces; shale gas; reservotrspace types; microscoptc pore structure; main controlling factor; gas potential; Early Permian; specific surface area Source: Natural Gas Industry, 2014, 34(2): 18–26 Email: LIANG Xing; [email protected]

Conventional and unconventional petroleum “orderly accumulation”: Concept and practical significance ZOU Cai-neng, YANG Zhi, ZHANG Guo-sheng; et al. Abstract: Based on the latest global conventional-unconventional petroleum development situation and the conclusion of petroleum geology theory and technology innovation in recent 10 years, the connotation of conventional and unconventional petroleum “orderly accumulation” is formulated. This concept indicates that, unconventional petroleum occurs in the hydrocarbon supply direction of conventional petroleum, and conventional petroleum may appear in the outer space of unconventional petroleum. Proper evaluation methods and engineering technology are important to push the conventional-unconventional petroleum co-development, and the petroleum finding thought from outer-source into inner-source. Unconventional petroleum evaluation focuses on source rocks characteristics, lithology, physical property, brittleness, oil-gas possibility and stress anisotropy. Taking shale gas for examples, in China, these six properties are TOC>2%, laminated silicious calcareous shale or calcareous silicious shale, porosity 3%−8%, brittle minerals content 50%−80%, gas content 2.3−4.1 m3/t, pressure coefficient 1.0−2.3, natural fractures; in north America, these six properties are TOC>4%, silicious shale or calcareous shale or marl, porosity 4%−9%, brittle minerals content 40%−70%, gas content 2.8−9.9 m3/t, pressure coefficient 1.30−1.85, natural fractures. “Sweet spot area” assessment, “factory-like” operation pattern and other core methods and technologies are discussed. And 8 key elements of unconventional “sweet spot area” are proposed, 3 of them are TOC>2% (for shale oil S1>2 mg/g), higher porosity (for tight oil&gas >10%, shale oil&gas >3%), and microfractures. Multiple wells “factory-like” operation pattern is elaborated, and its implementation needs 4 elements, i.e. batch well spacing, standard design, flow process, and reutilization. Through horizontal well volume fractures in directions, “man-made reservoirs” with large-scale fracture systems can be formed underground. Keywords: unconventional petroleum; “orderly accumulation”; co-development; “sweet spot area” assessment; “factory-like” operation pattern; “man-made reservoir”; tight oil; shale oil; shale gas; tight gas; petroleum exploration into source rocks Source: Petroleum Exploration and Development, 2014, 41(1): 14–26

A discussion on《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 the shale has exploration&development prospect in the Sichuan Basin DONG Da-zhong; GAO Shi-kui; HUANG Jin-liang; et al. Abstract: The Sichuan Basin is one of the highlighted areas of shale gas exploration and development and a great success there proved a bright prospect of shale gas discovery and production and will have a great influence to some degree on the future shale gas development in China. Through an overall review on the new progress in shale gas exploration and development in the Sichuan Basin, we concluded the following findings. First, the Sichuan Basin has experienced the depositional evolution of marine and terrestrial facies, and three types of shales rich with marine, transitional, and terrestrial organic matters were well developed and six sets of favorable shale gas enrichment strata: the Sinian Doushantuo Fm, the Cambrian Qiongzhushi Fm, the Ordovician Wufeng-Silurian Long-maxi Fm, the Permian Longtan Fm, the Triassic Xujiahe Fm, and the Jurassic Zhiliujing Fm. Second, the five key elements for shale gas accumulation in the Wufeng-Longmaxi Fm are deep-water shelf facies, greater thickness of organic-rich shales, moderate thermal evolution, abundant structural fractures, overpressured reservoirs, etc. Third, the sweet spots and potential prospect of shale gas are still unveiled there;and the technologies are not mature enough for the development of shale gas resources below 3500 m. In conclusion, a bright future will be seen from the discovery of shale gas in the Jurassic, Triassic and Cambrian Fms and the preliminary industrial scale production in the Ordovician-Silurian Fm in the Sichuan Basin; commercial shale gas production will be possibly achieved there with a predicted annual gas output of 30-60 billion m3; and shale gas E&P experiences in this basin will provide valuable theoretical research and technical support for commercial shale gas development in China. Keywords: Sichuan Basin; shale gas; exploration and development; new process; enrichment condition; development prospect; challenge; annual gas output Source: Natural Gas Industry, 2014, 34(12): 1–15 Email: DONG Da-zhong; [email protected]

Characteristics and controlling factors of the formation of pores of a shale gas reservoir:A case study from Longmaxi Formation of the Upper Yangtze region HUANG Lei; SHEN Wei Abstract: Through the studies using SEM, Ar-ion mine FESEM and NMR technologies, the characteristics of the formation of micron-size pores, nanoscale pores and micro-fractures of the Longmaxi Formation shales were quantitatively characterized. Based on the test data of TOC, Ro, and X-ray diffraction analysis of mineral composition, the controlling factors of forming characteristics of the above three kinds of pores were analyzed. The positive factors for the development of micron-size pores are quartz content and illite content, and the negative

32 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts factors are depth and carbonate content. The positive factors for the development of organic matter pores are Ro and illite, smectite content, and the negative factor is calcite content. The positive factors for the development of micro-fractures are quartz content, Ro and TOC, and the negative factor is calcite content. Keywords: shale gas; reservotr; pore; Longmaxi Formation; controlling factor Source: Earth Science Frontiers, 2015, 22(1): 375–385

Break through of Fuling shale gas exploration and development and its inspiration WANG Zhi-gang Abstract: China marine shale gas field is characterized by wide distribution and richness in resources. But compared with North America, because of suffering multi-stages tectonic reworking, China marine shale is older and more mature, as a result, it is unique in preservation condition and buried depth. Based on these features, the theory of‘three-element enrichment’, whose cores include the conditions of hydrocarbon generation, reservoir conditions and shale gas preservation conditions, is put forward. On this basis, shale gas exploration is focused on Sichuan Basin and its peripheral regions, and the Lower Silurian of Southeast region of Sichuan Basin is chosen to be the preferred breakthrough field for shale gas exploration by China Petroleum＆Chemical Corporation. Shale gas zone and the target evaluation method is set up, and Jiaoshiba Block of Fuling is as the target area. And in 2012, well Jiaoye 1 was drilled, and discovered the first large shale gas field in China, i.e. marine shale gas field of Longmaxi Formation in Jiaoshiba Block. Drilling technologies and multi-stage fracturing technologies were developed for the marine shale with shallow to moderate burial depths. The rapid and highly efficient development of the Jiaohsiba shale gas field was realized through effective management under the guidance of integrated exploration and development. Keywords: three-element enrichment; integrated exploration and development; marine layer; shale gas; Silurian; Jiaoshiba; gas field Source: Oil & Gas Geology, 2015, 36(1): 1–6

A Methodologies of Predicting the Fractured Horizontal Well Production LIU Hong-ping; ZHAO Yan-chao; MENG Jun; et al. Abstract: The fractured horizontal wells have been widely used in certain types of oil and gas fields, such as thin-layered reservoirs, low porosity/low permeability reservoirs and shale gas reservoirs. Production prediction of fractured horizontal wells is one of the bases in reservoir evaluation and effective《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 production.In this paper, we presented the methods in predicting the two most important application area, tight sand (gas/oil) reservoirs and shale gas reservoirs, after listing the factors that affect production prediction. We concluded that in spite of the insight of flow mechanism in matrix and fractures, much attention should be paid to the distribution of fracture network and stress sensitivity of the reservoirs. Analysis of the large amounts of drilling data combined with physical simulation and numerical simulation would increase the accuracy of production prediction. Keywords: fractured horizontal well; tight sand; shale gas; production prediction Source: Geological Science and Technology Information, 2015, 34(1): 131–139 Email: LIU Hong-ping; [email protected]

Petrophysical Considerations in Evaluating and Producing Shale Gas Resources C.H. Sondergeld; K.E. Newsham; J.T. Comisky; et al. Abstract: We present a practical assessment of petrophysical properties of shales and their measurement in the lab and via logs. Gasbearing shale present unique measurement challenges due to their ultra-low permeability and complicated pore volume connectivity. The combination of low intrinsic permeability and gas sorption effects renders these reservoirs “unconventional”. Advances in horizontal drilling and hydraulic stimulation have transformed gas-shale resources into economic reserves. Given their economic significance, there is a strong drive to understand gas shale petrophysical property measurements, both in the laboratory and in the subsurface. We note that various core analysis protocols are used in different laboratories leading to physical property measurements that are inconsistent, even when measured on identical sample sets. In addition, log analysis of kerogen-rich shale is ‘unconventional’ compared to classical techniques used in tight gas sands. As shale gas evaluation is becoming widely practiced among service companies and operators, we will focus on three reservoir assessment categories: storage capacity (gas-in-place), flow capacity (gas deliverability) and mechanical properties impacting hydraulic stimulation. Within each of these categories we have identified influential petrophysical properties such as rock composition, total organic carbon (TOC) content, porosity, saturation, permeability and mechanical properties. Specifically, we demonstrate the importance of estimating accurate mineral and kerogen content as these properties directly impact rock quality, hydraulic fracturing protocols, and gas-in-place estimations. In reviewing these practices, we also will show the need and possible direction of new technologies that will be required for making evaluations more accurate and quantitative in the future. Source: SPE 2010, 131768: 1–34

33 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015

Thirty Years of Gas Shale Fracturing: What Have We Learned? George E. King Abstract: Although high gas flow rates from shales are a relatively recent phenomenon, the knowledge bases of shale-specific well completions, fracturing and shale well operations have actually been growing for more than three decades and shale gas production reaches back almost one hundred ninety years. During the last decade of gas shale development, projected recovery of shale gas-in-place has increased from about 2% to estimates of about 50%; mainly through the development and adaptation of technologies to fit shale gas developments. Adapting technologies, including multi-stage fracturing of horizontal wells, slickwater fluids with minimum viscosity and simultaneous fracturing, have evolved to increase formation-face contact of the fracture system into the range of 9.2 million m2 (100 million ft2) in a very localized area of the reservoir by opening natural fractures. These technologies have made possible development of enormous gas reserves that were completely unavailable only a few years ago. Current and next generation technologies promise even more energy availability with advances in hybrid fracs, fracture complexity, fracture flow stability and methods of re-using water used in fracturing. This work surveyed over 350 shale completion, fracturing and operations publications, linking geosciences and engineering information together to relay learnings that will identify both intriguing information on selective opening and stabilizing of micro-fracture systems within the shales and new fields of endeavor needed to achieve the next level of shale development advancement. Source: SPE 2010, 133456: 1–50

Pore structure characterization of North American shale gas reservoirs using USANS/SANS, gas adsorption, and mercury intrusion Clarkson, CR; Solano, N; Bustin, RM; et al.

Abstract: Small-angle and ultra-small-angle neutron scattering (SANS and USANS), low-pressure adsorption (N2 and CO2), and high-pressure mercury intrusion measurements were performed on a suite of North American shale reservoir samples providing the first ever comparison of all these techniques for characterizing the complex pore structure of shales. The techniques were used to gain insight into the nature of the pore structure including pore geometry, pore size distribution and accessible versus inaccessible porosity. Reservoir samples for analysis were taken from currently-active shale gas plays including the Barnett, Marcellus, Haynesville, Eagle Ford, Woodford, Muskwa, and Duvernay shales. Low-pressure《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 adsorption revealed strong differences in BET surface area and pore volumes for the sample suite, consistent with variability in composition of the samples. The combination of CO2 and N2 adsorption data allowed pore size distributions to be created for micro-meso-macroporosity up to a limit of similar to 1000 angstrom. Pore size distributions are either uni- or multi-modal. The adsorption-derived pore size distributions for some samples are inconsistent with mercury intrusion data, likely owing to a combination of grain compression during high-pressure intrusion, and the fact that mercury intrusion yields information about pore throat rather than pore body distributions. SANS/USANS scattering data indicate a fractal geometry (power-law scattering) for a wide range of pore sizes and provide evidence that nanometer-scale spatial ordering occurs in lower mesopore-micropore range for some samples, which may be associated with inter-layer spacing in clay minerals. SANS/USANS pore radius distributions were converted to pore volume distributions for direct comparison with adsorption data. For the overlap region between the two methods, the agreement is quite good. Accessible porosity in the pore size (radius) range 5 nm-10 mu m was determined for a Barnett shale sample using the contrast matching method with pressurized deuterated methane fluid. The results demonstrate that accessible porosity is pore-size dependent. Keywords: Shale gas; Pore structure; Small-angle neutron scattering; Gas adsorption; Mercury intrusion Source: Fuel, 2013, 103: 606–616 Email: Clarkson, CR; [email protected]

Generation, transport, and disposal of wastewater associated with Marcellus Shale gas development Lutz, Brian D; Lewis, Aurana N; Doyle, Martin W Abstract: Hydraulic fracturing has made vast quantities of natural gas from shale available, reshaping the energy landscape of the United States. Extracting shale gas, however, generates large, unavoidable volumes of wastewater, which to date lacks accurate quantification. For the Marcellus shale, by far the largest shale gas resource in the United States, we quantify gas and wastewater production using data from 2189 wells located throughout Pennsylvania. Contrary to current perceptions, Marcellus wells produce significantly less wastewater per unit gas recovered (approximately 35%) compared to conventional natural gas wells. Further, well operators classified only 32.3% of wastewater from Marcellus wells as flow back from hydraulic fracturing; most wastewater was classified as brine, generated over multiple years. Despite producing less wastewater per unit gas, developing the Marcellus shale has increased the total wastewater generated in the region by approximately 570% since 2004, overwhelming current wastewater disposal infrastructure capacity. Citation: Lutz, B. D., A. N. Lewis, and M. W. Doyle (2013), Generation, transport, and disposal of wastewater associated with Marcellus Shale gas development, Water Resour. Keywords: natural-gas; pennsylvania; challenges; methane; brine Source: Water Resources Research, 2013, 49(2): 647–656 Email: Lutz, Brian D; [email protected] 34 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

Desalination and Reuse of High-Salinity Shale Gas Produced Water: Drivers, Technologies, and Future Directions Shaffer, Devin L; Chavez, Laura H. Arias; Ben-Sasson, Moshe; et al. Abstract: In the rapidly developing shale gas industry, managing produced water is a major challenge for maintaining the profitability of shale gas extraction while protecting public health and the environment. We review the current state of practice for produced water management across the United States and discuss the interrelated regulatory, infrastructure, and economic drivers for produced water reuse. Within this framework, we examine the Marcellus shale play, a region in the eastern United States where produced water is currently reused without desalination. In the Marcellus region, and in other shale plays worldwide with similar constraints, contraction of current reuse opportunities within the shale gas industry and growing restrictions on produced water disposal will provide strong incentives for produced water desalination for reuse outside the industry. The most challenging scenarios for the selection of desalination for reuse over other management strategies will be those involving high-salinity produced water, which must be desalinated with thermal separation processes. We explore desalination technologies for treatment of high-salinity shale gas produced water, and we critically review mechanical vapor compression (MVC), membrane distillation (MD), and forward osmosis (FO) as the technologies best suited for desalination of high-salinity produced water for reuse outside the shale gas industry. The advantages and challenges of applying MVC, MD, and FO technologies to produced water desalination are discussed, and directions for future research and development are identified. We find that desalination for reuse of produced water is technically feasible and can be economically relevant. However, because produced water management is primarily an economic decision, expanding desalination for reuse is dependent on process and material improvements to reduce capital and operating costs. Keywords: contact membrane distillation; mechanical vapor compression; ammonia-carbon dioxide; osmosis desalination; seawater desalination; natural-gas; waste-water; energy-requirements; process performance; fouling behavior Source: Environmental Science & Technology, 2013, 47(17): 9569–9583 Email: Elimelech, Menachem; [email protected]

A Critical Review of the Risks to Water Resources from Unconventional Shale Gas Development and Hydraulic Fracturing in the United States Vengosh, Avner; Jackson, Robert B; Warner, Nathaniel; et al. Abstract: The rapid rise of shale《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 gas development through horizontal drilling and high volume hydraulic fracturing has expanded the extraction of hydrocarbon resources in the U.S. The rise of shale gas development has triggered an intense public debate regarding the potential environmental and human health effects from hydraulic fracturing. This paper provides a critical review of the potential risks that shale gas operations pose to water resources, with an emphasis on case studies mostly from the U.S. Four potential risks for water resources are identified: (1) the contamination of shallow aquifers with fugitive hydrocarbon gases (i.e., stray gas contamination), which can also potentially lead to the salinization of shallow groundwater through leaking natural gas wells and subsurface flow; (2) the contamination of surface water and shallow groundwater from spills, leaks, and/or the disposal of inadequately treated shale gas wastewater; (3) the accumulation of toxic and radioactive elements in soil or stream sediments near disposal or spill sites; and (4) the over extraction of water resources for high-volume hydraulic fracturing that could induce water shortages or conflicts with other water users, particularly in water-scarce areas. Analysis of published data (through January 2014) reveals evidence for stray gas contamination, surface water impacts in areas of intensive shale gas development, and the accumulation of radium isotopes in some disposal and spill sites. The direct contamination of shallow groundwater from hydraulic fracturing fluids and deep formation waters by hydraulic fracturing itself, however, remains controversial. Keywords: potential contaminant pathways; disinfection by-products; southern high-plains; natural-gas; marcellus shale; drinking-water; waste-water; sedimentary basin; barnett shale; methane contamination Source: Environmental Science & Technology, 2014, 48(15): 8334–8348 Email: Vengosh, A; [email protected]

Life Cycle Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Freshwater Consumption of Marcellus Shale Gas Laurenzi, Ian J; Jersey, Gilbert R Abstract: We present results of a life cycle assessment (LCA) of Marcellus shale gas used for power generation. The analysis employs the most extensive data set of any LCA of shale gas to date, encompassing data from actual gas production and power generation operations.

Results indicate that a typical Marcellus gas life cycle yields 466 kg CO2 eq/MWh (80% confidence interval: 450-567 kg CO2 eq/MWh) of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and 224 gal/MWh (80% CI: 185-305 gal/MWh) of freshwater consumption. Operations associated with hydraulic fracturing constitute only 1.2% of the life cycle GHG emissions, and 6.2% of the life cycle freshwater consumption. These results are influenced most strongly by the estimated ultimate recovery (EUR) of the well and the power plant efficiency: increase in either quantity will reduce both life cycle freshwater consumption and GHG emissions relative to power generated at the plant. We conclude by comparing the life cycle impacts of Marcellus gas and U.S. coal: The carbon footprint of Marcellus gas is 53% (80% CI: 44-61%) lower

35 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 than coal, and its freshwater consumption is about 50% of coal. We conclude that substantial GHG reductions and freshwater savings may result from the replacement of coal-fired power generation with gas-fired power generation. Keywords: natural-gas; footprint; coal Source: Environmental Science & Technology, 2013, 47(9): 4896–4903 Email: Laurenzi, Ian J; [email protected]

Natural gas from shale formation-The evolution, evidences and challenges of shale gas revolution in United States Wang, Qiang; Chen, Xi; Jha, Awadhesh N; et al. Abstract: Extraction of natural gas from shale rock in the United States (US) is one of the landmark events in the 21st century. The combination of horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing can extract huge quantities of natural gas from impermeable shale formations, which were previously thought to be either impossible or uneconomic to produce. This review offers a comprehensive insight into US shale gas opportunities, appraising the evolution, evidence and the challenges of shale gas production in the US. The history of US shale gas in this article is divided into three periods and based on the change of oil price (i.e., the period before the 1970s oil crisis, the period from 1970s to 2000, and the period since 2000), the US has moved from being one of the world's biggest importers of gas to being self-sufficient in less than a decade, with the shale gas production increasing 12-fold (from 2000 to 2010). The US domestic natural gas price hit a 10-year low in 2012. The US domestic natural gas price in the first half of 2012 was about $2 per million British Thermal Unit (BTU), compared with Brent crude, the world benchmark price for oil, now about $80-100/barrel, or $14-17 per million BTU. Partly due to an increase in gas-fired power generation in response to low gas prices, US carbon emissions from fossil-fuel combustion fell by 430 million ton

CO2-more than any other country-between 2006 and 2011. Shale gas also stimulated economic growth, creating 600000 new jobs in the US by 2010. However, the US shale gas revolution would be curbed, if the environmental risks posed by hydraulic fracturing are not managed effectively. The hydraulic fracturing is water intensive, and can cause pollution in the marine environment, with implications for long-term environmental sustainability in several ways. Also, large amounts of methane, a powerful greenhouse gas, can be emitted during the shale gas exploration and production. Hydraulic fracturing also may induce earthquakes. These environmental risks need to be managed by good practices which is not being applied by all the producers in all the locations. Enforcing stronger regulations are necessary to minimize risk to the environment and on human health. Robust regulatory oversight can however increase the cost of extraction, but stringent regulations can foster an historic opportunity to provide cheaper and cleaner gas to meet the consumer demand, as well as to usher in the future growth of the industry. 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Keywords: Natural gas from shale formation; Energy revolution; Environmental challenge; Best practices; US shale gas Source: Renewable & Sustainable Energy Reviews, 2014, 30: 1–28 Email: Wang, Qiang; [email protected]

Water resource impacts during unconventional shale gas development: The Pennsylvania experience Brantley, Susan L; Yoxtheimer, Dave ; Arjmand, Sina; et al. Abstract: Improvements in horizontal drilling and hydrofracturing have revolutionized the energy landscape by allowing the development of so-called “unconventional” gas resources. The Marcellus play in the northeastern U.S.A. documents how fast this technology developed: the number of unconventional Marcellus wells in Pennsylvania (PA) increased from 8 in 2005 to similar to 7234 today. Publicly available databases in PA show only rare evidence of contamination of surface and groundwaters. This could document that incidents that impact PA waters have been relatively rare and that contaminants were quickly diluted. However, firm conclusions are hampered by i) the lack of information about location and timing of incidents; ii) the tendency to not release water quality data related to specific incidents due to liability or confidentiality agreements; iii) the sparseness of sample and sensor data for the analytes of interest; iv) the presence of pre-existing water impairments that make it difficult to determine potential impacts from shale-gas activity; and v) the fact that sensors can malfunction or drift. Although the monitoring data available to assess contamination events in PA are limited, the state manages an online database of violations. Overall, one fifth of gas wells drilled were given at least one non-administrative notice of violation (NOV) from the PA regulator. Through March 2013, 3.4% of gas wells were issued NOVs for well construction issues and 0.24% of gas wells received NOVs related to methane migration into groundwater. Between 2008 and 2012, 161 of the similar to 1000 complaints received by the state described contamination that implicated oil or gas activity: natural gas was reported for 56% and brine salt components for 14% of the properties. Six percent of the properties were impacted by sediments, turbidity, and/or drill cuttings. Most of the sites of groundwater contamination with methane and/or salt components were in previously glaciated northern PA where fracture flow sometimes allows long distance fluid transport. No cases of subsurface transport of fracking or flow back fluids into water supplies were documented. If Marcellus-related flowback/production waters did enter surface or groundwaters, the most likely contaminants to be detected would be Na, Ca, and Cl, but those elements are already common in natural waters. The most Marcellus-specific "fingerprint" elements are Sr, Ba, and Br. For example, variable Br concentrations measured in southwestern PA streams were attributed to permitted release of wastewaters from unconventional shale gas wells into PA streams through municipal or industrial wastewater treatment plants before 2011. Discharge has now been discontinued except for brines from a few plants still permitted to discharge conventional oil/gas brines after treatment. Overall,

36 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts drinking water supply problems determined by the regulator to implicate oil/gas activities peaked in frequency in 2010 while spill rates increased through 2012. Although many minor violations and temporary problems have been reported, the picture that emerges from PA is that the fast shale-gas start may have led to relatively few environmental incidents of significant impact compared to wells drilled; however, the impacts remain difficult to assess due to the lack of transparent and accessible data. Keywords: Unconventional shale gas; Environmental impact; Hydraulic fracturing; Hydrofracturing; Water quality; Marcellus Shale Source: International Journal of Coal Geology, 2014, 126(S1): 140–156

Molecular simulation of shale gas adsorption and diffusion in inorganic nanopores Sharma, Aman; Namsani, Sadanandam; Singh, Jayant K Abstract: We studied the structural and dynamical properties of methane and ethane in montmorillonite (MMT) slit pore of sizes 10, 20 and 30 angstrom using grand canonical Monte Carlo and classical molecular dynamics (MD) simulations. The isotherm, at 298.15 K, is generated for pressures up to 60 bar. The molecules preferentially adsorb at the surface as indicated by the density profile. In case of methane, we observe only a single layer, at the pore wall, whose density increases with increasing pressure. However, ethane also displays a second layer, though of low density in case of pore widths 20 and 30 angstrom. In-plane self-diffusion coefficient, DII, of methane and -6 2 ethane is of the order of 10 m /s. At low pressure, DII increases significantly with the pore size. However, DII decreases rapidly with increasing pressure. Furthermore, the effect of pore size on DII diminishes at high pressure. Ideal adsorbed solution theory is used to understand the adsorption behaviour of the binary mixture of methane (80%) and ethane (20%) at 298.15 K. Furthermore, we calculate the selectivity of the gases at various pressures of the mixture, and found high selectivity for ethane in MMT pores. However, selectivity of ethane decreases with increase in pressure or pore size. Keywords: methane; shale gas; GCMC; ethane; montmorillonite Source: Molecular Simulationk, 2015, 41(5-6): 414–422 Email: Singh, Jayant K; [email protected]

Study on gas flow through nano pores of shale gas reservoirs Guo, Chaohua; Xu, Jianchun; Wu, Keliu; et al. Abstract: Unlike conventional gas reservoirs, gas flow in shale reservoirs is a complex and multiscale flow process which has special flow mechanisms. Shale gas reservoirs contain a large fraction of nano pores, which leads to an apparent permeability that is dependent on pore pressure, fluid type, and pore structure.《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Study of gas flow in nano pores is essential for accurate numerical simulation of shale gas reservoirs. However, no comprehensive study has been conducted pertaining to the gas flow in nano pores. In this paper, experiments for nitrogen flow through nano membranes (with pore throat size: 20 nm, 55 nm, and 100 nm) have been done and analyzed. Obvious discrepancy between apparent permeability and intrinsic permeability has been observed; and the relationship between this discrepancy and pore throat diameter (PTD) has been analyzed. Then, based on the advection-diffusion model, a new mathematical model has been constructed to characterize gas flow in nano pores. A new apparent permeability expression has been derived based on advection and Knudsen diffusion. A comprehensive coefficient for characterizing the flow process was proposed. Simulation results were verified against the experimental data for gas flow through nano membranes and published data. By changing the comprehensive coefficient, we found the best candidate for the case of argon with a membrane PTD of 235 nm. We verified the model using experimental data with different gases (oxygen, argon) and different PTDs (235 nm, 220 nm). The comparison shows that the new model matches the experimental data very closely. Additionally, we compared our results with experimental data, the Knudsen/Hagen-Poiseuille analytical solution, and existing models available in the literature. Results show that the model proposed in this study yielded a more reliable solution. Shale gas simulations, in which gas flowing in nano pores plays a critical role, can be made more accurate and reliable based on the results of this work. Keywords: Shale gas; Nano pores; Apparent permeability; Advection-diffusion model; Knudsen diffusion Source: Fuel, 2015, 143: 107–117 Email: wei, mingzhen; [email protected]

Editor in charge: WANG Shuai-shuai, WEI Xia-wen

37 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015

High Impact Papers

Highly Cited Papers TOP5 Source: Web of Science Publication date: 2013.1—2015.2 Retrieval date: 2015.3.6

Entomology Citation frequency: 82 Odorant Reception in Insects: Roles of Receptors, Binding Proteins, and Degrading Enzymes Leal, WS Abstract: Our knowledge of the molecular basis of odorant reception in insects has grown exponentially over the past decade. Odorant receptors (ORs) from moths, fruit flies, mosquitoes, and the honey bees have been deorphanized, odorant-degrading enzymes (ODEs) have been isolated, and the functions of odorant-binding proteins (OBPs) have been unveiled. OBPs contribute to the sensitivity of the olfactory system by transporting odorants through the sensillar lymph, but there are competing hypotheses on how they act at the end of the journey. A few ODEs that have been demonstrated to degrade odorants rapidly may act in signal inactivation alone or in combination with other molecular traps. Although ORs in Drosophila melanogaster respond to multiple odorants and seem to work in combinatorial code involving both periphery and antennal lobes, reception of sex pheromones by moth ORs suggests that their labeled lines rely heavily on selectivity at the periphery. Keywords: southern house mosquito; pheromone-sensitive neurons; navel orangeworm moth; bombyx-mori; antheraea-polyphemus; anopheles-gambiae; sex-pheromone; olfactory receptors; drosophila-melanogaster; crystal-structure Source: Annual Review of Entomology, 2013, 58: 373–391 Email: Leal, WS; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 63 The Juvenile Hormone Signaling Pathway in Insect Development Jindra, M; Palli, SR; Riddiford, LM Abstract: The molecular action《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 of juvenile hormone (JH), a regulator of vital importance to insects, was until recently regarded as a mystery. The past few years have seen an explosion of studies of JH signaling, sparked by a finding that a JH-resistance gene, Methoprene-tolerant (Met), plays a critical role in insect metamorphosis. Here, we summarize the recently acquired knowledge on the capacity of Met to bind JH, which has been mapped to a particular ligand-binding domain, thus establishing this bHLH-PAS protein as a novel type of an intracellular hormone receptor. Next, we consider the significance of JH-dependent interactions of Met with other transcription factors and signaling pathways. We examine the regulation and biological roles of genes acting downstream of JH and Met in insect metamorphosis. Finally, we discuss the current gaps in our understanding of JH action and outline directions for future research. Keywords: red flour beetle; rhodnius-prolixus hemiptera; larval-pupal metamorphosis; transcription factor broad; ftz-f1 nuclear receptor; methoprene-tolerant met; ligand-binding domain; retinoid-x-receptors; kruppel homolog 1; bHLH-PAS family Source: Annual Review of Entomology, 2013, 58: 181–204 Email: Riddiford, LM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 47 Spider-Venom Peptides: Structure, Pharmacology, and Potential for Control of Insect Pests King, GF; Hardy, MC Abstract: Spider venoms are an incredibly rich source of disulfide-rich insecticidal peptides that have been tuned over millions of years to target a wide range of receptors and ion channels in the insect nervous system. These peptides can act individually, or as part of larger toxin cabals, to rapidly immobilize envenomated prey owing to their debilitating effects on nervous system function. Most of these peptides contain a unique arrangement of disulfide bonds that provides them with extreme resistance to proteases. As a result, these peptides are highly stable in the insect gut and hemolymph and many of them are orally active. Thus, spider-venom peptides can be used as stand-alone bioinsecticides, or transgenes encoding these peptides can be used to engineer insect-resistant crops or enhanced entomopathogens. We critically review the potential of spider-venom peptides to control insect pests and highlight their advantages and disadvantages compared with conventional chemical insecticides. Keywords: funnel-web spiders; alpha-latrotoxin; snowdrop lectin; in-vitro; toxins; neurotoxins; evolution; channels; scorpion; malaria Source: Annual Review of Entomology, 2013, 58: 475–496 Email: King, GF; [email protected]

38 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Citation frequency: 43 Diamondback Moth Ecology and Management: Problems, Progress, and Prospects Furlong, MJ; Wright, DJ; Dosdall, LM Abstract: Agricultural intensification and greater production of Brassica vegetable and oilseed crops over the past two decades have increased the pest status of the diamondback moth (DBM), Plutella xylostella L., and it is now estimated to cost the world economy US$4–5 billion annually. Our understanding of some fundamental aspects of DBM biology and ecology, particularly host plant relationships, tritrophic interactions, and migration, has improved considerably but knowledge of other aspects, e.g., its global distribution and relative abundance, remains surprisingly limited. Biological control still focuses almost exclusively on a few species of hymenopteran parasitoids. Although these can be remarkably effective, insecticides continue to form the basis of management; their inappropriate use disrupts parasitoids and has resulted in field resistance to all available products. Improved ecological understanding and the availability of a series of highly effective selective insecticides throughout the 1990s provided the basis for sustainable and economically viable integrated pest management (IPM) approaches. However, repeated reversion to scheduled insecticide applications has resulted in resistance to these and more recently introduced compounds and the breakdown of IPM programs. Proven technologies for the sustainable management of DBM currently exist, but overcoming the barriers to their sustained adoption remains an enormous challenge. Keywords: plutella-xylostella lepidoptera; parasitoid cotesia-plutellae; diadegma species hymenoptera; thuringiensis toxin cry1ac; plant nutritional quality; field-evolved resistance; south-east queensland; different host plants; bacillus-thuringiensis; insecticide resistance Source: Annual Review of Entomology, 2013, 58: 517 Email: Furlong, MJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 42 Neuroactive Insecticides: Targets, Selectivity, Resistance, and Secondary Effects Casida, JE; Durkin, KA Abstract: Neuroactive insecticides are the principal means of protecting crops, people, livestock, and pets from pest insect attack and disease transmission. Currently, the four major nerve targets are acetylcholinesterase for organophosphates and methylcarbamates, the nicotinic acetylcholine receptor for neonicotinoids, the gamma-aminobutyric acid receptor/chloride channel for polychlorocyclohexanes and fiproles, and the voltage-gated sodium channel for pyrethroids and dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane. Species selectivity and acquired resistance are attributable in part to structural differences in binding subsites, receptor subunit interfaces, or transmembrane regions. Additional targets are sites in the《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 sodium channel (indoxacarb and metaflumizone), the glutamate-gated chloride channel (avermectins), the octopamine receptor (amitraz metabolite), and the calcium-activated calcium channel (diamides). Secondary toxic effects in mammals from off-target serine hydrolase inhibition include organophosphate-induced delayed neuropathy and disruption of the cannabinoid system. Possible associations between pesticides and Parkinson's and Alzheimer's diseases are proposed but not established based on epidemiological observations and mechanistic considerations. Keywords: gated chloride channel; nicotinic acetylcholine-receptors; cerebellar granule neurons; neonicotinoid insecticides; parkinsons- disease; binding-site; sodium-channel; anticholinesterase activity; organophosphorus toxicants; pyrethroid insecticides Source: Annual Review of Entomology, 2013, 58: 99–117 Email: Casida, JE; [email protected]

Environmental Sciences Citation frequency: 230 Low-temperature processed meso-superstructured to thin-film perovskite solar cells Ball, JM; Lee, MM; Hey, A; et al.

Abstract: We have reduced the processing temperature of the bulk absorber layer in CH3NH3PbI3-xClx perovskite solar cells from 500 to <150 degrees C and achieved power conversion efficiencies up to 12.3%. Remarkably, we find that devices with planar thin-film architecture, where the ambipolar perovskite transports both holes and electrons, convert the absorbed photons into collected charge with close to 100% efficiency.

Keywords: organometal halide perovskites; high-efficiency; photovoltaic cells; low-cost; TiO2; performance Source: Energy & Environmental Science, 2013, 6(6): 1739–1743 Email: Ball, JM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 165 3D carbon based nanostructures for advanced supercapacitors Jiang, H; Lee, PS; Li, CZ Abstract: Supercapacitors have attracted intense attention due to their great potential to meet the demand of both high energy density and power density in many advanced technologies. Various carbon-based nanocomposites are currently pursued as supercapacitor electrodes because of the synergistic effect between carbon (high power density) and pseudo-capacitive nanomaterials (high energy density). This feature article aims to review most recent progress on 3D(3D) carbon based nanostructures for advanced supercapacitor applications in

39 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 view of their structural intertwinement which not only create the desired hierarchical porous channels, but also possess higher electrical conductivity and better structural mechanical stability. The carbon nanostructures comprise of CNTs-based networks, graphene-based architectures, hierarchical porous carbon-based nanostructures and other even more complex carbon-based 3D configurations. Their advantages and disadvantages are compared and summarized based on the results published in the literature. In addition, we also discuss and view the ongoing trends in materials development for advanced supercapacitors. Keywords: capacitive energy-storage; double-layer capacitors; ordered mesoporous carbons; electrochemical capacitors; nanotube electrodes; nanowire composites; nanoporous carbon; graphene; performance; oxide Source: Energy & Environmental Science, 2013, 6(1): 41–53 Email: Jiang, H; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 160 Characterising performance of environmental models Bennett, ND; Croke, BFW; Guariso, G; et al. Abstract: In order to use environmental models effectively for management and decision-making, it is vital to establish an appropriate level of confidence in their performance. This paper reviews techniques available across various fields for characterising the performance of environmental models with focus on numerical, graphical and qualitative methods. General classes of direct value comparison, coupling real and modelled values, preserving data patterns, indirect metrics based on parameter values, and data transformations are discussed. In practice environmental modelling requires the use and implementation of workflows that combine several methods, tailored to the model purpose and dependent upon the data and information available. A five-step procedure for performance evaluation of models is suggested, with the key elements including: (i) (re)assessment of the model’s aim, scale and scope; (ii) characterisation of the data for calibration and testing; (iii) visual and other analysis to detect under- or non-modelled behaviour and to gain an overview of overall performance; (iv) selection of basic performance criteria; and (v) consideration of more advanced methods to handle problems such as systematic divergence between modelled and observed values. Keywords: rainfall-runoff models; sensitivity-analysis; hydrological models; parameter-estimation; ecological models; standardized assessment; simulation-models; quality-assurance; dispersion model; wavelet analysis Source: Environmental Modelling & Software, 2013, 40: 1–20 Email: Jakeman, AJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 155 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Room-temperature stationary sodium-ion batteries for large-scale electric energy storage Pan, HL; Hu, YS; Chen, LQ Abstract: Room-temperature stationary sodium-ion batteries have attracted great attention particularly in large-scale electric energy storage applications for renewable energy and smart grid because of the huge abundant sodium resources and low cost. In this article, a variety of electrode materials including cathodes and anodes as well as electrolytes for room-temperature stationary sodium-ion batteries are briefly reviewed. We compare the difference in storage behavior between Na and Li in their analogous electrodes and summarize the sodium storage mechanisms in the available electrode materials. This review also includes some new results from our group and our thoughts on developing new materials. Some perspectives and directions on designing better materials for practical applications are pointed out based on knowledge from the literature and our experience. Through this extensive literature review, the search for suitable electrode and electrolyte materials for stationary sodium-ion batteries is still challenging. However, after intensive research efforts, we believe that low-cost, long-life and room-temperature sodium-ion batteries would be promising for applications in large-scale energy storage system in the near future. Keywords: rechargeable lithium batteries; long cycle life; oxide intergrowth electrodes; performance anode material; superior rate capability; rate cathode material; x-ray-diffraction; high-capacity; electrochemical properties; low-cost Source: Energy & Environmental Science, 2013, 6(8): 2338–2360 Email: Pan, HL; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 121 Highly efficient dye-sensitized solar cells: progress and future challenges Zhang, SF; Yang, XD; Numata, YH; et al. Abstract: High energy conversion efficiency is one of the most important keys to the commercialization of dye-sensitized solar cells (DSCs) in the huge electricity generation market. According to our experience in the persistent efforts that helped to achieve high efficiency DSCs, we selectively review the major progress of improving the energy conversion efficiency of DSCs which may be useful for future applications. We start the discussion from modelling the device by macroscopic equivalent circuit and then highlight some approaches to improve the device performance, such as the molecular engineering of novel dye sensitizers and light trapping effect, tuning the potential of redox shuttles and surface passivation of photoelectrodes, and optimizing the resistance. Finally, we illustrate a roadmap of possible future directions of DSCs with the challenges of how to further improve the efficiency to accelerate the progress in the commercialization of DSCs.

Keywords: nanocrystalline TiO2 films; high-conversion-efficiency; open-circuit voltage; charge-transfer sensitizers; near-ir sensitization;

40 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts free organic-dyes; co-sensitization; nanostructured TiO2; molecular design; redox shuttle Source: Energy & Environmental Science, 2013, 6(5): 1443–1464 Email: Zhang, SF; [email protected]

Environmental Studies Citation frequency: 102 Increasing drought under global warming in observations and models Dai, AG Abstract: Historical records of precipitation, streamflow and drought indices all show increased aridity since 1950 over many land areas(1,2). Analyses of model-simulated soil moisture(3,4), drought indices(1,5,6) and precipitation-minus-evaporation(7) suggest increased risk of drought in the twenty-first century. There are, however, large differences in the observed and model-simulated drying patterns(1,2,6). Reconciling these differences is necessary before the model predictions can be trusted. Previous studies(8-12) show that changes in sea surface temperatures have large influences on land precipitation and the inability of the coupled models to reproduce many observed regional precipitation changes is linked to the lack of the observed, largely natural change patterns in sea surface temperatures in coupled model simulations(13). Here I show that the models reproduce not only the influence of El Nino-Southern Oscillation on drought over land, but also the observed global mean aridity trend from 1923 to 2010. Regional differences in observed and model-simulated aridity changes result mainly from natural variations in tropical sea surface temperatures that are often not captured by the coupled models. The unforced natural variations vary among model runs owing to different initial conditions and thus are irreproducible. I conclude that the observed global aridity changes up to 2010 are consistent with model predictions, which suggest severe and widespread droughts in the next 30-90 years over many land areas resulting from either decreased precipitation and/or increased evaporation. Keywords: interdecadal climate variability; future drought; north-america; sahel drought; temperature; patterns; rainfall; precipitation; 20th-century; simulations Source: Nature Climate Change, 2013, 3(1): 52–58 Email: Dai, AG; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 94 Robustness and uncertainties in the new CMIP5 climate model projections Knutti, R; Sedlacek, J Abstract: Estimates of impacts 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅from anthropogenic climate change rely on projections from climate models. Uncertainties in those have often been a limiting factor, in particular on local scales. A new generation of more complex models running scenarios for the upcoming Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Fifth Assessment Report (IPCC AR5) is widely, and perhaps naively, expected to provide more detailed and more certain projections. Here we show that projected global temperature change from the new models is remarkably similar to that from those used in IPCC AR4 after accounting for the different underlying scenarios. The spatial patterns of temperature and precipitation change are also very consistent. Interestingly, the local model spread has not changed much despite substantial model development and a massive increase in computational capacity. Part of this model spread is irreducible owing to internal variability in the climate system, yet there is also uncertainty from model differences that can potentially be eliminated. We argue that defining progress in climate modelling in terms of narrowing uncertainties is too limited. Models improve, representing more processes in greater detail. This implies greater confidence in their projections, but convergence may remain slow. The uncertainties should not stop decisions being made. Keywords: carbon-cycle models; atmosphere-ocean; simpler model; temperature; sensitivity Source: Nature Climate Change, 2013, 3(4): 369–373 Email: Knutti, R; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 64 Temperature as a potent driver of regional forest drought stress and tree mortality Williams, AP; Allen, CD; Macalady, AK; et al. Abstract: As the climate changes, drought may reduce tree productivity and survival across many forest ecosystems; however, the relative influence of specific climate parameters on forest decline is poorly understood. We derive a forest drought-stress index (FDSI) for the southwestern United States using a comprehensive tree-ring data set representing AD 1000-2007. The FDSI is approximately equally influenced by the warm-season vapour-pressure deficit (largely controlled by temperature) and cold-season precipitation, together explaining 82% of the FDSI variability. Correspondence between the FDSI and measures of forest productivity, mortality, bark-beetle outbreak and wildfire validate the FDSI as a holistic forest-vigour indicator. If the vapour-pressure deficit continues increasing as projected by climate models, the mean forest drought-stress by the 2050s will exceed that of the most severe droughts in the past 1000 years. Collectively, the results foreshadow twenty-first-century changes in forest structures and compositions, with transition of forests in the southwestern United States, and perhaps water-limited forests globally, towards distributions unfamiliar to modern civilization. Keywords: western united-states; climate-change; hydrological cycle; north-america; die-off; variability; mechanisms; increase; sensitivity; reduction

41 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 Source: Nature Climate Change, 2013, 3(3): 292–297 Email: Williams, AP; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 60 An extreme climatic event alters marine ecosystem structure in a global biodiversity hotspot Wernberg, T; Smale, DA; Tuya, F; et al. Abstract: Extreme climatic events, such as heat waves, are predicted to increase in frequency and magnitude as a consequence of global warming but their ecological effects are poorly understood, particularly in marine ecosystems(1-3). In early 2011, the marine ecosystems along the west coast of Australia-a global hotspot of biodiversity and endemism(4,5)-experienced the highest-magnitude warming event on record. Sea temperatures soared to unprecedented levels and warming anomalies of 2-4 degrees C persisted for more than ten weeks along >2000 km of coastline. We show that biodiversity patterns of temperate seaweeds, sessile invertebrates and demersal fish were significantly different after the warming event, which led to a reduction in the abundance of habitat-forming seaweeds and a subsequent shift in community structure towards a depauperate state and a tropicalization of fish communities. We conclude that extreme climatic events are key drivers of biodiversity patterns and that the frequency and intensity of such episodes have major implications for predictive models of species distribution and ecosystem structure, which are largely based on gradual warming trends. Keywords: ocean temperature; western-australia; reef fishes; patterns; communities; future; disturbance; resilience; stability; gradient Source: Nature Climate Change, 2013, 3(1): 78–82 Email: Wernberg, T; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 57 Temperature and vegetation seasonality diminishment over northern lands Xu, L; Myneni, RB; Chapin, FS; et al. Abstract: Global temperature is increasing, especially over northern lands (>50 degrees N), owing to positive feedbacks(1). As this increase is most pronounced in winter, temperature seasonality (S-T)-conventionally defined as the difference between summer and winter temperatures-is diminishing over time(2), a phenomenon that is analogous to its equatorward decline at an annual scale. The initiation, termination and performance of vegetation photosynthetic activity are tied to threshold temperatures(3). Trends in the timing of these thresholds and cumulative temperatures above them may alter vegetation productivity, or modify vegetation seasonality (S-V), over time. The relationship between S-T and S-V is critically examined here with newly improved ground and satellite data sets. The observed diminishment of S-T and S-V, is《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 equivalent to 4 degrees and 7 degrees (5 degrees and 6 degrees) latitudinal shift equatorward during the past 30 years in the Arctic. (boreal) region. Analysis of simulations from 17 state-of-the-art climate models(4) indicates an additional S-T diminishment equivalent to a 20 equatorward shift could occur this century. How S-V will change in response to such large projected S-T declines and the impact this will have on ecosystem services(5) are not well understood. Hence the need for continued monitoring(6) of northern lands as their seasonal temperature profiles evolve to resemble those further south. Keywords: arctic vegetation; tundra; ecosystems; plant; dynamics Source: Nature Climate Change, 2013, 3(6): 581–586 Email: Xu, L; [email protected]

Ergonomics Citation frequency: 27 An analysis of symbolic linguistic computing models in decision making Rodriguez, RM; Martinez, L Abstract: It is common that experts involved in complex real-world decision problems use natural language for expressing their knowledge in uncertain frameworks. The language is inherent vague, hence probabilistic decision models are not very suitable in such cases. Therefore, other tools such as fuzzy logic and fuzzy linguistic approaches have been successfully used to model and manage such vagueness. The use of linguistic information implies to operate with such a type of information, i.e. processes of computing with words (CWW). Different schemes have been proposed to deal with those processes, and diverse symbolic linguistic computing models have been introduced to accomplish the linguistic computations. In this paper, we overview the relationship between decision making and CWW, and focus on symbolic linguistic computing models that have been widely used in linguistic decision making to analyse if all of them can be considered inside of the CWW paradigm. Keywords: fuzzy-sets; representation model; site selection; words; systems Source: International Journal of General Systems, 2013, 42(1): 121–136 Email: Rodriguez, RM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 19 Critical Human Factor Evaluation of Knowledge Sharing Intention in Taiwanese Enterprises Chen, CW; Chang, ML; Tseng, CP; et al. Abstract: Knowledge management (KM) is important in the Taiwan business world. Only 0.1% of SMEs, however, have been guided by

42 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts the Small and Medium Enterprise Administration (SMEA) to introduce knowledge management from 1993 through 2008. The population of KM-implementing SMEs is low. The climate of knowledge sharing has been recognized as the critical factor to successful KM. According to the research results obtained in this study, relation-based motivation is positively related to one's intention to share knowledge. Individual workers can have increased relation-based motivation to become leaders of SMEs building the culture of interpersonal trust and offering group-based reward mechanisms in an organization. This research can help business managers to identify the motivational elements that can encourage investment and propose pragmatic suggestions for introducing initiatives to reinvigorate the number of SMEs implementing KM in Taiwan. Keywords: management-systems; communities; performance; stickiness; trust; firm Source: Human Factors and Ergonomics in Manufacturing & Service Industries, 2013, 23(2): 95–106 Email: Chen, CW; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 15 Human factors systems approach to healthcare quality and patient safety Carayon, P; Wetterneck, TB; Rivera-Rodriguez, AJ; et al. Abstract: Human factors systems approaches are critical for improving healthcare quality and patient safety. The SEIPS (Systems Engineering Initiative for Patient Safety) model of work system and patient safety is a human factors systems approach that has been successfully applied in healthcare research and practice. Several research and practical applications of the SEIPS model are described. Important implications of the SEIPS model for healthcare system and process redesign are highlighted. Principles for redesigning healthcare systems using the SEIPS model are described. Balancing the work system and encouraging the active and adaptive role of workers are key principles for improving healthcare quality and patient safety. Keywords: family-centered rounds; information-technology; performance obstacles; cpoe implementation; medication errors; operating- room; working life; ergonomics; nurses; design Source: Applied Ergonomics, 2014, 45(1): 14–25 Email: Carayon, P; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 14 State estimation for a class of discrete nonlinear systems with randomly occurring 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅uncertainties and distributed sensor delays Hu, J; Chen, DY; Du, JH Abstract: In this paper, the state estimation problem is investigated for a class of discrete nonlinear systems with randomly occurring uncertainties and distributed sensor delays. The norm-bounded uncertainties enter into the system in a randomly way, and such randomly occurring uncertainties (ROUs) obey certain Bernoulli distributed white noise sequence with known conditional probability. By constructing a new Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional, sufficient conditions are proposed to guarantee the convergence of the estimation error for all discrete time-varying delays, ROUs and distributed sensor delays. Subsequently, the explicit form of the estimator parameter is derived by solving two linear matrix inequalities (LMIs) which can be easily tested by using standard numerical software. Finally, a simulation example is given to illustrate the feasibility and effectiveness of the proposed estimation scheme. Keywords: time complex networks; missing measurements; stochastic nonlinearities; saturations; noise Source: International Journal of General Systems, 2014, 43(3–4): 387–401 Email: Hu, J; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 14 Multicriteria decision-making method using the correlation coefficient under single-valued neutrosophic environment Ye, J Abstract: The paper presents the correlation and correlation coefficient of single-valued neutrosophic sets (SVNSs) based on the extension of the correlation of intuitionistic fuzzy sets and demonstrates that the cosine similarity measure is a special case of the correlation coefficient in SVNS. Then a decision-making method is proposed by the use of the weighted correlation coefficient or the weighted cosine similarity measure of SVNSs, in which the evaluation information for alternatives with respect to criteria is carried out by truth-membership degree, indeterminacy-membership degree, and falsity-membership degree under single-valued neutrosophic environment. We utilize the weighted correlation coefficient or the weighted cosine similarity measure between each alternative and the ideal alternative to rank the alternatives and to determine the best one(s). Finally, an illustrative example demonstrates the application of the proposed decision-making method. Keywords: intuitionistic fuzzy-sets Source: International Journal of General Systems, 2013, 42(4): 386–394 Email: Ye, J; [email protected]

43 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015

Evolutionary Biology Citation frequency: 696 MEGA6: Molecular Evolutionary Genetics Analysis Version 6.0 Tamura, K; Stecher, G; Peterson, D; et al. Abstract: We announce the release of an advanced version of the Molecular Evolutionary Genetics Analysis (MEGA) software, which currently contains facilities for building sequence alignments, inferring phylogenetic histories, and conducting molecular evolutionary analysis. In version 6.0, MEGA now enables the inference of timetrees, as it implements the RelTime method for estimating divergence times for all branching points in a phylogeny. A new Timetree Wizard in MEGA6 facilitates this timetree inference by providing a graphical user interface (GUI) to specify the phylogeny and calibration constraints step-by-step. This version also contains enhanced algorithms to search for the optimal trees under evolutionary criteria and implements a more advanced memory management that can double the size of sequence data sets to which MEGA can be applied. Both GUI and command-line versions of MEGA6 can be downloaded from www.megasoftware.net free of charge. Keywords: divergence times Source: Molecular Biology and Evolution, 2013, 30(12): 2725–2729 Email: Kumar, S; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 477 MAFFT Multiple Sequence Alignment Software Version 7: Improvements in Performance and Usability Katoh, K; Standley, DM Abstract: We report a major update of the MAFFT multiple sequence alignment program. This version has several new features, including options for adding unaligned sequences into an existing alignment, adjustment of direction in nucleotide alignment, constrained alignment and parallel processing, which were implemented after the previous major update. This report shows actual examples to explain how these features work, alone and in combination. Some examples incorrectly aligned by MAFFT are also shown to clarify its limitations. We discuss how to avoid misalignments, and our ongoing efforts to overcome such limitations. Keywords: protein sequences; unaligned sequences; RNA sequences; database; tree; algorithm; accuracy; clustal; information; sensitivity Source: Molecular Biology and Evolution, 2013, 30(4): 772–780 Email: Katoh, K; [email protected] 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Citation frequency: 168 Hybridization and speciation Abbott, R; Albach, D; Ansell, S; et al. Abstract: Hybridization has many and varied impacts on the process of speciation. Hybridization may slow or reverse differentiation by allowing gene flow and recombination. It may accelerate speciation via adaptive introgression or cause near-instantaneous speciation by allopolyploidization. It may have multiple effects at different stages and in different spatial contexts within a single speciation event. We offer a perspective on the context and evolutionary significance of hybridization during speciation, highlighting issues of current interest and debate. In secondary contact zones, it is uncertain if barriers to gene flow will be strengthened or broken down due to recombination and gene flow. Theory and empirical evidence suggest the latter is more likely, except within and around strongly selected genomic regions. Hybridization may contribute to speciation through the formation of new hybrid taxa, whereas introgression of a few loci may promote adaptive divergence and so facilitate speciation. Gene regulatory networks, epigenetic effects and the evolution of selfish genetic material in the genome suggest that the DobzhanskyMuller model of hybrid incompatibilities requires a broader interpretation. Finally, although the incidence of reinforcement remains uncertain, this and other interactions in areas of sympatry may have knock-on effects on speciation both within and outside regions of hybridization. Keywords: homoploid hybrid speciation; reproductive character displacement; adaptive population divergence; senecio-squalidus asteraceae; adjacent plant-populations; gene-expression divergence; natural-selection; local adaptation; sexual selection; genome duplication Source: Journal of Evolutionary Biology, 2013, 26(2): 229–246 Email: Butlin, RK; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 128 Impacts of biological invasions: what’s what and the way forward Simberloff, D; Martin, JL; Genovesi, P; et al. Abstract: Study of the impacts of biological invasions, a pervasive component of global change, has generated remarkable understanding of the mechanisms and consequences of the spread of introduced populations. The growing field of invasion science, poised at a crossroads where ecology, social sciences, resource management, and public perception meet, is increasingly exposed to critical scrutiny from several perspectives. Although the rate of biological invasions, elucidation of their consequences, and knowledge about mitigation are growing rapidly, the very need for invasion science is disputed. Here, we highlight recent progress in understanding invasion impacts and

44 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts management, and discuss the challenges that the discipline faces in its science and interactions with society. Keywords: exotic plant invasions; fresh-water fish; introduced predators; ecosystem responses; ecological impacts; biodiversity; forests; communities; islands; rats Source: Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 2013, 28(1): 58–66 Email: Simberloff, D; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 80 On the Immortality of Television Sets: “Function” in the Human Genome According to the Evolution-Free Gospel of ENCODE Graur, D; Zheng, YC; Price, N; et al. Abstract: A recent slew of ENCyclopedia Of DNA Elements (ENCODE) Consortium publications, specifically the article signed by all Consortium members, put forward the idea that more than 80% of the human genome is functional. This claim flies in the face of current estimates according to which the fraction of the genome that is evolutionarily conserved through purifying selection is less than 10%. Thus, according to the ENCODE Consortium, a biological function can be maintained indefinitely without selection, which implies that at least 80-10 = 70% of the genome is perfectly invulnerable to deleterious mutations, either because no mutation can ever occur in these “functional” regions or because no mutation in these regions can ever be deleterious. This absurd conclusion was reached through various means, chiefly by employing the seldom used “causal role” definition of biological function and then applying it inconsistently to different biochemical properties, by committing a logical fallacy known as “affirming the consequent,” by failing to appreciate the crucial difference between “junk DNA” and “garbage DNA,” by using analytical methods that yield biased errors and inflate estimates of functionality, by favoring statistical sensitivity over specificity, and by emphasizing statistical significance rather than the magnitude of the effect. Here, we detail the many logical and methodological transgressions involved in assigning functionality to almost every nucleotide in the human genome. The ENCODE results were predicted by one of its authors to necessitate the rewriting of textbooks. We agree, many textbooks dealing with marketing, mass-media hype, and public relations may well have to be rewritten. Keywords: factor-binding sites; junk dna; gene-expression; transcriptional noise; regulatory sequences; mammalian-cells; wide analysis; elements; pseudogene; selection Source: Genome Biology and Evolution, 2013, 5(3): 578–590 Email: Graur, D; [email protected]

Fisheries 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Citation frequency: 46 Stock synthesis: A biological and statistical framework for fish stock assessment and fishery management Methot, RD; Wetzel, CR Abstract: Stock synthesis (SS) is a statistical age-structured population modeling framework that has been applied in a wide variety of fish assessments globally. The framework is highly scalable from data-weak situations where it operates as an age-structured production model, to complex situations where it can flexibly incorporate multiple data sources and account for biological and environmental processes. SS implements compensatory population dynamics through use of a function relating mean recruitment to spawner reproductive output. This function enhances the ability of SS to operate in data-weak situations and enables it to estimate fishery management quantities such as fishing rates that would provide for maximum sustainable yield and to employ these rates in forecasts of potential yield and future stock status. Complex model configurations such as multiple areas and multiple growth morphs are possible, tag-recapture data can be used to aid estimation of movement rates among areas, and most parameters can change over time in response to environmental and ecosystem factors. SS is coded using Auto-Differentiation Model Builder, so inherits its powerful capability to efficiently estimate hundreds of parameters using either maximum likelihood or Bayesian inference. Output processing, principally through a package developed in R, enables rapid model diagnosis. Details of the underlying population dynamics and the statistical framework used within SS are provided. Keywords: assessment models; reduction analysis; age data; catch; selectivity; parameters; mortality; fecundity; example; curves Source: Fisheries Research, 2013, 142: 86–99 Email: Methot, RD; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 31 Salmon lice - impact on wild salmonids and salmon aquaculture Torrissen, O; Jones, S; Asche, F; et al. Abstract: Salmon lice, Lepeophtheirus salmonis, are naturally occurring parasites of salmon in sea water. Intensive salmon farming provides better conditions for parasite growth and transmission compared with natural conditions, creating problems for both the salmon farming industry and, under certain conditions, wild salmonids. Salmon lice originating from farms negatively impact wild stocks of salmonids, although the extent of the impact is a matter of debate. Estimates from Ireland and Norway indicate an odds ratio of 1.1:1-1.2:1 for sea lice treated Atlantic salmon smolt to survive sea migration compared to untreated smolts. This is considered to have a moderate population regulatory effect. The development of resistance against drugs most commonly used to treat salmon lice is a serious concern for

45 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 both wild and farmed fish. Several large initiatives have been taken to encourage the development of new strategies, such as vaccines and novel drugs, for the treatment or removal of salmon lice from farmed fish. The newly sequenced salmon louse genome will be an important tool in this work. The use of cleaner fish has emerged as a robust method for controlling salmon lice, and aquaculture production of wrasse is important towards this aim. Salmon lice have large economic consequences for the salmon industry, both as direct costs for the prevention and treatment, but also indirectly through negative public opinion. Keywords: louse lepeophtheirus-salmonis; farmed atlantic salmon; juvenile pink salmon; sea lice; salar l.; emamectin benzoate; british-columbia; west-coast; oncorhynchus-gorbuscha; gene-expression Source: Journal of Fish Diseases, 2013, 36(3): 171–194 Email: Torrissen, O; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 26 The global contribution of forage fish to marine fisheries and ecosystems Pikitch, EK; Rountos, KJ; Essington, TE; et al. Abstract: Forage fish play a pivotal role in marine ecosystems and economies worldwide by sustaining many predators and fisheries directly and indirectly. We estimate global forage fish contributions to marine ecosystems through a synthesis of 72 published Ecopath models from around the world. Three distinct contributions of forage fish were examined: (i) the ecological support service of forage fish to predators in marine ecosystems, (ii) the total catch and value of forage fisheries and (iii) the support service of forage fish to the catch and value of other commercially targeted predators. Forage fish use and value varied and exhibited patterns across latitudes and ecosystem types. Forage fish supported many kinds of predators, including fish, seabirds, marine mammals and squid. Overall, forage fish contribute a total of about $16.9 billion USD to global fisheries values annually, i.e. 20% of the global ex-vessel catch values of all marine fisheries combined. While the global catch value of forage fisheries was $5.6 billion, fisheries supported by forage fish were more than twice as valuable ($11.3 billion). These estimates provide important information for evaluating the trade-offs of various uses of forage fish across ecosystem types, latitudes and globally. We did not estimate a monetary value for supportive contributions of forage fish to recreational fisheries or to uses unrelated to fisheries, and thus the estimates of economic value reported herein understate the global value of forage fishes. Keywords: tuna thunnus-thynnus; diet composition; energy density; northern gulf; trophic level; trade-offs; management; pacific; seabird; conservation Source: Fish and Fisheries, 2014, 15(1): 43–64 Email: Rountos, KJ; [email protected] 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Citation frequency: 26 Sea cucumber fisheries: global analysis of stocks, management measures and drivers of overfishing Purcell, SW; Mercier, A; Conand, C; et al. Abstract: Worldwide, most sea cucumber fisheries are ineffectively managed, leading to declining stocks and potentially eroding the resilience of fisheries. We analyse trends in catches, fishery status, fishing participation and regulatory measures among 77 sea cucumber fisheries through data from recent fishery reports and fishery managers. Critical gaps in fisheries biology knowledge of even commonly targeted species undermine the expected success of management strategies. Most tropical fisheries are small-scale, older and typified by numerous (>8) species, whereas temperate fisheries are often emerging, mono-specific and industrialized. Fisher participation data indicated about 3million sea cucumber fishers worldwide. Fisher participation rates were significantly related to the average annual yield. permanova analysis showed that over-exploited and depleted fisheries employed different sets of measures than fisheries with healthier stocks, and a non-metric multidimensional scaling ordination illustrated that a broad set of regulatory measures typified sustainable fisheries. SIMPER and regression tree analyses identified that the dissimilarity was most related to enforcement capacity, number of species harvested, fleet (vessel) controls, limited entry controls and rotational closures. The national Human Development Index was significantly lower in countries with over-exploited and depleted fisheries. Where possible, managers should limit the number of fishers and vessel size and establish short lists of permissible commercial species in multispecies fisheries. Our findings emphasize an imperative to support the enforcement capacity in low-income countries, in which risk of biodiversity loss is exceptionally high. Solutions for greater resilience of sea cucumber stocks must be embedded within those for poverty reduction and alternative livelihood options. Keywords: social-ecological systems; great-barrier-reef; marine protected areas; small-scale fisheries; coral-reef; cucumaria-frondosa; holothuria-scabra; echinodermata holothuroidea; population-dynamics; aegean sea Source: Fish and Fisheries, 2013, 14(1): 34–59 Email: Purcell, SW; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 23 A review of integrated analysis in fisheries stock assessment Maunder, MN; Punt, AE Abstract: Limited data, and the requirement to provide science-based advice for exploited populations, have led to the development of statistical methods that combine several sources of information into a single analysis. This approach, “integrated analysis”, was first formulated

46 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts by Fournier and Archibald in 1982. Contemporary use of integrated analysis involves using all available data, in as raw a form as appropriate, in a single analysis. Analyses that were traditionally carried out independently are now conducted simultaneously through likelihood functions that include multiple data sources. For example, the traditional analysis of converting catch-at-length data into catch-at-age data for use in an age-structured population dynamics models can be avoided by including the basic data used in this conversion, length-frequency and conditional age-at-length data, in the likelihood function. This allows for consistency in assumptions and permits the uncertainty associated with both data sources to be propagated to final model outputs, such as catch limits under harvest control rules. The development of the AD Model Builder software has greatly facilitated the use of integrated analyses, and there are now several general stock assessment models (e.g., Stock Synthesis) that allow many data types and model assumptions to be analyzed simultaneously. In this paper, we define integrated analysis, describe its history and development, give several examples, and describe the advantages of and problems with integrated analysis. Keywords: importance resampling algorithm; virtual population analysis; contradictory data sources; delay-difference model; northern prawn fishery; tasmanian rock lobster; tuna thunnus-maccoyii; at-age data; abundance indexes; general framework Source: Fisheries Research, 2013, 142: 61–74 Email: Maunder, MN; [email protected]

Food Science Technology Citation frequency: 75 A review on antioxidants, prooxidants and related controversy: Natural and synthetic compounds, screening and analysis methodologies and future perspectives Carocho, M; Ferreira, ICFR Abstract: Many studies have been conducted with regard to free radicals, oxidative stress and antioxidant activity of food, giving antioxidants a prominent beneficial role, but, recently many authors have questioned their importance, whilst trying to understand the mechanisms behind oxidative stress. Many scientists defend that regardless of the quantity of ingested antioxidants, the absorption is very limited, and that in some cases prooxidants are beneficial to human health. The detection of antioxidant activity as well as specific antioxidant compounds can be carried out with a large number of different assays, all of them with advantages and disadvantages. The controversy around antioxidant in vivo benefits has become intense in the past few decades and the present review tries to shed some light on research on antioxidants (natural and synthetic) and prooxidants, showing the potential benefits and adverse effects of these opposing events, as well as their mechanisms of action and detection methodologies. It also identifies the limitations of antioxidants and provides a perspective on the likely future trends《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 in this field. Keywords: simulated gastrointestinal digestion; phenolic-acids; vitamin-c; butylated hydroxytoluene; oxidative stress; liquid- chromatography; lipid-peroxidation; gas-chromatography; biological-systems; capacity assays Source: Food and Chemical Toxicology, 2013, 51: 15–25 Email: Ferreira, ICFR; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 71 Masked mycotoxins: A review Berthiller, F; Crews, C; Dall’Asta, C; et al. Abstract: The aim of this review is to give a comprehensive overview of the current knowledge on plant metabolites of mycotoxins, also called masked mycotoxins. Mycotoxins are secondary fungal metabolites, toxic to human and animals. Toxigenic fungi often grow on edible plants, thus contaminating food and feed. Plants, as living organisms, can alter the chemical structure of mycotoxins as part of their defence against xenobiotics. The extractable conjugated or non-extractable bound mycotoxins formed remain present in the plant tissue but are currently neither routinely screened for in food nor regulated by legislation, thus they may be considered masked. Fusarium mycotoxins (deoxynivalenol, zearalenone, fumonisins, nivalenol, fusarenon-X, T-2 toxin, HT-2 toxin, fusaric acid) are prone to metabolisation or binding by plants, but transformation of other mycotoxins by plants (ochratoxin A, patulin, destruxins) has also been described. Toxicological data are scarce, but several studies highlight the potential threat to consumer safety from these substances. In particular, the possible hydrolysis of masked mycotoxins back to their toxic parents during mammalian digestion raises concerns. Dedicated chapters of this article address plant metabolism as well as the occurrence of masked mycotoxins in food, analytical aspects for their determination, toxicology and their impact on stakeholders. Keywords: tandem mass-spectrometry; conjugated fusarium mycotoxins; glutathione-s-transferase; cell-suspension cultures; barley hordeum-vulgare; of-the-art; trichothecene mycotoxins; fumonisin b-1; ochratoxin-a; transcriptome analysis Source: Molecular Nutrition & Food Research, 2013, 57(1): 165–186 Email: Berthiller, F; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 38 An overview of the last advances in probiotic and prebiotic field Saad, N; Delattre, C; Urdaci, M; et al. Abstract: Probiotics and prebiotics play an important role in human nutrition. In recent years there has been a significant increase in

47 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 research on the characterization and verification potential health benefits associated with the use of probiotic and prebiotic. The main effects attributed to selected probiotics/prebiotic products have been proved by clinical trials, while others have been acquired on the basis of in vitro tests which require in vivo transposition in order to be validated. The main clinical reports in the literature for the application of probiotic have been done for the treatment of infectious diseases including viral, bacterial or antibiotic associated diarrhoea, relief of chronic bowel inflammatory diseases, immuno-modulation, lowering of serum cholesterol, decreased risk of colon cancer, improve lactose digestion, reduce allergies, and effect on intestinal microbiota. Although the large investigation for the health benefits, information on probiotic species, a specific strain-therapeutic application, and sufficient dosages, is not sufficiently studied to allow practical and rational consumption. Moreover, prebiotic oligosaccharides although provided curative and nutritional values, they are poorly understood in regard to their origin, the processes employed to generate them, their fermentation profiles, and dosages required for health effects. The present review summarizes guidelines reported on the literature in regard to clinician or therapeutic trials of probiotic and prebiotic. Keywords: irritable-bowel-syndrome; lactobacillus-rhamnosus gg; randomized controlled-trial; placebo-controlled trial; inulin-type fructans; intestinal epithelial-cells; glucagon-like peptide-1; chain fatty-acids; antibiotic-associated diarrhea; difficile-associated diarrhea Source: Lwt-food Science and Technology, 2013, 50(1): 1–16 Email: Saad, N; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 35 Rhodamine and BODIPY chemodosimeters and chemosensors for the detection of Hg2+, based on fluorescence enhancement effects Culzoni, MJ; de la Pena, AM; Machuca, A; et al. Abstract: Fluorescent sensors for Hg2+ are demonstrating their potential in a variety of fields such as environmental and biological applications. The review focuses on the recent development of rhodamine derivatives in which the spirolactam (non-fluorescent) to ring-opened amide (fluorescent) process was utilized and on the development of BODIPY derivatives in which the photoinduced electron transfer (PET) process was utilized. New trends in the immobilization of the molecular probes on solid supports, as polymers and/or nanostructures, have been emphasized. The different recognition mechanisms used for the signal responses have been analyzed. The spectroscopic properties, reaction media, analytical parameters, interferences by other ions and practical applications have been summarized. Keywords: plasma-mass spectrometry; aqueous-solution; selective detection; natural-water; living cells; inorganic mercury; molecular logic; fish samples; metal-ions; off-on Source: Analytical Methods, 2013,《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 5(1): 30–49

Citation frequency: 34 High sensitive voltammetric sensor based on Pt/CNTs nanocomposite modified ionic liquid carbon paste electrode for determination of Sudan I in food samples Elyasi, M; Khalilzadeh, MA; Karimi-Maleh, H Abstract: In this work, a simple and high sensitivity electrochemical sensor was developed to determine Sudan I based on Pt/CNTs nanocomposite ionic liquid modified carbon paste electrode (Pt/CNTs/ILCPE) using cyclic voltammetry, electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (EIS) and square wave voltammetry (SWV) methods. The novel sensor exhibited an obviously catalytic activity towards the oxidation of Sudan I, which can be confirmed by the increased oxidation peak current and the decreased oxidation peak potential when compared with the bare carbon paste electrode (CPE). The electron transfer coefficient (alpha), diffusion coefficient (D), and charge transfer resistance (R-ct) of Sudan I at the modified electrode were calculated. The linear response range and detection limit were found to be 0.008–600 mu mol L-1 and 0.003 mu mol L-1, respectively. Other species did not interfere with the determination of Sudan I at a surface of propose sensor in the optimum condition. The proposed sensor was successfully applied for the determination of Sudan I in food samples with satisfactory results. Keywords: membrane potentiometric sensor; pyrolytic-graphite electrode; pvc matrix; electrochemical determination; selective determination; mass-spectrometry; hot chili; uric-acid; nanotubes; chromatography Source: Food Chemistry, 2013, 141(4): 4311–4317 Email: Khalilzadeh, MA; [email protected]

Forestry Citation frequency: 76 Climate change, phenology, and phenological control of vegetation feedbacks to the climate system Richardson, AD; Keenan, TF; Migliavacca, M; et al. Abstract: Vegetation phenology is highly sensitive to climate change. Phenology also controls many feedbacks of vegetation to the climate system by influencing the seasonality of albedo, surface roughness length, canopy conductance, and fluxes of water, energy, CO2 and biogenic volatile organic compounds. In this review, we first discuss the environmental drivers of phenology, and the impacts of climate change on phenology, in different biomes. We then examine the vegetation-climate feedbacks that are mediated by phenology, and assess the potential impact on these feedbacks of shifts in phenology driven by climate change. We finish with an overview of phenological

48 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts modeling and we suggest ways in which models might be improved using existing data sets. Several key weaknesses in our current understanding emerge from this analysis. First, we need a better understanding of the drivers of phenology, particularly in under-studied biomes (e.g. tropical forests). We do not have a mechanistic understanding of the role of photoperiod, even in well-studied biomes. In all biomes, the factors controlling senescence and dormancy are not well-documented. Second, for the most part (i.e. with the exception of phenology impacts on CO2 exchange) we have only a qualitative understanding of the feedbacks between vegetation and climate that are mediated by phenology. We need to quantify the magnitude of these feedbacks, and ensure that they are accurately reproduced by models. Third, we need to work towards a new understanding of phenological processes that enables progress beyond the modeling paradigms currently in use. Accurate representation of phenological processes in models that couple the land surface to the climate system is particularly important, especially when such models are being used to predict future climate. Keywords: terrestrial biosphere model; net ecosystem productivity; volatile organic-compounds; northern hardwood forest; carbon-dioxide exchange; spring starting earlier; boreal aspen forest; leaf bud burst; deciduous forest; interannual variability Source: Agricultural and Forest Meteorology, 2013, 169: 156–173 Email: Richardson, AD; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 47 The Agricultural Model Intercomparison and Improvement Project (AgMIP): Protocols and pilot studies Rosenzweig, C; Jones, JW; Hatfield, JL; et al. Abstract: The Agricultural Model Intercomparison and Improvement Project (AgMIP) is a major international effort linking the climate, crop, and economic modeling communities with cutting-edge information technology to produce improved crop and economic models and the next generation of climate impact projections for the agricultural sector. The goals of AgMIP are to improve substantially the characterization of world food security due to climate change and to enhance adaptation capacity in both developing and developed countries. Analyses of the agricultural impacts of climate variability and change require a transdisciplinary effort to consistently link state-of-the-art climate scenarios to crop and economic models. Crop model outputs are aggregated as inputs to regional and global economic models to determine regional vulnerabilities, changes in comparative advantage, price effects, and potential adaptation strategies in the agricultural sector. Climate, Crop Modeling, Economics, and Information Technology Team Protocols are presented to guide coordinated climate, crop modeling, economics, and information technology research activities around the world, along with AgMIP Cross-Cutting Themes that address uncertainty, aggregation and scaling, and the development of Representative Agricultural Pathways (RAPs) to enable testing of climate《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 change adaptations in the context of other regional and global trends. The organization of research activities by geographic region and specific crops is described, along with project milestones. Pilot results demonstrate AgMIP’s role in assessing climate impacts with explicit representation of uncertainties in climate scenarios and simulations using crop and economic models. An intercomparison of wheat model simulations near Obregon, Mexico reveals inter-model differences in yield sensitivity to [CO2] with model uncertainty holding approximately steady as concentrations rise, while uncertainty related to choice of crop model increases with rising temperatures. Wheat model simulations with mid-century climate scenarios project a slight decline in absolute yields that is more sensitive to selection of crop model than to global climate model, emissions scenario, or climate scenario downscaling method. A comparison of regional and national-scale economic simulations finds a large sensitivity of projected yield changes to the simulations’ resolved scales. Finally, a global economic model intercomparison example demonstrates that improvements in the understanding of agriculture futures arise from integration of the range of uncertainty in crop, climate, and economic modeling results in multi-model assessments. Keywords: stochastic weather generators; climate-change research; cropgro-soybean model; integrated assessment; us agriculture; system model; elevated CO2; yield; impacts; variability Source: Agricultural and Forest Meteorology, 2013, 170: 166–182 Email: Rosenzweig, C; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 28 A strategy for quality and uncertainty assessment of long-term eddy-covariance measurements Mauder, M; Cuntz, M; Drue, C; et al. Abstract: Eddy-covariance measurements are performed at several hundred sites all over the world on a long-term basis. The gathered data are used to characterise ecosystem exchanges of trace gases, water and energy and to validate or constrain process-based models. There is an increasing demand on standardised and comprehensive quality flagging and uncertainty quantification of these fluxes. In this paper, we review established quality assessment procedures and present a comprehensive newly composed strategy emphasising tests on high- frequency raw data, expanding existing tests on statistics, fluxes and corrections, plus quantification of errors. Moreover, representativity of fluxes is checked by footprint analysis. This strategy is applied within the recently launched TERENO network of ecosystem observatories, and its robustness is demonstrated for data acquired with different measurement set-ups. Four test data sets from TERENO and one data set from CarboEurope-IP were subjected to this quality assessment. The presented strategy is compared with established quality assessment schemes, and it is demonstrated that unrealistic fluxes are now efficiently excluded while retaining the largest possible amount of high

49 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 quality data. Additionally, the algorithms applied provide comprehensive, reproducible, qualitative and quantitative uncertainty estimates for users of eddy-covariance flux data. Keywords: energy-balance closure; analytical footprint model; convective boundary-layer; carboeurope flux data; water-vapor; sonic anemometer; surface-layer; similarity relationships; intermittent turbulence; experiment ebex-2000 Source: Agricultural and Forest Meteorology, 2013, 169: 122–135 Email: Mauder, M; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 28 A critical discussion of the physics of wood-water interactions Engelund, ET; Thygesen, LG; Svensson, S; et al. Abstract: This paper reviews recent findings on wood-water interaction and puts them into context of established knowledge in the field. Several new findings challenge prevalent theories and are critically discussed in an attempt to advance current knowledge and highlight gaps. The focus of this review is put on water in the broadest concept of wood products, that is, the living tree is not considered. Moreover, the review covers the basic wood-water relation, states and transitions. Secondary effects such as the ability of water to alter physical properties of wood are only discussed in cases where there is an influence on state and/or transition. Keywords: fiber saturation point; differential scanning calorimetry; moisture sorption hysteresis; furfurylated norway spruce; proton magnetic-resonance; independent-domain theory; cell-wall; cellulose microfibril; dimensional changes; tropical hardwoods Source: Wood Science and Technology, 2013, 47(1): 141–161 Email: Engelund, ET; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 24 Recent declines of Populus tremuloides in North America linked to climate Worrall, JJ; Rehfeldt, GE; Hamann, A; et al. Abstract: Populus tremuloides (trembling aspen) recently experienced extensive crown thinning, branch dieback, and mortality across North America. To investigate the role of climate, we developed a range-wide bioclimate model that characterizes climatic factors controlling distribution of aspen. We also examined indices of moisture stress, insect defoliation and other factors as potential causes of the decline. Historic climate records show that most decline regions experienced exceptionally severe drought preceding the recent episodes. The bioclimate model, driven primarily by maximum summer temperatures and April-September precipitation, shows that decline tended to occur in marginally suitable habitat,《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 and that climatic suitability decreased markedly in the period leading up to decline in almost all decline regions. Other factors, notably multi-year defoliation by tent caterpillars (Malacosoma spp.) and stem damage by fungi and insects, also play a substantial role in decline episodes, and may amplify or prolong the impacts of moisture stress on aspen over large areas. Many severely affected stands have poor regeneration potential, raising concerns that increasing aridity could ultimately lead to widespread loss of aspen forest cover. The analysis indicates that exceptional droughts were a major cause of the decline episodes, especially in the drier regions, and that aspen is sensitive to drought in much of its range. Coupling the bioclimate model with climate projections suggests that we should expect substantial loss of suitable habitat within the current distribution, especially in the USA and Mexico. Published by Elsevier B.V. Keywords: forest tent caterpillar; canadian aspen forests; mountain national-park; upper montane forests; stand-replacing fire; western canada; boreal forest; southwestern colorado; trembling aspen; drought Source: Forest Ecology and Management, 2013, 299 : 35–51 Email: Worrall, JJ; [email protected]

Gastroenterology Hepatology Citation frequency: 176 Classification of acute pancreatitis-2012: revision of the Atlanta classification and definitions by international consensus Banks, PA; Bollen, TL; Dervenis, C; et al. Abstract: Background and objective The Atlanta classification of acute pancreatitis enabled standardised reporting of research and aided communication between clinicians. Deficiencies identified and improved understanding of the disease make a revision necessary. Methods A web-based consultation was undertaken in 2007 to ensure wide participation of pancreatologists. After an initial meeting, the Working Group sent a draft document to 11 national and international pancreatic associations. This working draft was forwarded to all members. Revisions were made in response to comments, and the web-based consultation was repeated three times. The final consensus was reviewed, and only statements based on published evidence were retained. Results The revised classification of acute pancreatitis identified two phases of the disease: early and late. Severity is classified as mild, moderate or severe. Mild acute pancreatitis, the most common form, has no organ failure, local or systemic complications and usually resolves in the first week. Moderately severe acute pancreatitis is defined by the presence of transient organ failure, local complications or exacerbation of co-morbid disease. Severe acute pancreatitis is defined by persistent organ failure, that is, organ failure >48 h. Local complications are peripancreatic fluid collections, pancreatic and peripancreatic necrosis (sterile or infected), pseudocyst and walled-off

50 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts necrosis (sterile or infected). We present a standardised template for reporting CT images. Conclusions This international, web-based consensus provides clear definitions to classify acute pancreatitis using easily identified clinical and radiologic criteria. The wide consultation among pancreatologists to reach this consensus should encourage widespread adoption. Keywords: systemic inflammatory response; organ failure; necrotizing pancreatitis; computed-tomography; fluid collections; early prediction; double-blind; necrosis; severity; dysfunction Source: Gut, 2013, 62(1): 102–111 Email: Sarr, MG; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 145 Triple therapy in treatment-experienced patients with HCV-cirrhosis in a multicentre cohort of the French Early Access Programme (ANRS CO20-CUPIC)-NCT01514890 Hezode, C; Fontaine, H; Dorival, C; et al. Abstract: Background & Aims: In phase III trials, the safety profile of triple therapy (pegylated interferon/ribavirin with boceprevir or telaprevir) seems to be similar in HCV treatment-experienced cirrhotic and non-cirrhotic patients, but few cirrhotics were included. We report the week 16 safety and efficacy analysis in a cohort of compensated cirrhotics treated in the French Early Access Programme. Methods: 674 genotype 1 patients, prospectively included, received 48 weeks of triple therapy. The analysis is restricted to 497 patients reaching week 16. Results: A high incidence of serious adverse events (40.0%), and of death and severe complications (severe infection or hepatic decompensation) (6.4%), and a difficult management of anaemia (erythropoietin and transfusion use in 50.7% and 12.1%) were observed. Independent predictors of anaemia <8 g/dl or blood transfusion were: female gender (OR =2.19, 95% CI 1.11-4.33, p = 0.024), no lead-in phase (OR=2.25, 95% CI 1.15-4.39, p = 0.018), age≥65 years (OR =3.04, 95% CI 1.54-6.02, p = 0.0014), haemoglobin level (≤12 g/dl for females, ≤13 g/dl for males) (OR =5.30, 95% CI 2.49-11.5, p = 0.0001). Death or severe complications were related to platelets count ≤100,000/mm(3) (OR=3.11, 95% CI 1.30-7.41, p = 0.0105) and albumin <35 g/dl (OR 6.33, 95% CI 2.66-15.07, p = 0.0001), with a risk of 44.1% in patients with both. However, the on-treatment virological response was high. Conclusions: The safety profile was poor and patients with platelet count≤100000/mm3 and serum albumin <35 g/L should not be treated with the triple therapy. Keywords: chronic hepatitis-c; sustained virological response; genotype 1 infection; hepatocellular-carcinoma; peginterferon alpha-2b; virus-infection; plus ribavirin; efficacy;《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 safety; boceprevir Source: Journal of Hepatology, 2013, 59(3): 434–441 Email: Bronowicki, JP; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 142 Global epidemiology of hepatitis C virus infection: New estimates of age-specific antibody to HCV seroprevalence Hanafiah, KM; Groeger, J; Flaxman, AD; et al. Abstract: In efforts to inform public health decision makers, the Global Burden of Diseases, Injuries, and Risk Factors 2010 (GBD2010) Study aims to estimate the burden of disease using available parameters. This study was conducted to collect and analyze available prevalence data to be used for estimating the hepatitis C virus (HCV) burden of disease. In this systematic review, antibody to HCV (anti-HCV) seroprevalence data from 232 articles were pooled to estimate age-specific seroprevalence curves in 1990 and 2005, and to produce age-standardized prevalence estimates for each of 21 GBD regions using a model-based meta-analysis. This review finds that globally the prevalence and number of people with anti-HCV has increased from 2.3% (95% uncertainty interval [UI]: 2.1%-2.5%) to 2.8% (95% UI: 2.6%-3.1%) and >122 million to >185 million between 1990 and 2005. Central and East Asia and North Africa/Middle East are estimated to have high prevalence (>3.5%); South and Southeast Asia, sub-Saharan Africa, Andean, Central, and Southern Latin America, Caribbean, Oceania, Australasia, and Central, Eastern, and Western Europe have moderate prevalence (1.5%-3.5%); whereas Asia Pacific, Tropical Latin America, and North America have low prevalence (<1.5%). Conclusion: The high prevalence of global HCV infection necessitates renewed efforts in primary prevention, including vaccine development, as well as new approaches to secondary and tertiary prevention to reduce the burden of chronic liver disease and to improve survival for those who already have evidence of liver disease. (HEPATOLOGY 2013) Keywords: united-states; prevalence; cirrhosis; area; recommendations; transmission; progression; prevention; donation; payment Source: Hepatology, 2013, 57(4): 1333–1342 Email: Wiersma, ST; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 120 The Oslo definitions for coeliac disease and related terms Ludvigsson, JF; Leffler, DA; Bai, JC; et al. Abstract: Objective The literature suggests a lack of consensus on the use of terms related to coeliac disease (CD) and gluten. Design A multidisciplinary task force of 16 physicians from seven countries used the electronic database PubMed to review the literature

51 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 for CD-related terms up to January 2011. Teams of physicians then suggested a definition for each term, followed by feedback of these definitions through a web survey on definitions, discussions during a meeting in Oslo and phone conferences. In addition to ‘CD’, the following descriptors of CD were evaluated (in alphabetical order): asymptomatic, atypical, classical, latent, non-classical, overt, paediatric classical, potential, refractory, silent, subclinical, symptomatic, typical, CD serology, CD autoimmunity, genetically at risk of CD, dermatitis herpetiformis, gluten, gluten ataxia, gluten intolerance, gluten sensitivity and gliadin-specific antibodies. Results CD was defined as ‘a chronic small intestinal immune-mediated enteropathy precipitated by exposure to dietary gluten in genetically predisposed individuals’. Classical CD was defined as ‘CD presenting with signs and symptoms of malabsorption. Diarrhoea, steatorrhoea, weight loss or growth failure is required.’ ‘Gluten-related disorders’ is the suggested umbrella term for all diseases triggered by gluten and the term gluten intolerance should not to be used. Other definitions are presented in the paper. Conclusion This paper presents the Oslo definitions for CD-related terms. Keywords: gluten-free diet; t-cell lymphoma; irritable-bowel-syndrome; iron-deficiency anemia; deamidated gliadin peptides; dependent diabetes-mellitus; small-intestinal mucosa; dermatitis-herpetiformis; intraepithelial lymphocytes; tissue transglutaminase Source: Gut, 2013, 62(1): 43–52 Email: Leffler, DA; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 104 Guidelines for Diagnosis, Treatment, and Prevention of Clostridium difficile Infections Surawicz, CM; Brandt, LJ; Binion, DG; et al. Abstract: Clostridium difficile infection (CDI) is a leading cause of hospital-associated gastrointestinal illness and places a high burden on our health-care system. Patients with CDI typically have extended lengths-of-stay in hospitals, and CDI is a frequent cause of large hospital outbreaks of disease. This guideline provides recommendations for the diagnosis and management of patients with CDI as well as for the prevention and control of outbreaks while supplementing previously published guidelines. New molecular diagnostic stool tests will likely replace current enzyme immunoassay tests. We suggest treatment of patients be stratified depending on whether they have mild-to-moderate, severe, or complicated disease. Therapy with metronidazole remains the choice for mild-to-moderate disease but may not be adequate for patients with severe or complicated disease. We propose a classification of disease severity to guide therapy that is useful for clinicians. We review current treatment options for patients with recurrent CDI and recommendations for the control and prevention of outbreaks of CDI. Keywords: inflammatory-bowel-disease; placebo-controlled trial; polymerase-chain-reaction; fulminant pseudomembranous colitis; fecal microbiota transplantation; lactobacillus-rhamnosus《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 gg; health-care epidemiology; serum antibody-response; pump inhibitor therapy; real-time PCR Source: American Journal of Gastroenterology, 2013, 108(4): 478–498 Email: Surawicz, CM; [email protected]

Genetics Heredity Citation frequency: 696 MEGA6: Molecular Evolutionary Genetics Analysis Version 6.0 Tamura, K; Stecher, G; Peterson, D; et al. Abstract: We announce the release of an advanced version of the Molecular Evolutionary Genetics Analysis (MEGA) software, which currently contains facilities for building sequence alignments, inferring phylogenetic histories, and conducting molecular evolutionary analysis. In version 6.0, MEGA now enables the inference of timetrees, as it implements the RelTime method for estimating divergence times for all branching points in a phylogeny. A new Timetree Wizard in MEGA6 facilitates this timetree inference by providing a graphical user interface (GUI) to specify the phylogeny and calibration constraints step-by-step. This version also contains enhanced algorithms to search for the optimal trees under evolutionary criteria and implements a more advanced memory management that can double the size of sequence data sets to which MEGA can be applied. Both GUI and command-line versions of MEGA6 can be downloaded from www.megasoftware.net free of charge. Source: Molecular Biology and Evolution, 2013, 30(12): 2725–2729 Email: Kumar, S; [email protected]

52 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Source: Molecular Biology and Evolution, 2013, 30(4): 772–780 Email: Katoh, K; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 286 TopHat2: accurate alignment of transcriptomes in the presence of insertions, deletions and gene fusions Kim, D; Pertea, G; Trapnell, C; et al. Abstract: TopHat is a popular spliced aligner for RNA-sequence (RNA-seq) experiments. In this paper, we describe TopHat2, which incorporates many significant enhancements to TopHat. TopHat2 can align reads of various lengths produced by the latest sequencing technologies, while allowing for variable-length indels with respect to the reference genome. In addition to de novo spliced alignment, TopHat2 can align reads across fusion breaks, which can occur after genomic translocations. TopHat2 combines the ability to identify novel splice sites with direct mapping to known transcripts, producing sensitive and accurate alignments, even for highly repetitive genomes or in the presence of pseudogenes. Keywords: RNA- seq; human genome; pseudogenes; discovery; ultrafast; reads Source: Genome Biology, 2013, 14(4): R36 Email: Kim, D; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 249 ACMG recommendations for reporting of incidental findings in clinical exome and genome sequencing Green, RC; Berg, JS; Grody, WW; et al. Abstract: In clinical exome and genome sequencing, there is a potential for the recognition and reporting of incidental or secondary findings unrelated to the indication for ordering the sequencing but of medical value for patient care. The American College of Medical Genetics and Genomics (ACMG) recently published a policy statement on clinical sequencing that emphasized the importance of alerting the patient to the possibility of such results in pretest patient discussions, clinical testing, and reporting of results. The ACMG appointed a Working Group on Incidental Findings in Clinical Exome and Genome Sequencing to make recommendations about responsible management of incidental findings when patients undergo exome or genome sequencing. This Working Group conducted a year-long consensus process, including an open forum at the 2012 Annual Meeting and review by outside experts, and produced recommendations that have been approved by the ACMG Board. Specific and detailed recommendations, and the background and rationale for these recommendations, are described herein. The ACMG recommends that laboratories performing clinical sequencing seek and report mutations of the specified classes《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 or types in the genes listed here. This evaluation and reporting should be performed for all clinical germline (constitutional) exome and genome sequencing, including the “normal” of tumor-normal subtractive analyses in all subjects, irrespective of age but excluding fetal samples. We recognize that there are insufficient data on penetrance and clinical utility to fully support these recommendations, and we encourage the creation of an ongoing process for updating these recommendations at least annually as further data are collected. Keywords: medicine; return; perspectives; genetics; children; future; policy Source: Genetics in Medicine, 2013, 15(7): 565–574 Email: Green, RC; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 175 DNA methylation: roles in mammalian development Smith, ZD; Meissner, A Abstract: DNA methylation is among the best studied epigenetic modifications and is essential to mammalian development. Although the methylation status of most CpG dinucteotides in the genome is stably propagated through mitosis, improvements to methods for measuring methylation have identified numerous regions in which it is dynamically regulated. In this Review, we discuss key concepts in the function of DNA methylation in mammals, stemming from more than two decades of research, including many recent studies that have elucidated when and where DNA methylation has a regulatory role in the genome. We include insights from early development, embryonic stem cells and adult Lineages, particularly haematopoiesis, to highlight the general features of this modification as it participates in both global and localized epigenetic regulation.. Keywords: embryonic stem-cells; de-novo methylation; primordial germ-cells; mouse preimplantation embryos; lysine methyltransferase g9a; imprinting control regions; major satellite repeats; CpG island methylation; base excision-repair; hematopoietic stem Source: Nature Reviews Genetics, 2013, 14(3): 204–220 Email: Meissner, A; [email protected]

Geochemistry Geophysics Citation frequency: 265 Intcal13 and marine13 radiocarbon age calibration curves 0-50000 years cal BP Reimer, PJ; Bard, E; Bayliss, A; et al. Abstract: The IntCal09 and Marine09 radiocarbon calibration curves have been revised utilizing newly available and updated data sets

53 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 from C-14 measurements on tree rings, plant macrofossils, speleothems, corals, and foraminifera. The calibration curves were derived from the data using the random walk model (RWM) used to generate IntCal09 and Marine09, which has been revised to account for additional uncertainties and error structures. The new curves were ratified at the 21st International Radiocarbon conference in July 2012 and are available as Supplemental Material at www.radiocarbon.org. Keywords: late-glacial chronology; C-14 calibration; lake suigetsu; younger dryas; reservoir ages; tree-rings; kyr bp; planktonic- foraminifera; last deglaciation; field intensity Source: Radiocarbon, 2013, 55(4): 1869–1887 Email: Reimer, PJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 105 The organic geochemistry of glycerol dialkyl glycerol tetraether lipids: A review Schouten, S; Hopmans, EC; Damste, JSS Abstract: Glycerol dialkyl glycerol tetraether (GDGT) lipids are membrane lipids which were long thought to be synthesized mainly by archaea, organisms thought to be limited to extreme environments. Analysis of environmental samples over the last decade has shown, however, that their structural diversity and sources are much wider than anticipated and that they occur ubiquitously in a wide range of environments, such as oceans and lakes, and their (sub) surface sediments, as well as soils. Several GDGTs have been unambiguously identified and can be used as biomarker lipids, since they are preserved in immature sediments < 140 Ma. Close examination of the distributions has led to the discovery that GDGTs might be used as proxies for certain environmental parameters, such as the input of soil organic matter to marine environments, soil pH, air temperature and sea and lake water temperature. Here, we review the progress made over the last decade in the analysis, occurrence and recognition of sources of GDGTs, their applications as biomarker lipids, and the development and application of proxies based on their distributions. Keywords: ammonia-oxidizing archaea; ionization-mass-spectrometry; sea-surface temperatures; eocene thermal maximum; intact polar lipids; performance liquid-chromatography; carbon isotopic compositions; anaerobic methane oxidation; terrestrial hot-springs; sequential chemical degradation Source: Organic Geochemistry, 2013, 54: 19–61 Email: Schouten, S; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 55 Shcal13《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 southern hemisphere calibration, 0-50000 years cal BP Hogg, AG; Hua, Q; Blackwell, PG; et al. Abstract: The Southern Hemisphere SHCal04 radiocarbon calibration curve has been updated with the addition of new data sets extending measurements to 2145 cal BP and including the ANSTO Younger Dryas Huon pine data set. Outside the range of measured data, the curve is based upon the ern Hemisphere data sets as presented in IntCal13, with an interhemispheric offset averaging 43±23 yr modeled by an autoregressive process to represent the short-term correlations in the offset. Keywords: radiocarbon age calibration; ring dated wood; new-zealand; curves; C-14; variability; intcal09; holocene; offset; error Source: Radiocarbon, 2013, 55(4): 1889–1903 Email: Hogg, AG; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 46 Aegean tectonics: Strain localisation, slab tearing and trench retreat Jolivet, L; Faccenna, C; Huet, B; et al. Abstract: We review the geodynamic evolution of the Aegean-Anatolia region and discuss strain localisation there over geological times. From Late Eocene to Present, crustal deformation in the Aegean backarc has localised progressively during slab retreat. Extension started with the formation of the Rhodope Metamorphic Core Complex (Eocene) and migrated to the Cyclades and the northern Menderes Massif (Oligocene and Miocene), accommodated by crustal-scale detachments and a first series of core complexes (MCCs). Extension then localised in Western Turkey, the Corinth Rift and the external Hellenic arc after Messinian times, while the North Anatolian Fault penetrated the Aegean Sea. Through time the direction and style of extension have not changed significantly except in terms of localisation. The contributions of progressive slab retreat and tearing, basal drag, extrusion tectonics and tectonic inheritance are discussed and we favour a model (I) where slab retreat is the main driving engine, (2) successive slab tearing episodes are the main causes of this stepwise strain localisation and (3) the inherited heterogeneity of the crust is a major factor for localising detachments. The continental crust has an inherited strong heterogeneity and crustal-scale contacts such as major thrust planes act as weak zones or as zones of contrast of resistance and viscosity that can localise later deformation. The dynamics of slabs at depth and the asthenospheric flow due to slab retreat also have influence strain localisation in the upper plate. Successive slab ruptures from the Middle Miocene to the late Miocene have isolated a narrow strip of lithosphere, still attached to the African lithosphere below Crete. The formation of the North Anatolian Fault is partly a consequence of this evolution. The extrusion of Anatolia and the Aegean extension are partly driven from below (asthenospheric flow) and from above (extrusion of a lid of rigid crust).

54 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Keywords: southern menderes massif; metamorphic core complex; high-pressure metamorphism; north-anatolian fault; hellenic subduction zone; seismic anisotropy beneath; cycladic blueschist belt; travel-time tomography; alpine-himalayan belt; mesozoic cover series Source: Tectonophysics, 2013, 597: 1–33 Email: Jolivet, L; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 46 Preliminary result for rupture process of Apr. 20, 2013, Lushan Earthquake, Sichuan, China Wang, WM; Hao, JL; Yao, ZX Abstract: The rupture process of the 20, Apr. 2013, Lushan earthquake was fast estimated by finite fault model method using far field body waveform records. The predicted shakemap is subsequently calculated based on rupture fault model of this earthquake. Results show that the earthquake is an Mw6.7 thrusting event which occurred on the south part of Longmen Shan fault zone with 159 cm largest slip. By the predicted shakemap, the intensity of epicenter region should reached VIII-IX on Chinese seismic intensity scale. The thrusting mechanism of Lushan earthquake is similar to that of Wenchuan earthquake. The earthquake rupture of this event occurred on the southern section of Longmen Shan fault where shows increase of Coulomb stress caused by the Wenchuan earthquake. This event may be triggered by the Wenchuan earthquake. On the view of macroscopic, this earthquake can be considered as an delayed strong aftershock of Wenchuan earthquake. Keywords: wenchuan earthquake; stress changes; faults Source: Chinese Journal of Geophysics-chinese Edition, 2013, 56(4): 1412–1417 Email: Wang, WM; [email protected]

Geography Physical Citation frequency: 130 Bedmap2: improved ice bed, surface and thickness datasets for Antarctica Fretwell, P; Pritchard, HD; Vaughan, DG; et al. Abstract: We present Bedmap2, a new suite of gridded products describing surface elevation, ice-thickness and the seafloor and subglacial bed elevation of the Antarctic south of 60 degrees S. We derived these products using data from a variety of sources, including many substantial surveys completed since the original Bedmap compilation (Bedmap1) in 2001. In particular, the Bedmap2 ice thickness grid is made from 25 million measurements, over two orders of magnitude more than were used in Bedmap1. In most parts of Antarctica the subglacial landscape is visible in much greater detail than was previously available and the improved data-coverage has in many areas revealed the full scale of mountain《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 ranges, valleys, basins and troughs, only fragments of which were previously indicated in local surveys. The derived statistics for Bedmap2 show that the volume of ice contained in the Antarctic ice sheet (27 million km3) and its potential contribution to sea-level rise (58 m) are similar to those of Bedmap1, but the mean thickness of the ice sheet is 4.6% greater, the mean depth of the bed beneath the grounded ice sheet is 72 m lower and the area of ice sheet grounded on bed below sea level is increased by 10 %. The Bedmap2 compilation highlights several areas beneath the ice sheet where the bed elevation is substantially lower than the deepest bed indicated by Bedmap1. These products, along with grids of data coverage and uncertainty, provide new opportunities for detailed modelling of the past and future evolution of the Antarctic ice sheets. Keywords: digital elevation model; satellite radar; east antarctica; west antarctica; sheet; stream; sea; altimetry; gravity; bathymetry Source: Cryosphere, 2013, 7(1): 375–393 Email: Fretwell, P; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 52 A new bed elevation dataset for Greenland Bamber, JL; Griggs, JA; Hurkmans, RTWL; et al. Abstract: We present a new bed elevation dataset for Greenland derived from a combination of multiple airborne ice thickness surveys undertaken between the 1970s and 2012. Around 420000 line kilometres of airborne data were used, with roughly 70% of this having been collected since the year 2000, when the last comprehensive compilation was undertaken. The airborne data were combined with satellite-derived elevations for non-glaciated terrain to produce a consistent bed digital elevation model (DEM) over the entire island including across the glaciated-ice free boundary. The DEM was extended to the continental margin with the aid of bathymetric data, primarily from a compilation for the Arctic. Ice thickness was determined where an ice shelf exists from a combination of surface elevation and radar soundings. The across-track spacing between flight lines warranted interpolation at 1 km postings for significant sectors of the ice sheet. Grids of ice surface elevation, error estimates for the DEM, ice thickness and data sampling density were also produced alongside a mask of land/ocean/grounded ice/floating ice. Errors in bed elevation range from a minimum of ±10 m to about ±300 m, as a function of distance from an observation and local topographic variability. A comparison with the compilation published in 2001 highlights the improvement in resolution afforded by the new datasets, particularly along the ice sheet margin, where ice velocity is highest and changes in ice dynamics most marked. We estimate that the volume of ice included in our land-ice mask would raise mean sea level by 7.36 m, excluding any solid earth effects that would take place during ice sheet decay. Keywords: ice-sheet; shelf; thickness; glacier; model; flow

55 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 Source: Cryosphere, 2013, 7(2): 499–510 Email: Bamber, JL; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 47 Quantitative reconstructions in palaeolimnology: new paradigm or sick science? Juggins, S Abstract: Quantitative reconstructions from biological proxies have revolutionised palaeolimnology but the methodology is not without problems. The most important of these result from attempts to reconstruct non-causal environmental variables and from the effects of secondary variables. Non-causal variables act as surrogates for often unknown or unquantified ecological factors and the method assumes that these relationships are invariant in space and time. This assumption is almost never met and examples of diatom models for water depth and summer temperature demonstrate how violation leads to spurious and misleading reconstructions. In addition, comparison of published species optima indicate that a number of models have little or no predictive power outside their current spatial setting. Finally, experiments using simulated training sets of known properties demonstrate how changes in secondary “nuisance” variables can lead to large, consistent, and interpretable trends in a reconstruction that are completely spurious and independent of any real change in the reconstructed variable. These problems pervade many quantitative reconstructions in palaeolimnology and other disciplines. Palaeoecologists must give greater attention to what can and cannot be reconstructed and explicitly address the dangers of reconstructing surrogate and confounded variables if our reconstructions are to remain credible. Keywords: sedimentary diatom assemblages; fresh-water diatoms; past environmental-conditions; chrysophyte cyst assemblages; gaussian response model; inference models; northern sweden; lake-sediments; air-temperature; canada lakes Source: Quaternary Science Reviews, 2013, 64: 20–32 Email: Juggins, S; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 42 Topographic structure from motion: a new development in photogrammetric measurement Fonstad, MA; Dietrich, JT; Courville, BC; et al. Abstract: The production of topographic datasets is of increasing interest and application throughout the geomorphic sciences, and river science is no exception. Consequently, a wide range of topographic measurement methods have evolved. Despite the range of available methods, the production of high resolution, high quality digital elevation models (DEMs) requires a significant investment in personnel time, hardware and/or software. However,《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 image-based methods such as digital photogrammetry have been decreasing in costs. Developed for the purpose of rapid, inexpensive and easy three-dimensional surveys of buildings or small objects, the structure from motion' photogrammetric approach (SfM) is an image-based method which could deliver a methodological leap if transferred to geomorphic applications, requires little training and is extremely inexpensive. Using an online SfM program, we created high-resolution digital elevation models of a river environment from ordinary photographs produced from a workflow that takes advantage of free and open source software. This process reconstructs real world scenes from SfM algorithms based on the derived positions of the photographs in three-dimensional space. The basic product of the SfM process is a point cloud of identifiable features present in the input photographs. This point cloud can be georeferenced from a small number of ground control points collected in the field or from measurements of camera positions at the time of image acquisition. The georeferenced point cloud can then be used to create a variety of digital elevation products. We examine the applicability of SfM in the Pedernales River in Texas (USA), where several hundred images taken from a hand-held helikite are used to produce DEMs of the fluvial topographic environment. This test shows that SfM and low-altitude platforms can produce point clouds with point densities comparable with airborne LiDAR, with horizontal and vertical precision in the centimeter range, and with very low capital and labor costs and low expertise levels. Keywords: automated digital photogrammetry; unmanned aerial vehicle; gravel-bed rivers; fluvial geomorphology; photo collections; riparian forest; high-resolution; image-analysis; photography; generation Source: Earth Surface Processes and Landforms, 2013, 38(4): 421–430 Email: Fonstad, MA; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 37 Selecting thresholds for the prediction of species occurrence with presence-only data Liu, CR; White, M; Newell, G Abstract: Aim Species distribution models have been widely used to tackle ecological, evolutionary and conservation problems. Most species distribution modelling techniques produce continuous suitability predictions, but many real applications (e.g. reserve design, species invasion and climate change impact assessment) and model evaluations require binary outputs, and thresholds are needed for these transformations. Although there are many threshold selection methods for presence/absence data, it is unclear whether these are suitable for presence-only data. In this paper, we investigate mathematically and empirically which of the existing threshold selection methods can be used confidently with presence-only data. Location We used real spatially explicit environmental data derived from the western part of the state of Victoria, south-eastern Australia, and simulated species distributions within this area. Methods Thirteen existing threshold selection

56 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts methods were investigated mathematically to see whether the same threshold can be produced using either presence/absence data or presence-only data. We further adopted a simulation approach, created many virtual species with differing prevalences in a real landscape in south-eastern Australia, generated data sets with different proportions of pseudo-absences, built eight types of models with four modelling techniques, and investigated the behaviours of four threshold selection methods in these situations. Results Three threshold selection methods were not affected by pseudo-absences, including max SSS (which is based on maximizing the sum of sensitivity and specificity), the prevalence of model training data and the mean predicted value of a set of random points. Max SSS produced higher sensitivity in most cases and higher true skill statistic and kappa in many cases than the other methods. The other methods produced different thresholds from presence-only data to those determined from presence/absence data. Main conclusions Max SSS is a promising method for threshold selection when only presence data are available. Keywords: distribution models; sample-size; presence-absence; distributions; performance; accuracy; conservation; biodiversity; niche; bias Source: Journal of Biogeography, 2013, 40(4): 778–789 Email: Liu, CR; [email protected]

Geography Citation frequency: 33 Affluence drives the global displacement of land use Weinzettel, J; Hertwich, EG; Peters, GP; et al. Abstract: Increasing affluence is often postulated as a main driver for the human footprint on biologically productive areas, identified among the main causes of biodiversity loss, but causal relationships are obscured by international trade. Here, we trace the use of land and ocean area through international supply chains to final consumption, modeling agricultural, food, and forestry products on a high level of resolution while also including the land requirements of manufactured goods and services. In 2004, high-income countries required more biologically productive land per capita than low-income countries, but this connection could only be identified when land used to produce internationally traded products was taken into account, because higher-income countries tend to displace a larger fraction of land use. The equivalent land and ocean area footprint of nations increased by a third for each doubling of income, with all variables analyzed on a per capita basis. This increase came largely from imports, which increased proportionally to income. Export depended mostly on the capacity of countries to produce useful biomass, the biocapacity. Our analysis clearly shows that countries with a high biocapacity per capita tend to spare more land for nature. Biocapacity per capita can be increased through more intensive production or by reducing population density. The net displacement of land use《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 from high-income to low-income countries amounted to 6% of the global land demand, even though high-income countries had more land available per capita than low-income countries. In particular, Europe and Japan placed high pressure on ecosystems in lower-income countries. Keywords: international-trade; food; growth; intensification; consequences; environment; population; footprint Source: Global Environmental Change-human and Policy Dimensions, 2013, 23(2): 433–438 Email: Hertwich, EG; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 30 Dynamic adaptive policy pathways: A method for crafting robust decisions for a deeply uncertain world Haasnoot, M; Kwakkel, JH; Walker, WE; et al. Abstract: A new paradigm for planning under conditions of deep uncertainty has emerged in the literature. According to this paradigm, a planner should create a strategic vision of the future, commit to short-term actions, and establish a framework to guide future actions. A plan that embodies these ideas allows for its dynamic adaptation over time to meet changing circumstances. We propose a method for decisionmaking under uncertain global and regional changes called ‘Dynamic Adaptive Policy Pathways’. We base our approach on two complementary approaches for designing adaptive plans: ‘Adaptive Policymaking’ and ‘Adaptation Pathways’. Adaptive Policymaking is a theoretical approach describing a planning process with different types of actions (e.g. ‘mitigating actions’ and ‘hedging actions’) and signposts to monitor to see if adaptation is needed. In contrast, Adaptation Pathways provides an analytical approach for exploring and sequencing a set of possible actions based on alternative external developments over time. We illustrate the Dynamic Adaptive Policy Pathways approach by producing an adaptive plan for long-term water management of the Rhine Delta in the Netherlands that takes into account the deep uncertainties about the future arising from social, political, technological, economic, and climate changes. The results suggest that it is worthwhile to further test and use the approach. Keywords: climate-change; water management; infrastructure; adaptation; netherlands; transition; scenarios; medicine; future Source: Global Environmental Change-human and Policy Dimensions, 2013, 23(2): 485–498 Email: Haasnoot, M; [email protected]

57 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 Citation frequency: 22 Global river discharge and water temperature under climate change van Vliet, MTH; Franssen, WHP; Yearsley, JR; et al. Abstract: Climate change will affect hydrologic and thermal regimes of rivers, having a direct impact on freshwater ecosystems and human water use. Here we assess the impact of climate change on global river flows and river water temperatures, and identify regions that might become more critical for freshwater ecosystems and water use sectors. We used a global physically based hydrological-water temperature modelling framework forced with an ensemble of bias-corrected general circulation model (GCM) output for both the SRES A2 and B1 emissions scenario. This resulted in global projections of daily river discharge and water temperature under future climate. Our results show an increase in the seasonality of river discharge (both increase in high flow and decrease in low flow) for about one-third of the global land surface area for 2071-2100 relative to 1971-2000. Global mean and high (95th percentile) river water temperatures are projected to increase on average by 0.8-1.6 (1.0-2.2) degrees C for the SRES B1-A2 scenario for 2071-2100 relative to 1971-2000. The largest water temperature increases are projected for the United States, Europe, eastern China, and parts of southern Africa and Australia. In these regions, the sensitivities are exacerbated by projected decreases in low flows (resulting in a reduced thermal capacity). For strongly seasonal rivers with highest water temperatures during the low flow period, up to 26% of the increases in high (95th percentile) water temperature can be attributed indirectly to low flow changes, and the largest fraction is attributable directly to increased atmospheric energy input. A combination of large increases in river temperature and decreases in low flows are projected for the southeastern United States, Europe, eastern China, southern Africa and southern Australia. These regions could potentially be affected by increased deterioration of water quality and freshwater habitats, and reduced water available for human uses such as thermoelectric power and drinking water production. Keywords: stream temperature; united-states; surface-water; change impact; potential impacts; ocean circulation; air temperatures; low flows; model; quality Source: Global Environmental Change-human and Policy Dimensions, 2013, 23(2): 450–464 Email: van Vliet, MTH; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 22 Do people “personally experience” global warming, and if so how, and does it matter? Akerlof, K; Maibach, EW; Fitzgerald, D; et al. Abstract: For most people, the direct《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 and personally observable signals of climate change should be difficult to detect amid the variability of everyday weather. Yet, previous research has shown that some people believe they have personally experienced global warming. Through four related studies, our paper sheds light on what signals of global warming some people believe they are detecting, why, and whether or not it matters. These studies were conducted using population survey and climatic data from a single county in Michigan. Study 1 found that 27% of the county’s adult residents felt that they had personally experienced global warming. Study 2 - based on content analysis of people's open-ended responses - found that the most frequently described personal experiences of global warming were changes in seasons (36%), weather (25%), lake levels (24%), animals and plants (20%), and snowfall (19%). Study 3 - based on NOAA climatic data - found that most, but not all, of these detected signals are borne out in the climatic record. Study 4 - using the survey data - found that personal experience of global warming matters in that it predicts perceptions of local risk of global warming, controlling for demographics, political affiliation, and cultural beliefs about national policy outcomes. We conclude that perceived personal experience of global warming appears to heighten people’s perception of the risks, likely through some combination of direct experience, vicarious experience (e.g., news media stories), and social construction. Keywords: lake-effect snowfall; climate-change; place attachment; perceptions; risk; consequences; rationality; temperature; feelings; debate Source: Global Environmental Change-human and Policy Dimensions, 2013, 23(1): 81–91 Email: Akerlof, K; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 21 Domestic and industrial water uses of the past 60 years as a mirror of socio-economic development: A global simulation study Florke, M; Kynast, E; Barlund, I; et al. Abstract: To enhance global water use assessment, the WaterGAP3 model was improved for back-calculating domestic, manufacturing and thermoelectric water uses until 1950 for 177 countries. Model simulations were carried-out on a national scale to estimate water withdrawals and consumption as well as cooling water required for industrial processes and electricity production. Additionally, the amount of treated and untreated wastewater as generated by the domestic and manufacturing sectors was modeled. In the view of data availability, model simulations are based on key socio-economic driving forces and thermal electricity production. Technological change rates were derived from statistical records in order to consider developments in water use efficiency, which turned out to have a crucial role in water use dynamics. Simulated domestic and industrial water uses increased from ca. 300 km3 in 1950 to 1345 km3 in 2010, 12% of which were consumed and 88% of which were discharged back into freshwater bodies. The amount of domestic and manufacturing wastewater

58 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts increased considerably over the last decade, but only half of it was untreated. The downscaling of the untreated wastewater volume to river basin scale indicates a matter of concern in East and Southeast Asia, Northern Africa, and Eastern and Southern Europe. In order to reach the Millennium Development Goals, securing water supply and the reduction of untreated wastewater discharges should be amongst the priority actions to be undertaken. Population growth and increased prosperity have led to increasing water demands. However, societal and political transformation processes as well as policy regulations resulting in new water-saving technologies and improvements counteract this development by slowing down and even reducing global domestic and industrial water uses. Keywords: population; irrigation; management; demand; europe Source: Global Environmental Change-human and Policy Dimensions, 2013, 23(1): 144–156 Email: Florke, M; [email protected]

Geology Citation frequency: 38 Potentially induced earthquakes in Oklahoma, USA: Links between wastewater injection and the 2011 M-w 5.7 earthquake sequence Keranen, KM; Savage, HM; Abers, GA; et al. Abstract: Significant earthquakes are increasingly occurring within the continental interior of the United States, including five of moment magnitude (M-w)≥5.0 in 2011 alone. Concurrently, the volume of fluid injected into the subsurface related to the production of unconventional resources continues to rise. Here we identify the largest earthquake potentially related to injection, an M-w 5.7 earthquake in November 2011 in Oklahoma. The earthquake was felt in at least 17 states and caused damage in the epicentral region. It occurred in a sequence, with 2 earthquakes of M-w 5.0 and a prolific sequence of aftershocks. We use the aftershocks to illuminate the faults that ruptured in the sequence, and show that the tip of the initial rupture plane is within similar to 200 m of active injection wells and within similar to 1 km of the surface; 30% of early aftershocks occur within the sedimentary section. Subsurface data indicate that fluid was injected into effectively sealed compartments, and we interpret that a net fluid volume increase after 18 yr of injection lowered effective stress on reservoir-bounding faults. Significantly, this case indicates that decades-long lags between the commencement of fluid injection and the onset of induced earthquakes are possible, and modifies our common criteria for fluid-induced events. The progressive rupture of three fault planes in this sequence suggests that stress changes from the initial rupture triggered the successive earthquakes, including one larger than the first. 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Keywords: denver earthquakes; deformation; pressure; fluid Source: Geology, 2013, 41(6): 699–702

Citation frequency: 23 Metallogeny and craton destruction: Records from the North China Craton Li, SR; Santosh, M Abstract: The link between metallogeny and craton destruction in the North China Craton (NCC) remains poorly understood, particularly the mechanisms within the interior of the craton. In this overview, we summarize the major stages in the history of formation and evolution of the NCC, the spatio-temporal distribution and types of major ore species, as well as mantle contribution to the metallogeny, in an attempt to evaluate the geodynamic settings of metallogeny and the mechanisms of formation of the ore deposits. The early Precambrian history of the NCC witnessed the amalgamation of micro-blocks and construction of the fundamental tectonic architecture of the craton by 2.5 Ga. The boundaries of these micro-blocks and the margins of the NCC remained as weak zones and were the principal locales along which inhomogeneous destruction of the craton occurred during later tectonothermal events. These zones record the formation of orogeny related gold, copper, iron and titanium during the early to middle Paleoproterozoic with ages ranging from 2.5 to 1.8 Ma. The Early Ordovician kimberlite and diamond mineralization at ca. 480 Ma, the Late Carboniferous and Early to middle Permian calc-alkaline, I-type granitoids and gold deposits of 324-300 Ma, and the Triassic alkaline rocks and gold silver-polymetallic deposits occurring along these zones and the margins of the blocks correlate with rising mantle plume, southward subduction of the Siberian plate and northward subduction of the Yangtze plate, respectively. The voluminous Jurassic granitoids and Cretaceous intrusives carrying gold, molybdenum, copper, lead and zinc deposits are also localized along the weak zones and block margins. The concentration of most of these deposits in the eastern part of the NCC invokes correlation with lithosphere thinning associated with the westward subduction of the Pacific plate. Although magmatism and mineralization have been recorded along the margins and few places within the interior of the NCC in the Jurassic, their peak occurred in the Cretaceous in the eastern part of the NCC, marking large scale destruction of the craton at this time. The junctions of the boundaries between the micro-continental blocks are characterized by extensive inhomogeneous thinning. We propose that these junctions are probably for future mineral exploration targeting in the NCC. Keywords: lithospheric mantle beneath; sino-korean craton; spinel peridotite xenoliths; zircon u-pb; gold deposits; re-os; isotope geochemistry; eastern china; jiaodong peninsula; shrimp zircon

59 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 Source: Ore Geology Reviews, 2014, 56: 376–414 Email: Li, SR; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 23 Retrodeforming the Arabia-Eurasia collision zone: Age of collision versus magnitude of continental subduction McQuarrie, N; van Hinsbergen, DJJ Abstract: The Arabia-Eurasia collision has been linked to global cooling, the slowing of Africa, Mediterranean extension, the rifting of the Red Sea, an increase in exhumation and sedimentation on the Eurasian plate, and the slowing and deformation of the Arabian plate. Collision age estimates range from the Late Cretaceous to Pliocene, with most estimates between 35 and 20 Ma. We assess the consequences of these collision ages on the magnitude and location of continental consumption by compiling all documented shortening within the region, and integrating this with plate kinematic reconstructions. Shortening estimates across the orogen allow for similar to 350 km of Neogene upper crustal contraction, necessitating collision by 20 Ma. A 35 Ma collision requires additional subduction of similar to 400-600 km of Arabian continental crust. Using the Oman ophiolite as an analogue, ophiolitic fragments preserved along the Zagros suture zone permit similar to 180 km of subduction of the Arabian continental margin plus overlying ophiolites. Wholesale subduction of this more dense continental margin plus ophiolites would reconstruct similar to 400-500 km of postcollisional Arabia-Eurasia convergence, consistent with a ca. 27 Ma initial collision age. This younger Arabia-Eurasia collision suggests a noncollisional mechanism for the slowing of Africa, and associated extension. Keywords: fold-thrust belt; foreland-basin; cenozoic evolution; tectonic evolution; alborz mountains; northern iran; zagros; deformation; constraints; convergence Source: Geology, 2013, 41(3): 315–318 Email: McQuarrie, N;

Citation frequency: 23 The development of continental collision metallogeny and its application. Chen, YJ Abstract: The importance of the continental collision metallogeny is addressed in this paper. The development history of the continental collision metallogeny is divided into five periods, namely, preparation (before 1970), incubation (1971 similar to 1990), birth (1991 similar to 2000), growth (2001 similar to《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 2010) and maturation (2011 and thereafter). The hardcore of the continental collision metallogeny is considered to include four tectonic models for Collisional orogeny, Metallogeny and Fluid flow (abbreviated to CMF) at differing scales (global tectonics, orogen, terrane and deposit). It also contains the characterizations of four classes of hydrothermal mineral systems formed in continental collision regime as well as their comparative illustrations with the mineral systems formed in other tectonic settings. The paper also introduces several successful ore-exploration examples guided by the continental collision metallogeny. The facts presented in the paper show that Chinese geologists have contributed much to the development of the continental collision metallogeny, by utilizing the unique conditions of abundant continental collision orogens in China. Keywords: yangshan gold deposit; porphyry mo deposit; ore-forming fluids; tieluping silver deposit; henan province; isotope geochemistry; qinling orogen; Gansu province; north china; inclusion geochemistry Source: Acta Petrologica Sinica, 2013, 29(1): 1–17 Email: Chen, YJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 22 A potential barrier to deep Antarctic circumpolar flow until the late Miocene? Dalziel, IWD; Lawver, LA; Pearce, JA; et al. Abstract: The central Scotia Sea, located between the South American and Antarctic plates, is an integral part of the marine conduit that permits eastward deep-water flow from the Pacific Ocean to the Atlantic Ocean. The geologic history of the central Scotia Sea is therefore critical for a full understanding of the initiation and subsequent evolution of the complete, deep Antarctic Circumpolar Current, widely believed to have been a key factor in the history of Antarctic glaciation. Here, we present new evidence on the nature and age of the central Scotia Sea floor. Multibeam surveys and the first dredged samples indicate that a now-submerged remnant volcanic arc may have formed a barrier to deep eastward oceanic circulation until after the mid-Miocene climatic optimum. Inception and development of a full deep Antarctic Circumpolar Current may therefore have been important, not in the drop in global temperatures at the Eocene-Oligocene boundary as long surmised, but in the subsequent late Miocene global cooling and intensification of Antarctic glaciation. Keywords: central scotia sea; tectonic evolution; southern-ocean; topography; origin; arc Source: Geology, 2013, 41(9): 947–950

60 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

Geosciences Multidisciplinary Citation frequency: 130 Bedmap2: improved ice bed, surface and thickness datasets for Antarctica Fretwell, P; Pritchard, HD; Vaughan, DG; et al. Abstract: We present Bedmap2, a new suite of gridded products describing surface elevation, ice-thickness and the seafloor and subglacial bed elevation of the Antarctic south of 60 degrees S. We derived these products using data from a variety of sources, including many substantial surveys completed since the original Bedmap compilation (Bedmap1) in 2001. In particular, the Bedmap2 ice thickness grid is made from 25 million measurements, over two orders of magnitude more than were used in Bedmap1. In most parts of Antarctica the subglacial landscape is visible in much greater detail than was previously available and the improved data-coverage has in many areas revealed the full scale of mountain ranges, valleys, basins and troughs, only fragments of which were previously indicated in local surveys. The derived statistics for Bedmap2 show that the volume of ice contained in the Antarctic ice sheet (27 million km3) and its potential contribution to sea-level rise (58 m) are similar to those of Bedmap1, but the mean thickness of the ice sheet is 4.6% greater, the mean depth of the bed beneath the grounded ice sheet is 72 m lower and the area of ice sheet grounded on bed below sea level is increased by 10 %. The Bedmap2 compilation highlights several areas beneath the ice sheet where the bed elevation is substantially lower than the deepest bed indicated by Bedmap1. These products, along with grids of data coverage and uncertainty, provide new opportunities for detailed modelling of the past and future evolution of the Antarctic ice sheets. Keywords: digital elevation model; satellite radar; east antarctica; west antarctica; sheet; stream; sea; altimetry; gravity; bathymetry Source: Cryosphere, 2013, 7(1): 375–393 Email: Fretwell, P; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 97 Introduction to tectonics of China Zheng, YF; Xiao, WJ; Zhao, GC Abstract: The continental crust of China is a mosaic of cratonic blocks and orogenic belts, containing small cratons and terranes with various tectonic settings. They have diverse origins and complex histories of amalgamation, and often suffered repeated reworking after multiple episodes of amalgamation. In the last three decades, extensive geological, geochemical and geophysical investigations have been carried out on these cratonic blocks《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 and intervening orogenic belts, producing an abundant amount of new data and competing interpretations. This provides important insights into understanding the formation and evolution of the Chinese continents. The papers assembled in this volume present a timely and comprehensive overview on major advancements and controversial issues related to the formation and evolution of continental crust in China. Complex tectonic histories were experienced not only by the large-scale cratonic blocks and orogenic belts, but also by small-scale terranes and orogens between and inside these blocks. Nevertheless, our understanding of lithotectonic units and geological processes has been greatly advanced by recent studies of zirconology and geochemistry for various rock types from major petrotectonic units in China. It has been further advanced from integrated interpretations of geochemical and petrological data for petrogenesis of magmatic rocks. An overview of these observations and interpretations provides new insights into understanding the continental plate tectonics and the chemical geodynamics of subduction zones. Keywords: asian orogenic belt; Pb zircon geochronology; pressure metamorphic rocks; ultrahigh-temperature metamorphism; precambrian crustal evolution; continental subduction zones; large igneous province; liao-ji belt; hf-o isotope; north china Source: Gondwana Research, 2013, 23(4): 1189–1206 Email: Zheng, YF; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 94 The origin and pre-Cenozoic evolution of the Tibetan Plateau Zhu, DC; Zhao, ZD; Niu, YL; et al. Abstract: Different hypotheses have been proposed for the origin and pre-Cenozoic evolution of the Tibetan Plateau as a result of several collision events between a series of Gondwana-derived terranes (e.g., Qiangtang, Lhasa and India) and Asian continent since the early Paleozoic. This paper reviews and reevaluates these hypotheses in light of new data from Tibet including (1) the distribution of major tectonic boundaries and suture zones, (2) basement rocks and their sedimentary covers, (3) magmatic suites, and (4) detrital zircon constraints from Paleozoic metasedimentary rocks. The Western Qiangtang, Amdo, and Tethyan Himalaya terranes have the Indian Gondwana origin, whereas the Lhasa Terrane shows an Australian Gondwana affinity. The Cambrian magmatic record in the Lhasa Terrane resulted from the subduction of the proto-Tethyan Ocean lithosphere beneath the Australian Gondwana. The newly identified late Devonian granitoids in the southern margin of the Lhasa Terrane may represent an extensional magmatic event associated with its rifting, which ultimately resulted in the opening of the Songdo Tethyan Ocean. The Lhasa-northern Australia collision at similar to 263 Ma was likely responsible for the initiation of a southward-dipping subduction of the Bangong-Nujiang Tethyan Oceanic lithosphere. The Yarlung-Zangbo Tethyan Ocean opened as a back-arc basin in the late Triassic, leading to the separation of the Lhasa Terrane from northern Australia. The

61 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 subsequent northward subduction of the Yarlung-Zangbo Tethyan Ocean lithosphere beneath the Lhasa Terrane may have been triggered by the Qiangtang-Lhasa collision in the earliest Cretaceous. The mafic dike swarms (ca. 284 Ma) in the Western Qiangtang originated from the Panjal plume activity that resulted in continental rifting and its separation from the northern Indian continent. The subsequent collision of the Western Qiangtang with the Eastern Qiangtang in the middle Triassic was followed by slab breakoff that led to the exhumation of the Qiangtang metamorphic rocks. This collision may have caused the northward subduction initiation of the Bangong-Nujiang Ocean lithosphere beneath the Western Qiangtang. Collision-related coeval igneous rocks occurring on both sides of the suture zone and the within-plate basalt affinity of associated mafic lithologies suggest slab breakoff-induced magmatism in a continent-continent collision zone. This zone may be the site of net continental crust growth, as exemplified by the Tibetan Plateau. Keywords: zircon u-Pb; zangbo suture zone; india-asia collision; southern lhasa terrane; early paleozoic tectonism; bangong-nujiang suture; mount everest region; hf isotopic analyses; western-australia; tethyan himalaya Source: Gondwana Research, 2013, 23(4): 1429–1454 Email: Zhu, DC; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 91 Paleozoic multiple accretionary and collisional tectonics of the Chinese Tianshan orogenic collage Xiao, WJ; Windley, BF; Allen, MB; et al. Abstract: Subduction-related accretion in the Junggar-Balkash and South Tianshan Oceans (Paleo-Asian Ocean), mainly in the Paleozoic, gave rise to the present 2400 km-long Tianshan orogenic collage that extends from the Aral Sea eastwards through Uzbekistan, Tajikistan, Kyrgyzstan, to Xinjiang in China. This paper provides an up-to-date along-strike synthesis of this orogenic collage and a new tectonic model to explain its accretionary evolution. The northern part of the orogenic collage developed by consumption of the Junggar-Balkash Ocean together with Paleozoic island arcs (Northern Ili, Issyk Kul, and Chatkal) located in the west, which may have amalgamated into a composite arc in the Paleozoic in the west and by addition of another two, roughly parallel, arcs (Dananhu and Central Tianshan) in the east. The western composite arc and the eastern Dananhu and Central Tianshan arcs formed a late Paleozoic archipelago with multiple subduction zones. The southern part of the orogenic collage developed by the consumption of the South Tianshan Ocean which gave rise to a continuous accretionary complex (Kokshaal-Kumishi), which separated the Central Tianshan in the east and other Paleozoic arcs in the west from cratons (Tarim and Karakum) to the south. Cross-border correlations of this accretionary complex indicate a general southward and oceanward accretion by northward subduction in the early《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Paleozoic to Permian as recorded by successive southward juxtaposition of ophiolites, slices of ophiolitic melanges, cherts, island arcs, olistostromes, blueschists, and turbidites, which are mainly Paleozoic in age, with the youngest main phase being Late Carboniferous-Permian. The initial docking of the southerly Tarim and Karakum cratons to this complicated late Paleozoic archipelago and accretionary complexes occurred in the Late Carboniferous-Early Permian in the eastern part of the Tianshan and in the Late Permian in the western part, which might have terminated collisional deformation on this suture zone. The final stages of closure of the Junggar-Balkash Ocean resembled the small ocean basin scenario of the Mediterranean Sea in the Cenozoic. In summary, the history of the Altaids is characterized by complicated multiple accretionary and collisional tectonics. Keywords: phanerozoic crustal growth; southern tien-shan; p-t path; carboniferous volcanic-rocks; mafic-ultramafic intrusions; large igneous province; nd isotopic evidence; ma mantle plume; a-type granites; nw-china Source: Gondwana Research, 2013, 23(4): 1316–1341 Email: Xiao, WJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 89 Metallogeny of the North China Craton: Link with secular changes in the evolving Earth Zhai, MG; Santosh, M Abstract: The North China Craton (NCC) has experienced a complex geological evolution since the early Precambrian, and carries important records of secular changes in tectonics and metallogeny. Here we synthesize the salient geological and tectonic features of the evolution and destruction of the NCC vis-a-vis major metallogenic events, and the formation of potential ore deposits. We identify a close relationship between the major geological events in the NCC and those reported elsewhere on the globe. We trace the records of a regular change in the pattern of metallogeny, mineral deposit character, spatial distribution and genetic mechanisms, which closely match the timing and styles of the major geological and tectonic events in this craton. The NCC went through five major tectonic cycles: (1) Neoarchean crustal growth and stabilization, (2) Paleoproterozoic rifting- subduction-accretion-collision with imprints of the Great Oxidation Event (GOE), (3) Late Paleoproterozoic-Neoproterozoic multi-stage rifting, (4) Paleozoic orogenesis at the margins of the craton, and (5) Mesozoic extensional tectonics associated with lithospheric thinning and decratonization. Coinciding with these major geological events are five major metallogenic systems identified as follows: (I) an Archean BIF system, (2) Paleoproterozoic Cu-Pb-Zn and Mg-B systems, (3) a Mesoproterozoic REE-Fe-Pb-Zn system, (4) a Paleozoic orogenic Cu-Mo system, and (5) Mesozoic intracontinental Au and Ag-Pb-Zn and Mo systems. The ore-deposit types in each of these metallogenic systems show distinct characteristics and tectonic affinities. From Early Precambrian through Late Precambrian to Paleozoic and Mesozoic, the

62 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts NCC records a transition from primitive- to modern-style plate tectonics. Evidence for imbricated oceanic plate stratigraphy in a subduction-accretion setting, and collisional orogenesis along at least three major zones of ocean closure are documented. Major transitions in tectonic style and surface environmental changes recorded in other parts of the world are also reflected in the geological history and metallogenic events in the NCC. Large-scale gold deposits formed through intraplate tectonics during the Mesozoic provide important insights into mantle dynamics and crust-mantle interaction associated with lithospheric thinning and craton destruction. The NCC provides one of the best examples for documenting secular changes in the geological history and metallogenic epochs of an evolving Earth. Keywords: zircon u-Pb; sino-korean craton; ultrahigh-temperature metamorphism; jiaodong gold province; great oxidation event; asian orogenic belt; ore-forming fluids; inner-mongolia; tectonic evolution; columbia supercontinent Source: Gondwana Research, 2013, 24(1): 275–297 Email: Zhai, MG; [email protected]

Geriatrics Gerontology Citation frequency: 110 Frailty Consensus: A Call to Action Morley, JE; Vellas, B; van Kan, GA; et al. Abstract: Frailty is a clinical state in which there is an increase in an individual’s vulnerability for developing increased dependency and/or mortality when exposed to a stressor. Frailty can occur as the result of a range of diseases and medical conditions. A consensus group consisting of delegates from 6 major international, European, and US societies created 4 major consensus points on a specific form of frailty: physical frailty. 1. Physical frailty is an important medical syndrome. The group defined physical frailty as “a medical syndrome with multiple causes and contributors that is characterized by diminished strength, endurance, and reduced physiologic function that increases an individual’s vulnerability for developing increased dependency and/or death.” 2. Physical frailty can potentially be prevented or treated with specific modalities, such as exercise, protein-calorie supplementation, vitamin D, and reduction of polypharmacy. 3. Simple, rapid screening tests have been developed and validated, such as the simple FRAIL scale, to allow physicians to objectively recognize frail persons. 4. For the purposes of optimally managing individuals with physical frailty, all persons older than 70 years and all individuals with significant weight loss (≥5%) due《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 to chronic disease should be screened for frailty. Keywords: placebo-controlled trial; older-adults; elderly-people; nursing-home; vitamin-d; protein supplementation; clinical-practice; deficit accumulation; functional decline; screening tools Source: Journal of The American Medical Directors Association, 2013, 14(6): 392–397 Email: Morley, JE; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 44 Evidence-Based Recommendations for Optimal Dietary Protein Intake in Older People: A Position Paper From the PROT-AGE Study Group Bauer, J; Biolo, G; Cederholm, T; et al. Abstract: New evidence shows that older adults need more dietary protein than do younger adults to support good health, promote recovery from illness, and maintain functionality. Older people need to make up for age-related changes in protein metabolism, such as high splanchnic extraction and declining anabolic responses to ingested protein. They also need more protein to offset inflammatory and catabolic conditions associated with chronic and acute diseases that occur commonly with aging. With the goal of developing updated, evidence-based recommendations for optimal protein intake by older people, the European Union Geriatric Medicine Society (EUGMS), in cooperation with other scientific organizations, appointed an international study group to review dietary protein needs with aging (PROT-AGE Study Group). To help older people (>65 years) maintain and regain lean body mass and function, the PROT-AGE study group recommends average daily intake at least in the range of 1.0 to 1.2 g protein per kilogram of body weight per day. Both endurance-and resistance-type exercises are recommended at individualized levels that are safe and tolerated, and higher protein intake (ie,≥1.2 g/kg body weight/d) is advised for those who are exercising and otherwise active. Most older adults who have acute or chronic diseases need even more dietary protein (ie, 1.2-1.5 g/kg body weight/d). Older people with severe kidney disease (ie, estimated GFR <30 mL/min/1.73 m2), but who are not on dialysis, are an exception to this rule; these individuals may need to limit protein intake. Protein quality, timing of ingestion, and intake of other nutritional supplements may be relevant, but evidence is not yet sufficient to support specific recommendations. Older people are vulnerable to losses in physical function capacity, and such losses predict loss of independence, falls, and even mortality. Thus, future studies aimed at pinpointing optimal protein intake in specific populations of older people need to include measures of physical function. Keywords: randomized controlled-trial; obstructive pulmonary-disease; beta-methylbutyrate hmb; chronic kidney-disease; oral nutritional supplements; placebo-controlled trial; amino-acid-requirements; physical performance battery; lower-extremity function; critically-ill patients

63 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 Source: Journal of The American Medical Directors Association, 2013, 14(8): 542–559 Email: Bauer, J; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 44 Oxidative stress and cancer: An overview Sosa, V; Moline, T; Somoza, R; et al. Abstract: Reactive species, which mainly include reactive oxygen species (ROS), are products generated as a consequence of metabolic reactions in the mitochondria of eukaryotic cells. In normal cells, low-level concentrations of these compounds are required for signal transduction before their elimination. However, cancer cells, which exhibit an accelerated metabolism, demand high ROS concentrations to maintain their high proliferation rate. Different ways of developing ROS resistance include the execution of alternative pathways, which can avoid large amounts of ROS accumulation without compromising the energy demand required by cancer cells. Examples of these processes include the guidance of the glycolytic pathway into the pentose phosphate pathway (PPP) and/or the generation of lactate instead of employing aerobic respiration in the mitochondria. Importantly, ROS levels can be used as a thermostat to monitor the damage that cells can bear. The implications for ROS regulation are highly significant for cancer therapy because commonly used radio- and chemotherapeutic drugs influence tumor outcome through ROS modulation. Moreover, the discovery of novel biomarkers that are able to predict the clinical response to pro-oxidant therapies is a crucial challenge to overcome to allow for the personalization of cancer therapies. Keywords: epithelial-mesenchymal transition; human breast-cancer; manganese superoxide-dismutase; inducible factor 1-alpha; high aerobic glycolysis; acute myeloid-leukemia; stem-cells; dna-damage; liver-cancer; in-vitro Source: Ageing Research Reviews, 2013, 12(1): 376–390 Email: LLeonart, ME; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 43 Sarcopenia and mortality risk in frail older persons aged 80 years and older: results from ilSIRENTE study Landi, F; Cruz-Jentoft, AJ; Liperoti, R; et al. Abstract: Background and aims: sarcopenia has been indicated as a reliable marker of frailty and poor prognosis among the oldest individuals. We evaluated the impact of sarcopenia on the risk of all-cause death in a population of frail older persons living in community. Methods: we analysed data from the Aging and Longevity Study, a prospective cohort study that collected data on all subjects aged 80 years and older residing in the Sirente geographic《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 area (n =364). The present analysis was conducted among those subjects who were between 80 and 85 years of age at the time of the baseline assessment (n=197). The main outcome measure was all-cause mortality over 7-year follow-up. According to the European Working Group on Sarcopenia in Older People (EWGSOP) criteria, the diagnosis of sarcopenia required the documentation of low muscle mass and the documentation of either low muscle strength or low physical performance. Cox proportional regression models were used to estimate crude and adjusted hazard ratios and 95% confidence intervals of death by the presence of sarcopenia. Results: using the EWGSOP-suggested criteria, 43 subjects with sarcopenia (21.8%) were identified. During the 7-year follow-up, 29 (67.4%) participants died among subjects with sarcopenia compared with 63 subjects (41.2%) without sarcopenia (P<0.001). After adjusting for potential confounders including age, gender, education, activities of daily living (ADL) impairment, body mass index, hypertension, congestive heart failure, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, number of diseases, TNF-alpha, participants with sarcopenia had a higher risk of death for all causes compared with non-sarcopenic subjects (HR: 2.32, 95% CI: 1.01-5.43). Conclusions: our results obtained from a representative sample of very old and frail subjects show that sarcopenia is associated with mortality independently of age and other clinical and functional variables. Keywords: handgrip strength; muscle mass; community; care; performance; definition; prevalence; residents; diagnosis; consensus Source: Age and Ageing, 2013, 42(2): 203–209 Email: Landi, F; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 41 Searching for an Operational Definition of Frailty: A Delphi Method Based Consensus Statement. The Frailty Operative Definition-Consensus Conference Project Rodriguez-Manas, L; Feart, C; Mann, G; et al. Abstract: Background. There is no consensus regarding the definition of frailty for clinical uses. Methods. A modified Delphi process was used to attempt to achieve consensus definition. Experts were selected from different fields and organized into five Focus Groups. A questionnaire was developed and sent to experts in the area of frailty. Responses and comments were analyzed using a pre-established strategy. Statements with an agreement more than or equal to 80% were accepted. Results. Overall, 44% of the statements regarding the concept of frailty and 18% of the statements regarding diagnostic criteria were accepted. There was consensus on the value of screening for frailty and about the identification of six domains of frailty for inclusion in a clinical definition, but no agreement was reached concerning a specific set of clinical/laboratory biomarkers useful for diagnosis.

64 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Conclusions. There is agreement on the usefulness of defining frailty in clinical settings as well as on its main dimensions. However, additional research is needed before an operative definition of frailty can be established. Keywords: disability; phenotype; health; people Source: Journals of Gerontology Series A-biological Sciences and Medical Sciences, 2013, 68(1): 62–67 Email: Rodriguez-Manas, L; [email protected]

Hematology Citation frequency: 118 Investigation of the freely available easy-to-use software ‘EZR’ for medical statistics Kanda, Y Abstract: Although there are many commercially available statistical software packages, only a few implement a competing risk analysis or a proportional hazards regression model with time-dependent covariates, which are necessary in studies on hematopoietic SCT. In addition, most packages are not clinician friendly, as they require that commands be written based on statistical languages. This report describes the statistical software ‘EZR’ (Easy R), which is based on R and R commander. EZR enables the application of statistical functions that are frequently used in clinical studies, such as survival analyses, including competing risk analyses and the use of time-dependent covariates, receiver operating characteristics analyses, meta-analyses, sample size calculation and so on, by point-and-click access. EZR is freely available on our website Keywords: bone-marrow transplants; competing risk; cumulative incidence; clinician; tests; guide Source: Bone Marrow Transplantation, 2013, 48(3): 452–458 Email: Kanda, Y; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 113 European LeukemiaNet recommendations for the management of chronic myeloid leukemia: 2013 Baccarani, M; Deininger, MW; Rosti, G; et al. Abstract: Advances in chronic myeloid leukemia treatment, particularly regarding tyrosine kinase inhibitors, mandate regular updating of concepts and management. A European LeukemiaNet expert panel reviewed prior and new studies to update recommendations made in 2009. We recommend as initial treatment imatinib, nilotinib, or dasatinib. Response is assessed with standardized real quantitative polymerase chain reaction and/or《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 cytogenetics at 3, 6, and 12 months. BCR-ABL1 transcript levels≤10% at 3 months, <1% at 6 months, and≤0.1% from 12 months onward define optimal response, whereas >10% at 6 months and >1% from 12 months onward define failure, mandating a change in treatment. Similarly, partial cytogenetic response (PCyR) at 3 months and complete cytogenetic response (CCyR) from 6 months onward define optimal response, whereas no CyR (Philadelphia chromosome-positive [Ph1]>95%) at 3 months, less than PCyR at 6 months, and less than CCyR from 12 months onward define failure. Between optimal and failure, there is an intermediate warning zone requiring more frequent monitoring. Similar definitions are provided for response to second-line therapy. Specific recommendations are made for patients in the accelerated and blastic phases, and for allogeneic stem cell transplantation. Optimal responders should continue therapy indefinitely, with careful surveillance, or they can be enrolled in controlled studies of treatment discontinuation once a deeper molecular response is achieved. Keywords: tyrosine kinase inhibitors; diagnosed chronic-phase; chronic myelogenous leukemia; patients receiving imatinib; major cytogenetic response; subcutaneous omacetaxine mepesuccinate; complete molecular remission; arterial occlusive disease; bcr-abl1 transcript levels; stem-cell transplantation Source: Blood, 2013, 122(6): 872–884 Email: Baccarani, M; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 88 Guidelines for the management of hemophilia Srivastava, A; Brewer, AK; Mauser-Bunschoten, EP; et al. Abstract: Hemophilia is a rare disorder that is complex to diagnose and to manage. These evidence-based guidelines offer practical recommendations on the diagnosis and general management of hemophilia, as well as the management of complications including musculoskeletal issues, inhibitors, and transfusion-transmitted infections. By compiling these guidelines, the World Federation of Hemophilia aims to assist healthcare providers seeking to initiate and/or maintain hemophilia care programs, encourage practice harmonization around the world and, where recommendations lack adequate evidence, stimulate appropriate studies. Keywords: immune tolerance induction; total knee arthroplasty; hepatitis-b-vaccine; quality-of-life; term-follow-up; inherited bleeding disorders; center doctors organization; factor-viii concentrate; ischemic-heart-disease; von-willebrand-disease Source: Haemophilia, 2013, 19(1): E1-E47 Email: Srivastava, A; [email protected]

65 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 Citation frequency: 85 A specific antidote for dabigatran: functional and structural characterization Schiele, F; van Ryn, J; Canada, K; et al. Abstract: Dabigatran etexilate is a direct thrombin inhibitor and used widely as an anticoagulant for the prevention of stroke in patients with atrial fibrillation. However, anticoagulation therapy can be associated with an increased risk of bleeding. Here, we present data on the identification, humanization, and in vitro pharmacology of an antidote for dabigatran (aDabi-Fab). The X-ray crystal structure of dabigatran in complex with the antidote reveals many structural similarities of dabigatran recognition compared with thrombin. By a tighter network of interactions, the antidote achieves an affinity for dabigatran that is similar to 350 times stronger than its affinity for thrombin. Despite the structural similarities in the mode of dabigatran binding, the antidote does not bind known thrombin substrates and has no activity in coagulation tests or platelet aggregation. In addition we demonstrate that the antidote rapidly reversed the anticoagulant activity of dabigatran in vivo in a rat model of anticoagulation. This is the first report of a specific antidote for a next-generation anticoagulant that may become a valuable tool in patients who require emergency procedures. Keywords: direct thrombin inhibitor; anticoagulant activity; reversal; antibody; etexilate; fragments; toxicity; therapy Source: Blood, 2013, 121(18): 3554–3562 Email: Litzenburger, T; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 69 International clinical practice guidelines for the treatment and prophylaxis of venous thromboembolism in patients with cancer Farge, D; Debourdeau, P; Beckers, M; et al. Abstract: Background: Guidelines addressing the management of venous thromboembolism (VTE) in cancer patients are heterogeneous and their implementation has been suboptimal worldwide. Objectives: To establish a common international consensus addressing practical, clinically relevant questions in this setting. Methods: An international consensus working group of experts was set up to develop guidelines according to an evidence-based medicine approach, using the GRADE system. Results: For the initial treatment of established VTE: low-molecular-weight heparin (LMWH) is recommended [1B]; fondaparinux and unfractionated heparin (UFH) can be also used [2D]; thrombolysis may only be considered on a case-by-case basis [Best clinical practice (Guidance)]; vena cava filters (VCF) may be considered if contraindication to anticoagulation or pulmonary embolism recurrence under optimal anticoagulation; periodic reassessment of contraindications to anticoagulation《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 is recommended and anticoagulation should be resumed when safe; VCF are not recommended for primary VTE prophylaxis in cancer patients [Guidance]. For the early maintenance (10 days to 3 months) and long-term (beyond 3 months) treatment of established VTE, LMWH for a minimum of 3 months is preferred over vitamin K antagonists (VKA) [1A]; idraparinux is not recommended [2C]; after 36 months, LMWH or VKA continuation should be based on individual evaluation of the benefit-risk ratio, tolerability, patient preference and cancer activity [Guidance]. For the treatment of VTE recurrence in cancer patients under anticoagulation, three options can be considered: (i) switch from VKA to LMWH when treated with VKA; (ii) increase in LMWH dose when treated with LMWH, and (iii) VCF insertion [Guidance]. For the prophylaxis of postoperative VTE in surgical cancer patients, use of LMWH o.d. or low dose of UFH t.i.d. is recommended; pharmacological prophylaxis should be started 122 h preoperatively and continued for at least 710 days; there are no data allowing conclusion that one type of LMWH is superior to another [1A]; there is no evidence to support fondaparinux as an alternative to LMWH [2C]; use of the highest prophylactic dose of LMWH is recommended [1A]; extended prophylaxis (4 weeks) after major laparotomy may be indicated in cancer patients with a high risk of VTE and low risk of bleeding [2B]; the use of LMWH for VTE prevention in cancer patients undergoing laparoscopic surgery may be recommended as for laparotomy [Guidance]; mechanical methods are not recommended as monotherapy except when pharmacological methods are contraindicated [2C]. For the prophylaxis of VTE in hospitalized medical patients with cancer and reduced mobility, we recommend prophylaxis with LMWH, UFH or fondaparinux [1B]; for children and adults with acute lymphocytic leukemia treated with l-asparaginase, depending on local policy and patient characteristics, prophylaxis may be considered in some patients [Guidance]; in patients receiving chemotherapy, prophylaxis is not recommended routinely [1B]; primary pharmacological prophylaxis of VTE may be indicated in patients with locally advanced or metastatic pancreatic [1B] or lung [2B] cancer treated with chemotherapy and having a low risk of bleeding; in patients treated with thalidomide or lenalidomide combined with steroids and/or chemotherapy, VTE prophylaxis is recommended; in this setting, VKA at low or therapeutic doses, LMWH at prophylactic doses and low-dose aspirin have shown similar effects; however, the efficacy of these regimens remains unclear [2C]. Special situations include brain tumors, severe renal failure (CrCl < 30 mL min-1), thrombocytopenia and pregnancy. Guidances are provided in these contexts. Conclusions: Dissemination and implementation of good clinical practice for the management of VTE, the second cause of death in cancer patients, is a major public health priority. Keywords: molecular-weight heparin; deep-vein thrombosis; placebo-controlled trial; long-term treatment; vena-cava filters; intermittent pneumatic compression; acute lymphoblastic-leukemia; ill medical patients; double-blind trial; unfractionated heparin Source: Journal of Thrombosis and Haemostasis, 2013, 11(1): 56–70 Email: Farge, D; [email protected]

66 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

Horticulture Citation frequency: 36 Accessing complex crop genomes with next-generation sequencing Edwards, D; Batley, J; Snowdon, RJ Abstract: Many important crop species have genomes originating from ancestral or recent polyploidisation events. Multiple homoeologous gene copies, chromosomal rearrangements and amplification of repetitive DNA within large and complex crop genomes can considerably complicate genome analysis and gene discovery by conventional, forward genetics approaches. On the other hand, ongoing technological advances in molecular genetics and genomics today offer unprecedented opportunities to analyse and access even more recalcitrant genomes. In this review, we describe next-generation sequencing and data analysis techniques that vastly improve our ability to dissect and mine genomes for causal genes underlying key traits and allelic variation of interest to breeders. We focus primarily on wheat and oilseed rape, two leading examples of major polyploid crop genomes whose size or complexity present different, significant challenges. In both cases, the latest DNA sequencing technologies, applied using quite different approaches, have enabled considerable progress towards unravelling the respective genomes. Our ability to discover the extent and distribution of genetic diversity in crop gene pools, and its relationship to yield and quality-related traits, is swiftly gathering momentum as DNA sequencing and the bioinformatic tools to deal with growing quantities of genomic data continue to develop. In the coming decade, genomic and transcriptomic sequencing, discovery and high-throughput screening of single nucleotide polymorphisms, presence-absence variations and other structural chromosomal variants in diverse germplasm collections will give detailed insight into the origins, domestication and available trait-relevant variation of polyploid crops, in the process facilitating novel approaches and possibilities for genomics-assisted breeding. Keywords: nucleotide polymorphism discovery; chickpea cicer-arietinum; triticum-aestivum l.; brassica-napus; arabidopsis-thaliana; SNP discovery; bread wheat; wide association; polyploid plants; chromosome 3b Source: Theoretical and Applied Genetics, 2013, 126(1): 1–11 Email: Batley, J; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 24 Characterisation of ‘Braeburn’ browning disorder by means of X-ray micro-CT Herremans, E; Verboven, P; Bongaers, E; et al. Abstract: Unfavourable gas conditions《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 during controlled atmosphere storage may cause browning symptoms in ‘Braeburn’ apple fruit ('Braeburn' browning disorder or BBD). These symptoms are likely to reflect massive changes in the microstructure of the fruit tissue. In this study, individual cells, the internal air network and the 3-D distribution of pores inside ‘Braeburn’ apple tissue were examined using high resolution X-ray micro computed tomography. Different stages of BBD could be clearly resolved on the virtual cross-sections, granting a unique 3-D insight in tissue flooding and formation of cavities in ‘Braeburn’ tissue during the development of the disorder. Image analysis methods were applied to extract morphometric parameters such as porosity, anisotropy and connectivity to characterise microstructure. The discriminative power of these descriptors was proven by their ability to classify fruit tissue as healthy and disordered with a success rate of 97%. The observed distinct radial patterns of porosity, anisotropy and connectivity may help in explaining why 'Braeburn' is susceptible to BBD. Keywords: controlled-atmosphere storage; pyrus-communis l; conference pears; core breakdown; gas-transport; apple tissue; fruit; quantification; model; microtomography Source: Postharvest Biology and Technology, 2013, 75: 114–124 Email: Herremans, E; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 23 Next-generation phenotyping: requirements and strategies for enhancing our understanding of genotype-phenotype relationships and its relevance to crop improvement Cobb, JN; DeClerck, G; Greenberg, A; et al. Abstract: More accurate and precise phenotyping strategies are necessary to empower high-resolution linkage mapping and genome-wide association studies and for training genomic selection models in plant improvement. Within this framework, the objective of modern phenotyping is to increase the accuracy, precision and throughput of phenotypic estimation at all levels of biological organization while reducing costs and minimizing labor through automation, remote sensing, improved data integration and experimental design. Much like the efforts to optimize genotyping during the 1980s and 1990s, designing effective phenotyping initiatives today requires multi-faceted collaborations between biologists, computer scientists, statisticians and engineers. Robust phenotyping systems are needed to characterize the full suite of genetic factors that contribute to quantitative phenotypic variation across cells, organs and tissues, developmental stages, years, environments, species and research programs. Next-generation phenotyping generates significantly more data than previously and requires novel data management, access and storage systems, increased use of ontologies to facilitate data integration, and new statistical tools for enhancing experimental design and extracting biologically meaningful signal from environmental and experimental noise. To ensure

67 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 relevance, the implementation of efficient and informative phenotyping experiments also requires familiarity with diverse germplasm resources, population structures, and target populations of environments. Today, phenotyping is quickly emerging as the major operational bottleneck limiting the power of genetic analysis and genomic prediction. The challenge for the next generation of quantitative geneticists and plant breeders is not only to understand the genetic basis of complex trait variation, but also to use that knowledge to efficiently synthesize twenty-first century crop varieties. Keywords: genome-wide association; marker-assisted selection; root-system architecture; improving drought tolerance; segment substitution lines; water-use efficiency; turgor loss point; oryza-sativa l; image-analysis; grain-yield Source: Theoretical and Applied Genetics, 2013, 126(4): 867–887 Email: McCouch, S; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 20 Population structure, genetic diversity and linkage disequilibrium in elite winter wheat assessed with SNP and SSR markers Wurschum, T; Langer, SM; Longin, CFH; et al. Abstract: Modern genomics approaches rely on the availability of high-throughput and high-density genotyping platforms. A major breakthrough in wheat genotyping was the development of an SNP array. In this study, we used a diverse panel of 172 elite European winter wheat lines to evaluate the utility of the SNP array for genomic analyses in wheat germplasm derived from breeding programs. We investigated population structure and genetic relatedness and found that the results obtained with SNP and SSR markers differ. This suggests that additional research is required to determine the optimum approach for the investigation of population structure and kinship. Our analysis of linkage disequilibrium (LD) showed that LD decays within approximately 5-10 cM. Moreover, we found that LD is variable along chromosomes. Our results suggest that the number of SNPs needs to be increased further to obtain a higher coverage of the chromosomes. Taken together, SNPs can be a valuable tool for genomics approaches and for a knowledge-based improvement of wheat. Keywords: triticum-aestivum l; single nucleotide polymorphisms; genomic selection; agronomic traits; mays l; cultivars; maps; chromosomes; evolution; patterns Source: Theoretical and Applied Genetics, 2013, 126(6): 1477–1486 Email: Wurschum, T; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 20 Large-scale parentage《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 analysis in an extended set of grapevine cultivars (Vitis vinifera L.) Lacombe, T; Boursiquot, JM; Laucou, V; et al. Abstract: Inheritance of nuclear microsatellite markers (nSSR) has been proved to be a powerful tool to verify or uncover the parentage of grapevine cultivars. The aim of the present study was to undertake an extended parentage analysis using a large sample of Vitis vinifera cultivars held in the INRA “Domaine de Vassal” Grape Germplasm Repository (France). A dataset of 2344 unique genotypes (i.e. cultivars without synonyms, clones or mutants) identified using 20 nSSR was analysed with FAMOZ software. Parentages showing a logarithm of odds score higher than 18 were validated in relation to the historical data available. The analysis first revealed the full parentage of 828 cultivars resulting in: (1) 315 original full parentages uncovered for traditional cultivars, (2) 100 full parentages confirming results established with molecular markers in prior papers and 32 full parentages that invalidated prior results, (3) 255 full parentages confirming pedigrees as disclosed by the breeders and (4) 126 full parentages that invalidated breeders' data. Second, incomplete parentages were determined in 1087 cultivars due to the absence of complementary parents in our cultivar sample. Last, a group of 276 genotypes showed no direct relationship with any other cultivar in the collection. Compiling these results from the largest set of parentage data published so far both enlarges and clarifies our knowledge of the genetic constitution of cultivated V. vinifera germplasm. It also allows the identification of the main genitors involved in varietal assortment evolution and grapevine breeding. Keywords: genetic diversity; pedigree reconstruction; microsatellite analysis; chloroplast DNA; wine grapes; varieties; markers; origin; relatedness; populations Source: Theoretical and Applied Genetics, 2013, 126(2): 401–414 Email: Lacombe, T; [email protected]

Imaging Science Photographic Technology Citation frequency: 74 Satellite-derived land surface temperature: Current status and perspectives Li, ZL; Tang, BH; Wu, H; et al. Abstract: Land surface temperature (LST) is one of the key parameters in the physics of land surface processes from local through global scales. The importance of LST is being increasingly recognized and there is a strong interest in developing methodologies to measure LST from space. However, retrieving LST is still a challenging task since the LST retrieval problem is ill-posed. This paper reviews the current status of selected remote sensing algorithms for estimating LST from thermal infrared (TIR) data. A brief theoretical background of the subject is presented along with a survey of the algorithms employed for obtaining LST from space-based TIR measurements. The

68 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts discussion focuses on TIR data acquired from polar-orbiting satellites because of their widespread use, global applicability and higher spatial resolution compared to geostationary satellites. The theoretical framework and methodologies used to derive the LST from the data are reviewed followed by the methodologies for validating satellite-derived LST. Directions for future research to improve the accuracy of satellite-derived LST are then suggested. Keywords: thermal-infrared data; split-window algorithm; track scanning radiometer; high-resolution radiometer; neural-network technique; remote-sensing data; emissivity separation algorithm; 2-step physical algorithm; passive microwave data; in-flight validation Source: Remote Sensing of Environment, 2013, 131: 14–37 Email: Li, ZL; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 55 Finer resolution observation and monitoring of global land cover: first mapping results with Landsat TM and ETM+ data Gong, P; Wang, J; Yu, L; et al. Abstract: We have produced the first 30 m resolution global land-cover maps using Landsat Thematic Mapper (TM) and Enhanced Thematic Mapper Plus (ETM+) data. We have classified over 6600 scenes of Landsat TM data after 2006, and over 2300 scenes of Landsat TM and ETM+ data before 2006, all selected from the green season. These images cover most of the world's land surface except Antarctica and Greenland. Most of these images came from the United States Geological Survey in level L1T (orthorectified). Four classifiers that were freely available were employed, including the conventional maximum likelihood classifier (MLC), J4.8 decision tree classifier, Random Forest (RF) classifier and support vector machine (SVM) classifier. A total of 91433 training samples were collected by traversing each scene and finding the most representative and homogeneous samples. A total of 38664 test samples were collected at preset, fixed locations based on a globally systematic unaligned sampling strategy. Two software tools, Global Analyst and Global Mapper developed by extending the functionality of Google Earth, were used in developing the training and test sample databases by referencing the Moderate Resolution Imaging Spectroradiometer enhanced vegetation index (MODIS EVI) time series for 2010 and high resolution images from Google Earth. A unique land-cover classification system was developed that can be crosswalked to the existing United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) land-cover classification system as well as the International Geosphere-Biosphere Programme (IGBP) system. Using the four classification algorithms, we obtained the initial set of global land-cover maps. The SVM produced the highest overall classification accuracy (OCA) of 64.9% assessed with our test samples, with RF (59.8%), J4.8 (57.9%), and MLC (53.9%) ranked from the second to the fourth. 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅We also estimated the OCAs using a subset of our test samples (8629) each of which represented a homogeneous area greater than 500 mx500 m. Using this subset, we found the OCA for the SVM to be 71.5%. As a consistent source for estimating the coverage of global land-cover types in the world, estimation from the test samples shows that only 6.90% of the world is planted for agricultural production. The total area of cropland is 11.51% if unplanted croplands are included. The forests, grasslands, and shrublands cover 28.35%, 13.37%, and 11.49% of the world, respectively. The impervious surface covers only 0.66% of the world. Inland waterbodies, barren lands, and snow and ice cover 3.56%, 16.51%, and 12.81% of the world, respectively. Keywords: earth observation data; remotely-sensed data; satellite data; research priorities; accuracy assessment; use classification; brazilian amazon; aerial imagery; large areas; vegetation Source: International Journal of Remote Sensing, 2013, 34(7): 2607–2654 Email: Gong, P; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 45 Land surface emissivity retrieval from satellite data Li, ZL; Wu, H; Wang, N; et al. Abstract: As an intrinsic property of natural materials, land surface emissivity (LSE) is an important surface parameter and can be derived from the emitted radiance measured from space. Besides radiometric calibration and cloud detection, two main problems need to be resolved to obtain LSE values from space measurements. These problems are often referred to as land surface temperature (LST) and emissivity separation from radiance at ground level and as atmospheric corrections in the literature. To date, many LSE retrieval methods have been proposed with the same goal but different application conditions, advantages, and limitations. The aim of this article is to review these LSE retrieval methods and to provide technical assistance for estimating LSE from space. This article first gives a description of the theoretical basis of LSE measurements and then reviews the published methods. For clarity, we categorize these methods into (1) (semi-)empirical or theoretical methods, (2) multi-channel temperature emissivity separation (TES) methods, and (3) physically based methods (PBMs). This article also discusses the validation methods, which are of importance in verifying the uncertainty and accuracy of retrieved emissivity. Finally, the prospects for further developments are given. Keywords: thermal infrared data; airborne imaging spectrometer; reflection radiometer aster; 2-step physical algorithm; m atmospheric window; remote-sensing data; mu-m; directional emissivity; bidirectional reflectance; split-window Source: International Journal of Remote Sensing, 2013, 34(9-10): 3084–3127 Email: Li, ZL; [email protected]

69 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 Citation frequency: 41 Making better use of accuracy data in land change studies: Estimating accuracy and area and quantifying uncertainty using stratified estimation Olofsson, P; Foody, GM; Stehman, SV; et al. Abstract: The area of land use or land cover change obtained directly from a map may differ greatly from the true area of change because of map classification error. An error-adjusted estimator of area can be easily produced once an accuracy assessment has been performed and an error matrix constructed. The estimator presented is a stratified estimator which is applicable to data acquired using popular sampling designs such as stratified random, simple random and systematic (the stratified estimator is often labeled a poststratified estimator for the latter two designs). A confidence interval for the area of land change should also be provided to quantify the uncertainty of the change area estimate. The uncertainty of the change area estimate, as expressed via the confidence interval, can then subsequently be incorporated into an uncertainty analysis for applications using land change area as an input (e.g., a carbon flux model). Accuracy assessments published for land change studies should report the information required to produce the stratified estimator of change area and to construct confidence intervals. However, an evaluation of land change articles published between 2005 and 2010 in two remote sensing journals revealed that accuracy assessments often fail to include this key information. We recommend that land change maps should be accompanied by an accuracy assessment that includes a clear description of the sampling design (including sample size and, if relevant, details of stratification), an error matrix, the area or proportion of area of each category according to the map, and descriptive accuracy measures such as user’s, producer’s and overall accuracy. Furthermore, mapped areas should be adjusted to eliminate bias attributable to map classification error and these error-adjusted area estimates should be accompanied by confidence intervals to quantify the sampling variability of the estimated area. Using data from the published literature, we illustrate how to produce error-adjusted point estimates and confidence intervals of land change areas. A simple analysis of uncertainty based on the confidence bounds for land change area is applied to a carbon flux model to illustrate numerically that variability in the land change area estimate can have a dramatic effect on model outputs. Keywords: remotely-sensed data; thematic map accuracy; cover change; classification accuracy; satellite data; tropical deforestation; urban-growth; biodiversity; allocation; inference Source: Remote Sensing of Environment, 2013, 129: 122–131 Email: Olofsson, P; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 34 A meta-analysis《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 of terrestrial aboveground biomass estimation using lidar remote sensing Zolkos, SG; Goetz, SJ; Dubayah, R Abstract: Estimating biomass of terrestrial vegetation is not only a rapidly expanding research area, but also a subject of tremendous interest for reducing carbon emissions associated with deforestation and forest degradation (REDD). The accuracy of biomass estimates, and rate of biomass change, is not only important in the context of carbon markets emerging under REDD, but also for characterizing uncertainty in estimates of carbon cycling and the global carbon budget. There is particular interest in mapping biomass so that carbon stocks and stock changes can be monitored consistently across a range of scales - from relatively small projects (tens of hectares) to national or continental scales - but also so that other benefits of forest conservation can be factored into decision making (e.g. biodiversity and habitat corridors). We conducted an analysis of reported biomass accuracy estimates from more than 70 refereed articles using different remote sensing platforms (airborne and spaceborne) and sensor types (optical, radar, and lidar), with a particular focus on lidar since those papers reported the lowest errors when used in a synergistic manner with other coincident multi-sensor measurements. We show systematic differences in accuracy between different types of Iidar systems flown on different platforms but, perhaps more importantly, differences between forest types (biomes) and plot sizes used for field calibration and assessment. We discuss these findings in relation to monitoring, reporting and verification under REDD, and also in the context of more systematic assessment of factors that influence accuracy and error estimation. Keywords: discrete-return lidar; forest biomass; temperate forest; airborne lidar; pine forest; carbon; radar; synergy; inventory; emissions Source: Remote Sensing of Environment, 2013, 128: 289–298 Email: Zolkos, SG; [email protected]

Immunology Citation frequency: 267 Innate lymphoid cells - a proposal for uniform nomenclature Spits, H; Artis, D; Colonna, M; et al. Abstract: Innate lymphoid cells (ILCs) are a family of developmentally related cells that are involved in immunity and in tissue development and remodelling. Recent research has identified several distinct members of this family. Confusingly, many different names have been used to characterize these newly identified ILC subsets. Here, we propose that ILCs should be categorized into three groups based on the cytokines that they can produce and the transcription factors that regulate their development and function. Keywords: natural-killer-cells; transcription factor gata3; tissue-inducer cells; ror-gamma-t; type-2 immunity; in-vivo; inflammation; lung;

70 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts lineage; precursors Source: Nature Reviews Immunology, 2013, 13(2): 145–149 Email: Spits, H; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 280 Fate Mapping Reveals Origins and Dynamics of Monocytes and Tissue Macrophages under Homeostasis Yona, S; Kim, KW; Wolf, Y; et al. Abstract: Mononuclear phagocytes, including monocytes, macrophages, and dendritic cells, contribute to tissue integrity as well as to innate and adaptive immune defense. Emerging evidence for labor division indicates that manipulation of these cells could bear therapeutic potential. However, specific ontogenies of individual populations and the overall functional organization of this cellular network are not well defined. Here we report a fate-mapping study of the murine monocyte and macrophage compartment taking advantage of constitutive and conditional CX(3)CR1 promoter-driven Cre recombinase expression. We have demonstrated that major tissue-resident macrophage populations, including liver Kupffer cells and lung alveolar, splenic, and peritoneal macrophages, are established prior to birth and maintain themselves subsequently during adulthood independent of replenishment by blood monocytes. Furthermore, we have established that short-lived Ly6C(+) monocytes constitute obligatory steady-state precursors of blood-resident Ly6C(-) cells and that the abundance of Ly6C(+) blood monocytes dynamically controls the circulation lifespan of their progeny. Keywords: dendritic cell-development; mononuclear phagocyte system; mouse bone-marrow; in-vivo; blood monocytes; alveolar macrophages; fluorescent protein; microglia derive; growth-factor; steady-state Source: Immunity, 2013, 38(1): 79–91 Email: Jung, S; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 161 Neutrophil recruitment and function in health and inflammation Kolaczkowska, E; Kubes, P Abstract: Neutrophils have traditionally been thought of as simple foot soldiers of the innate immune system with a restricted set of pro-inflammatory functions. More recently, it has become apparent that neutrophils are, in fact, complex cells capable of a vast array of specialized functions. Although neutrophils are undoubtedly major effectors of acute inflammation, several lines of evidence indicate that they also contribute to chronic inflammatory conditions and adaptive immune responses. Here, we discuss the key features of the life of a neutrophil, from its release from《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 bone marrow to its death. We discuss the possible existence of different neutrophil subsets and their putative anti-inflammatory roles. We focus on how neutrophils are recruited to infected or injured tissues and describe differences in neutrophil recruitment between different tissues. Finally, we explain the mechanisms that are used by neutrophils to promote protective or pathological immune responses at different sites. Keywords: acute lung injury; extracellular trap formation; vascular endothelial-cells; colony-stimulating factor; selectin-deficient mice; in-vivo; leukocyte recruitment; p-selectin; transendothelial migration; immune-system Source: Nature Reviews Immunology, 2013, 13(3): 159–175 Email: Kubes, P; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 151 Tissue-Resident Macrophages Self-Maintain Locally throughout Adult Life with Minimal Contribution from Circulating Monocytes Hashimoto, D; Chow, A; Noizat, C; et al. Abstract: Despite accumulating evidence suggesting local self-maintenance of tissue macrophages in the steady state, the dogma remains that tissue macrophages derive from monocytes. Using parabiosis and fate-mapping approaches, we confirmed that monocytes do not show significant contribution to tissue macrophages in the steady state. Similarly, we found that after depletion of lung macrophages, the majority of repopulation occurred by stochastic cellular proliferation in situ in a macrophage colony-stimulating factor (M-Csf)- and granulocyte macrophage (GM)-CSF-dependent manner but independently of interleukin-4. We also found that after bone marrow transplantation, host macrophages retained the capacity to expand when the development of donor macrophages was compromised. Expansion of host macrophages was functional and prevented the development of alveolar proteinosis in mice transplanted with GM-Csf-receptor-deficient progenitors. Collectively, these results indicate that tissue-resident macrophages and circulating monocytes should be classified as mononuclear phagocyte lineages that are independently maintained in the steady state. Keywords: pulmonary alveolar proteinosis; colony-stimulating factor; hematopoietic stem-cells; GM-CSF autoantibodies; chemokine receptor 2; dendritic cells; bone-marrow; mice; origin; differentiation Source: Immunity, 2013, 38(4): 792–804 Email: Merad, M; [email protected]

71 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 Citation frequency: 149 Activation and regulation of the inflammasomes Latz, E; Xiao, TS; Stutz, A Abstract: Inflammasomes are key signalling platforms that detect pathogenic microorganisms and sterile stressors, and that activate the highly pro-inflammatory cytokines interleukin-1 beta (IL-1 beta) and IL-18. In this Review, we discuss the complex regulatory mechanisms that facilitate a balanced but effective inflammasome-mediated immune response, and we highlight the similarities to another molecular signalling platform - the apoptosome - that monitors cellular health. Extracellular regulatory mechanisms are discussed, as well as the intracellular control of inflammasome assembly, for example, via ion fluxes, free radicals and autophagy. Keywords: nf-kappa-b; chronic granulomatous-disease; innate immune-responses; nod-like receptor; nlrp3 inflammasome; nalp3 inflammasome; caspase-1 activation; il-1-beta production; cytochrome-c; host-defense Source: Nature Reviews Immunology, 2013, 13(6): 397–411 Email: Latz, E; [email protected]

Infectious Diseases Citation frequency: 133 Antimicrobial-Resistant Pathogens Associated with Healthcare-Associated Infections: Summary of Data Reported to the National Healthcare Safety Network at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2009-2010 Sievert, DM; Ricks, P; Edwards, JR; et al. Abstract: OBJECTIVE. To describe antimicrobial resistance patterns for healthcare-associated infections (HAIs) reported to the National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) during 2009-2010. METHODS. Central line-associated bloodstream infections, catheter-associated urinary tract infections, ventilator-associated pneumonia, and surgical site infections were included. Pooled mean proportions of isolates interpreted as resistant (or, in some cases, nonsusceptible) to selected antimicrobial agents were calculated by type of HAI and compared to historical data. RESULTS. Overall, 2039 hospitals reported 1 or more HAIs; 1749 (86%) were general acute care hospitals, and 1143 (56%) had fewer than 200 beds. There were 69475 HAIs and 81139 pathogens reported. Eight pathogen groups accounted for about 80% of reported pathogens: Staphylococcus aureus (16%), Enterococcus spp. (14%), Escherichia coli (12%), coagulase-negative staphylococci (11%), Candida spp. (9%), Klebsiella pneumoniae (and Klebsiella oxytoca; 8%), Pseudomonas aeruginosa (8%), and Enterobacter spp. (5%). The percentage of resistance was similar to that reported《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 in the previous 2-year period, with a slight decrease in the percentage of S. aureus resistant to oxacillins (MRSA). Nearly 20% of pathogens reported from all HAIs were the following multidrug-resistant phenotypes: MRSA (8.5%); vancomycin-resistant Enterococcus (3%); extended-spectrum cephalosporin-resistant K. pneumoniae and K. oxytoca (2%), E. coli (2%), and Enterobacter spp. (2%); and carbapenem-resistant P. aeruginosa (2%), K. pneumoniae/oxytoca (<1%), E. coli (<1%), and Enterobacter spp. (<1%). Among facilities reporting HAIs with 1 of the above gram-negative bacteria, 20%-40% reported at least 1 with the resistant phenotype. CONCLUSION. While the proportion of resistant isolates did not substantially change from that in the previous 2 years, multidrug-resistant gram-negative phenotypes were reported from a moderate proportion of facilities. Keywords: blood Source: Infection Control and Hospital Epidemiology, 2013, 34(1): 1–14 Email: Fridkin, S; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 120 Middle East respiratory syndrome coronavirus neutralising serum antibodies in dromedary camels: a comparative serological study Reusken, CBEM; Haagmans, BL; Muller, MA; et al. Abstract: Background A new betacoronavirus Middle East respiratory syndrome coronavirus (MERS-CoV) has been identified in patients with severe acute respiratory infection. Although related viruses infect bats, molecular clock analyses have been unable to identify direct ancestors of MERS-CoV. Anecdotal exposure histories suggest that patients had been in contact with dromedary camels or goats. We investigated possible animal reservoirs of MERSCoV by assessing specific serum antibodies in livestock. Methods We took sera from animals in the Middle East (Oman) and from elsewhere (Spain, Netherlands, Chile). Cattle (n=80), sheep (n =40), goats (n =40), dromedary camels (n =155), and various other camelid species (n =34) were tested for specific serum IgG by protein microarray using the receptor-binding Si subunits of spike proteins of MERS-CoV, severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus, and human coronavirus 0C43. Results were confirmed by virus neutralisation tests for MERS-CoV and bovine coronavirus. Findings 50 of 50 (100%) sera from Omani camels and 15 of 105 (14%) from Spanish camels had protein-specific antibodies against MERS-CoV spike. Sera from European sheep, goats, cattle, and other camelids had no such antibodies. MERS-CoV neutralising antibody titres varied between 1/320 and 1/2560 for the Omani camel sera and between 1/20 and 1/320 for the Spanish camel sera. There was no evidence for cross-neutralisation by bovine coronavirus antibodies. Interpretation MERS-CoV or a related virus has infected camel populations. Both titres and seroprevalences in sera from different locations

72 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts in Oman suggest widespread infection. Keywords: bovine coronavirus; bat coronavirus; infection; virus; microarray; sequence; protein; risk; OC43; EMC Source: Lancet Infectious Diseases, 2013, 13(10): 859–866 Email: Reusken, CBEM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 111 Immunosuppression in sepsis: a novel understanding of the disorder and a new therapeutic approach Hotchkiss, RS; Monneret, G; Payen, D Abstract: Failures of highly touted trials have caused experts to call for re-evaluation of the current approach toward sepsis. New research has revealed key pathogenic mechanisms; autopsy results have shown that most patients admitted to intensive care units for treatment of sepsis had unresolved septic foci at post mortem, suggesting that patients were unable to eradicate invading pathogens and were more susceptible to nosocomial organisms, or both. These results suggest that therapies that improve host immunity might increase survival. Additional work showed that cytokine production by splenocytes taken post mortem from patients who died of sepsis is profoundly suppressed, possibly because of so-called T-cell exhaustion a newly recognised immunosuppressive mechanism that occurs with chronic antigenic stimulation. Results from two clinical trials of biomarker-guided therapeutic drugs that boosted immunity showed promising findings in sepsis. Collectively, these studies emphasise the degree of immunosuppression that occurs in sepsis, and explain why many previous sepsis trials which were directed at blocking inflammatory mediators or pathogen recognition signalling pathways failed. Finally, highly encouraging results from use of the new immunomodulatory molecules interleukin 7 and anti-programmed cell death 1 in infectious disease point the way for possible use in sepsis. We hypothesise that immunoadjuvant therapy represents the next major advance in sepsis. Keywords: community-acquired pneumonia; randomized controlled-trial; intensive-care patients; multiple organ failure; improves survival; interferon-gamma; septic shock; immune dysfunctions; cytokine production; pd-1 expression Source: Lancet Infectious Diseases, 2013, 13(3): 260–268 Email: Hotchkiss, RS; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 106 10 x '20 Progress-Development of New Drugs Active Against Gram-Negative Bacilli: An Update From the Infectious Diseases Society of America Boucher, HW; Talbot, GH; Benjamin, DK; et al. Abstract: Infections caused by 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅antibiotic-resistant bacteria, especially the “ESKAPE” pathogens, continue to increase in frequency and cause significant morbidity and mortality. New antimicrobial agents are greatly needed to treat infections caused by gram-negative bacilli (GNB) resistant to currently available agents. The Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA) continues to propose legislative, regulatory, and funding solutions to this continuing crisis. The current report updates the status of development and approval of systemic antibiotics in the United States as of early 2013. Only 2 new antibiotics have been approved since IDSA's 2009 pipeline status report, and the number of new antibiotics annually approved for marketing in the United States continues to decline. We identified 7 drugs in clinical development for treatment of infections caused by resistant GNB. None of these agents was included in our 2009 list of antibacterial compounds in phase 2 or later development, but unfortunately none addresses the entire spectrum of clinically relevant GNB resistance. Our survey demonstrates some progress in development of new antibacterial drugs that target infections caused by resistant GNB, but progress remains alarmingly elusive. IDSA stresses our conviction that the antibiotic pipeline problem can be solved by the collaboration of global leaders to develop creative incentives that will stimulate new antibacterial research and development. Our aim is the creation of a sustainable global antibacterial drug research and development enterprise with the power in the short term to develop 10 new, safe, and efficacious systemically administered antibiotics by 2020 as called for in IDSA’s “10 ×’20 Initiative.” Keywords: in-vitro activity; siderophore monosulfactam bal30072; acquired bacterial pneumonia; health-care epidemiology; pseudomonas-aeruginosa; clinical-trials; antimicrobial stewardship; acinetobacter-baumannii; antibacterial agents; beta-lactamases Source: Clinical Infectious Diseases, 2013, 56(12): 1685–1694 Email: Guidos, RJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 106 Genetic analysis of novel avian A(H7N9) influenza viruses isolated from patients in China, February to April 2013 Kageyama, T; Fujisaki, S; Takashita, E; et al. Abstract: Novel influenza viruses of the H7N9 subtype have infected 33 and killed nine people in China as of 10 April 2013. Their haemagglutinin (HA) and neuraminidase genes probably originated from Eurasian avian influenza viruses; the remaining genes are closely related to avian H9N2 influenza viruses. Several characteristic amino acid changes in HA and the PB2 RNA polymerase subunit probably facilitate binding to human-type receptors and efficient replication in mammals, respectively, highlighting the pandemic potential of the novel viruses. Humans are rarely infected with avian influenza viruses, with the exception of highly pathogenic avian influenza A(H5N1) viruses, which

73 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 have caused 634 infections and 371 deaths as of 12 March 2013 [ 1]. A few isolated cases of human infection with viruses of the H7N2, H7N3, and H7N5 subtypes have been reported, but none were fatal [2-11]. In 2003, in the Netherlands, 89 people were infected with an influenza virus of the H7N7 subtype that caused conjunctivitis and one fatality [5,7]. On 19 February 2013, an 87 year-old man in Shanghai developed a respiratory infection and died on 4 March, and on 27 February 2013, a 27 year-old pork seller in a Shanghai market became ill and died on 10 March. A 35 year-old woman in Chuzhou City in Anhui province (west of Shanghai), who had contact with poultry, became ill on 15 March 2013, and remains hospitalised in critical condition. There is no known epidemiological relationship among these three cases. A 38 yearold man in Hangzhou (Zhejiang province, south of Shanghai) became ill on 7 March 2013 and died on 27 March. All four cases presented with respiratory infections that progressed to severe pneumonia and breathing difficulties. On 31 March 2013, the Chinese Centre for Disease Control and Prevention announced the isolation in embryonated eggs of avian influenza viruses of the H7N9 subtype (designated A/Shanghai/1/2013, A/Shanghai/2/2013, and A/Anhui/1/2013) from the first three cases. The sequences of the coding regions of all eight viral genes were deposited in the influenza sequence database of the Global Initiative on Sharing All Influenza Data (GISAID) on 31 March (Table 1). On 5 April 2013, the Hangzhou Center for Disease Control and Prevention deposited the haemagglutinin (HA), neuraminidase (NA), and matrix (M) gene sequences of A/Hongzhou/1/2013 virus (Table 1), which was isolated in cell culture from samples obtained from the 38 yearold man. All four human influenza A(H7N9) viruses are similar at the nucleotide and amino acid levels, suggesting a common ancestor. The HA gene of the novel viruses belongs to the Eurasian lineage of avian influenza viruses and shares ca. 95% identity with the HA genes of low pathogenic avian influenza A(H7N3) viruses isolated in 2011 in Zhejiang province (south of Shanghai) (Figure 1, Table 2). The NA gene of the novel viruses is ca. 96% identical to the low pathogenic avian influenza A(H11N9) viruses isolated in 2010 in the Czech Republic (Figure 1, Table 2). Keywords: molecular-basis; british-columbia; H5N1 viruses; a virus; virulence; protein; pathogenicity; mice; conjunctivitis; glycosylation Source: Eurosurveillance, 2013, 18(15): 7–21 Email: Kageyama, T; [email protected]

Information Science Library Science Citation frequency: 33 Methods and dimensions of electronic health record data quality assessment: enabling reuse for clinical research 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Weiskopf, NG; Weng, CH Abstract: Objective: To review the methods and dimensions of data quality assessment in the context of electronic health record (EHR) data reuse for research. Materials and methods: A review of the clinical research literature discussing data quality assessment methodology for EHR data was performed. Using an iterative process, the aspects of data quality being measured were abstracted and categorized, as well as the methods of assessment used. Results: Five dimensions of data quality were identified, which are completeness, correctness, concordance, plausibility, and currency, and seven broad categories of data quality assessment methods: comparison with gold standards, data element agreement, data source agreement, distribution comparison, validity checks, log review, and element presence. Discussion: Examination of the methods by which clinical researchers have investigated the quality and suitability of EHR data for research shows that there are fundamental features of data quality, which may be difficult to measure, as well as proxy dimensions. Researchers interested in the reuse of EHR data for clinical research are recommended to consider the adoption of a consistent taxonomy of EHR data quality, to remain aware of the task-dependence of data quality, to integrate work on data quality assessment from other fields, and to adopt systematic, empirically driven, statistically based methods of data quality assessment. Conclusion: There is currently little consistency or potential generalizability in the methods used to assess EHR data quality. If the reuse of EHR data for clinical research is to become accepted, researchers should adopt validated, systematic methods of EHR data quality assessment. Keywords: manchester orthopedic database; computerized medical-records; ischemic-heart-disease; general-practice data; end-digit preference; primary-care data; patient records; improvement network; administrative data; united-kingdom Source: Journal of The American Medical Informatics Association, 2013, 20(1): 144–151 Email: Weiskopf, NG; [email protected]

74 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts pravastatin, whose interaction was reported to cause hyperglycemia after the time period of the online logs used in the analysis. We also examine sets of drug pairs known to be associated with hyperglycemia and those not associated with hyperglycemia. We find that anonymized signals on drug interactions can be mined from search logs. Compared to analyses of other sources such as electronic health records (EHR), logs are inexpensive to collect and mine. The results demonstrate that logs of the search activities of populations of computer users can contribute to drug safety surveillance. Keywords: adverse events; drug Source: Journal of The American Medical Informatics Association, 2013, 20(3): 404–408 Email: White, RW; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 31 Next-generation phenotyping of electronic health records Hripcsak, G; Albers, DJ Abstract: The national adoption of electronic health records (EHR) promises to make an unprecedented amount of data available for clinical research, but the data are complex, inaccurate, and frequently missing, and the record reflects complex processes aside from the patient's physiological state. We believe that the path forward requires studying the EHR as an object of interest in itself, and that new models, learning from data, and collaboration will lead to efficient use of the valuable information currently locked in health records. Keywords: community-acquired pneumonia; medical-records; time-series; risk; classification; identification; information; databases; network; systems Source: Journal of The American Medical Informatics Association, 2013, 20(1): 117–121 Email: Hripcsak, G; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 24 Reduction in medication errors in hospitals due to adoption of computerized provider order entry systems Radley, DC; Wasserman, MR; Olsho, LEW; et al. Abstract: Objective: Medication errors in hospitals are common, expensive, and sometimes harmful to patients. This study’s objective was to derive a nationally representative estimate of medication error reduction in hospitals attributable to electronic prescribing through computerized provider order entry (CPOE) systems. Materials and methods: We conducted a systematic literature review and applied random-effects meta-analytic techniques to derive a summary estimate of the effect of《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 CPOE on medication errors. This pooled estimate was combined with data from the 2006 American Society of Health-System Pharmacists Annual Survey, the 2007 American Hospital Association Annual Survey, and the latter’s 2008 Electronic Health Record Adoption Database supplement to estimate the percentage and absolute reduction in medication errors attributable to CPOE. Results Processing a prescription drug order through a CPOE system decreases the likelihood of error on that order by 48% (95% CI 41% to 55%). Given this effect size, and the degree of CPOE adoption and use in hospitals in 2008, we estimate a 12.5% reduction in medication errors, or similar to 17.4 million medication errors averted in the USA in 1 year. Discussion: Our findings suggest that CPOE can substantially reduce the frequency of medication errors in inpatient acute-care settings; however, it is unclear whether this translates into reduced harm for patients. Conclusions: Despite CPOE systems’ effectiveness at preventing medication errors, adoption and use in US hospitals remain modest. Current policies to increase CPOE adoption and use will likely prevent millions of additional medication errors each year. Further research is needed to better characterize links to patient harm. Keywords: adverse drug events; prevention; consequences; safety; impact Source: Journal of The American Medical Informatics Association, 2013, 20(3): 470–476 Email: Olsho, LEW; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 23 Enhancing patient safety and quality of care by improving the usability of electronic health record systems: recommendations from AMIA Middleton, B; Bloomrosen, M; Dente, MA; et al. Abstract: In response to mounting evidence that use of electronic medical record systems may cause unintended consequences, and even patient harm, the AMIA Board of Directors convened a Task Force on Usability to examine evidence from the literature and make recommendations. This task force was composed of representatives from both academic settings and vendors of electronic health record (EHR) systems. After a careful review of the literature and of vendor experiences with EHR design and implementation, the task force developed 10 recommendations in four areas: (1) human factors health information technology (IT) research, (2) health IT policy, (3) industry recommendations, and (4) recommendations for the clinician end-user of EHR software. These AMIA recommendations are intended to stimulate informed debate, provide a plan to increase understanding of the impact of usability on the effective use of health IT, and lead to safer and higher quality care with the adoption of useful and usable EHR systems.

75 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 Keywords: physician order entry; clinical information-systems; unintended consequences; ambulatory-care; technology; alerts; impact; performance; design; errors Source: Journal of The American Medical Informatics Association, 2013, 20(E1): E2-E8 Email: Middleton, B; [email protected]

Instruments Instrumentation Citation frequency: 120 Real-Time Implementation of Fault-Tolerant Control Systems With Performance Optimization Yin, S; Luo, H; Ding, SX Abstract: In this paper, two online schemes for an integrated design of fault-tolerant control (FTC) systems with application to Tennessee Eastman (TE) benchmark are proposed. Based on the data-driven design of the proposed fault-tolerant architecture whose core is an observer/residual generator based realization of the Youla parameterization of all stabilization controllers, FTC is achieved by an adaptive residual generator for the online identification of the fault diagnosis relevant vectors, and an iterative optimization method for system performance enhancement. The performance and effectiveness of the proposed schemes are demonstrated through the TE benchmark model. Keywords: diagnosis; drives; identification; strategies; design Source: Ieee Transactions on Industrial Electronics, 2014, 61(5): 2402–2411 Email: Yin, S; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 109 The LHCb trigger and its performance in 2011 Aaij, R; Albrecht, J; Alessio, F; et al. Abstract: This paper presents the design of the LHCb trigger and its performance on data taken at the LHC in 2011. A principal goal of LHCb is to perform flavour physics measurements, and the trigger is designed to distinguish charm and beauty decays from the light quark background. Using a combination of lepton identification and measurements of the particles' transverse momenta the trigger selects particles originating from charm and beauty hadrons, which typically fly a finite distance before decaying. The trigger reduces the roughly 11 MHz of bunch-bunch crossings that contain at least one inelastic pp interaction to 3 kHz. This reduction takes place in two stages; the first stage is implemented in hardware and the second stage is a software application that runs on a large computer farm. A data-driven method is used to evaluate the performance《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 of the trigger on several charm and beauty decay modes. Source: Journal of Instrumentation, 2013, 8: P04022 Email: Dijkstra, H; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 94 Adaptive Sliding-Mode Control for Nonlinear Active Suspension Vehicle Systems Using T-S Fuzzy Approach Li, HY; Yu, JY; Hilton, C; et al. Abstract: This paper deals with the adaptive sliding-mode control problem for nonlinear active suspension systems via the Takagi-Sugeno (T-S) fuzzy approach. The varying sprung and unsprung masses, the unknown actuator nonlinearity, and the suspension performances are taken into account simultaneously, and the corresponding mathematical model is established. The T-S fuzzy system is used to describe the original nonlinear system for the control-design aim via the sector nonlinearity approach. A sufficient condition is proposed for the asymptotical stability of the designing sliding motion. An adaptive sliding-mode controller is designed to guarantee the reachability of the specified switching surface. The condition can be converted to the convex optimization problems. Simulation results for a half-vehicle active suspension model are provided to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed control schemes. Keywords: h-infinity control; time-delay; car model; feedback; design Source: Ieee Transactions on Industrial Electronics, 2013, 60(8): 3328–3338 Email: Li, HY; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 71 Distributed H-infinity Filtering for a Class of Markovian Jump Nonlinear Time-Delay Systems Over Lossy Sensor Networks Dong, HL; Wang, ZD; Gao, HJ Abstract: This paper is concerned with the distributed H-infinity filtering problem for a class of discrete-time Markovian jump nonlinear time-delay systems with deficient statistics of mode transitions. The system measurements are collected through a lossy sensor network subject to randomly occurring quantization errors and randomly occurring packet dropouts. The description of deficient statistics of mode transitions that account for known, unknown, and uncertain transition probabilities is comprehensive. A distributed filter design scheme is outlined by explicitly characterizing the filter gains in terms of some matrix inequalities. Simulation results demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed filtering scheme. Keywords: missing measurements; wireless sensor; stochastic-systems; actuator networks; probabilities

76 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Source: Ieee Transactions on Industrial Electronics, 2013, 60(10): 4665–4672 Email: Dong, HL; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 70 Coupled-least-squares identification for multivariable systems Ding, F Abstract: This article studies identification problems of multiple linear regression models, which may be described a class of multi-input multi-output systems (i.e. multivariable systems). Based on the coupling identification concept, a novel coupled-least-squares (C-LS) parameter identification algorithm is introduced for the purpose of avoiding the matrix inversion in the multivariable recursive least-squares (RLS) algorithm for estimating the parameters of the multiple linear regression models. The analysis indicates that the C-LS algorithm does not involve the matrix inversion and requires less computationally efforts than the multivariable RLS algorithm, and that the parameter estimates given by the C-LS algorithm converge to their true values. Simulation results confirm the presented convergence theorems. Keywords: stochastic regression-models; moving average systems; state-space models; dual-rate systems; parameter-estimation; adaptive prediction; auxiliary model; performance analysis; estimation algorithm; sampled-data Source: Iet Control Theory and Applications, 2013, 7(1): 68–79 Email: Ding, F; [email protected]

Integrative Complementary Medicine Citation frequency: 21 Traditional Chinese medicine network pharmacology: theory, methodology and application Li, S; Zhang, B Abstract: Traditional Chinese medicine (TCM) has a long history of viewing an individual or patient as a system with different statuses, and has accumulated numerous herbal formulae. The holistic philosophy of TCM shares much with the key ideas of emerging network pharmacology and network biology, and meets the requirements of overcoming complex diseases, such as cancer, in a systematic manner. To discover TCM from a systems perspective and at the molecular level, a novel TCM network pharmacology approach was established by updating the research paradigm from the current “one target, one drug” mode to a new “network target, multi-components” mode. Subsequently, a set of TCM network pharmacology methods were created to prioritize, disease-associated genes, to predict the target profiles and pharmacological actions of herbal compounds, to reveal drug-gene-disease co-module associations, to screen synergistic multi-compounds from herbal formulae《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 in a high-throughput manner, and to interpret the combinatorial rules and network regulation effects of herbal formulae. The effectiveness of the network-based methods was demonstrated for the discovery of bioactive compounds and for the elucidation of the mechanisms of action of herbal formulae, such as Qing-Luo-Yin and the Liu-Wei-Di-Huang pill. The studies suggest that the TCM network pharmacology approach provides a new research paradigm for translating TCM from an experience-based medicine to an evidence-based medicine system, which will accelerate TCM drug discovery, and also improve current drug discovery strategies. Keywords: vascular endothelial-cells; molecular networks; drug-combinations; disease genes; TNF-alpha; database; systems; formula; angiogenesis; prediction Source: Chinese Journal of Natural Medicines, 2013, 11(2): 110–120 Email: Li, S; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 21 Network pharmacology-based prediction of the active ingredients and potential targets of Chinese herbal Radix Curcumae formula for application to cardiovascular disease Tao, WY; Xu, X; Wang, X; et al. Abstract: Ethnopharmacology relevance: Cardiovascular and cerebrovascular diseases (CCVD), an abnormal function of the heart, brain or blood vessels, are the biggest cause of deaths worldwide. Traditional Chinese medicine (TCM) holds a great promise for preventing such diseases in an integrative and holistic way. However, its systems-level characterization of drug-target associations is still unknown. Methods: Here, we have constructed a computational approach by combining chemical predictors based on chemical structure, chemogenomics data linking compounds with pharmacological information, and a system biology functional data analysis and network reconstruction method. Results: The pharmacological system generated 58 bioactive ingredients from the Chinese herbal Radix Curcumae formula, and predicted 32 potential targets related to the CCVD. The results indicates that Radix Curcumae share the most common targets with Fructus Gardeniae (15), while less common targets with Moschus and Borneolum (8 and 1, respectively). Further integrated network shows that Radix Curcumae represents the principal component for the prevention of CCVD, and other three medicines serve as adjuvant ones to assist the effects of the principal component, which together probably display synergistic actions. Conclusions: Our work successfully explains the mechanism of efficiency of Radix Curcumae formula for the prevention of CCVD, and meanwhile, predicts the potential targets of the Chinese medicines, which facilitates to elucidate the compatible mechanism of the complex prescription, i.e., “jun-chen-zuo-shi”, and provides basis for an alternative approach to investigate novel TCM formula on the network

77 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 pharmacology level. Keywords: medicine; metabolism; rats; pharmacokinetics; bioavailability; hypertension; absorption; docking; step; TCM Source: Journal of Ethnopharmacology, 2013, 145(1): 1–10 Email: Wang, YH; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 18 Hesperidin attenuates cisplatin-induced acute renal injury by decreasing oxidative stress, inflammation and DNA damage Sahu, BD; Kuncha, M; Sindhura, GJ; et al. Abstract: Nephrotoxicity is an important complication in cancer patients undergoing cisplatin therapy. Oxidative stress, inflammation and apoptosis/necrosis are the major patho-mechanisms of cisplatin induced nephrotoxicity. In the present study, hesperidin, a naturally-occurring bioflavonoid has been demonstrated to have protective effect on cisplatin-induced renal injury in rats. Cisplatin intoxication resulted in structural and functional renal impairment which was revealed by massive histopathological changes and elevated blood urea nitrogen and serum creatinine levels, respectively. Renal injury was associated with oxidative stress/lipid peroxidation as evident by increased reactive oxygen species (ROS) and malondialdehyde (MDA) formation with decreased levels of antioxidants such as reduced glutathione, vitamin C, catalase, superoxide dismutase, glutathione reductase, glutathione peroxidase and glutathione-S-transferase. Cisplatin administration also triggered inflammatory response in rat kidneys by inducing pro-inflammatory cytokine, TNF-alpha, with the increased expression of myeloperoxidase (MPO). Furthermore, cisplatin increased the activity of caspase-3 and DNA damage with decreased tissue nitric oxide levels. Hesperidin treatment significantly attenuated the cisplatin-induced oxidative stress/lipid peroxidation, inflammation (infiltration of leukocytes and pro-inflammatory cytokine), apoptosis/necrosis (caspase-3 activity with DNA damage) as well as increased expression of nitric oxide in the kidney and improved renal function. Thus, our results suggest that hesperidin co-administration may serve as a novel and promising preventive strategy against cisplatin-induced nephrotoxicity. Keywords: nephrotoxicity; acid; apoptosis; rats; antioxidant; mechanisms; toxicity; tissues; kidney; alpha Source: Phytomedicine, 2013, 20(5): 453–460 Email: Sistla, R; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 17 CamMedNP: Building the Cameroonian 3D structural natural products database for virtual screening 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Ntie-Kang, F; Mbah, JA; Mbaze, LM; et al. Abstract: Background: Computer-aided drug design (CADD) often involves virtual screening (VS) of large compound datasets and the availability of such is vital for drug discovery protocols. We present CamMedNP - a new database beginning with more than 2500 compounds of natural origin, along with some of their derivatives which were obtained through hemisynthesis. These are pure compounds which have been previously isolated and characterized using modern spectroscopic methods and published by several research teams spread across Cameroon. Description: In the present study, 224 distinct medicinal plant species belonging to 55 plant families from the Cameroonian flora have been considered. About 80% of these have been previously published and/or referenced in internationally recognized journals. For each compound, the optimized 3D structure, drug-like properties, plant source, collection site and currently known biological activities are given, as well as literature references. We have evaluated the “drug-likeness” of this database using Lipinski’s “Rule of Five”. A diversity analysis has been carried out in comparison with the ChemBridge diverse database. Conclusion: CamMedNP could be highly useful for database screening and natural product lead generation programs. Keywords: drug discovery; plants Source: Bmc Complementary and Alternative Medicine, 2013, 13: 88 Email: Ntie-Kang, F; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 16 Systems approaches and polypharmacology for drug discovery from herbal medicines: An example using licorice Liu, H; Wang, JN; Zhou, W; et al. Abstract: Ethnopharmacological relevance: Licorice, one of the oldest and most popular herbal medicines in the world, has been widely used in traditional Chinese medicine as a cough reliever, anti-inflammatory, anti-anabrosis, immunomodulatory, anti-platelet, antiviral (hepatitis) and detoxifying agent. Licorice was used as an example to show drug discovery from herbal drugs using systems approaches and polypharmacology. Aim of the study: Herbal medicines are becoming more mainstream in clinical practice and show value in treating and preventing diseases. However, due to its extreme complexity both in chemical components and mechanisms of action, deep understanding of botanical drugs is still difficult. Thus, a comprehensive systems approach which could identify active ingredients and their targets in the crude drugs and more importantly, understand the biological basis for the pharmacological properties of herbal medicines is necessary.

78 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Materials and methods: In this study, a novel systems pharmacology model that integrates oral bioavailability screening, drug-likeness evaluation, blood-brain barrier permeation, target identification and network analysis has been established to investigate the herbal medicines. Results: The comprehensive systems approach effectively identified 73 bioactive components from licorice and 91 potential targets for this medicinal herb. These 91 targets are closely associated with a series of diseases of respiratory system, cardiovascular system, and gastrointestinal system, etc. These targets are further mapped to drug-target and drug-target-disease networks to elucidate the mechanism of this herbal medicine. Conclusion: This work provides a novel in silico strategy for investigation of the botanical drugs containing a huge number of components, which has been demonstrated by the well-studied licorice case. This attempt should be helpful for understanding definite mechanisms of action for herbal medicines and discovery of new drugs from plants. Keywords: obstructive pulmonary-disease; traditional chinese medicine; protein-interaction networks; glycyrrhiza-glabra; licochalcone-a; in-vitro; topological properties; ulcerative-colitis; thrombin inhibitor; target network Source: Journal of Ethnopharmacology, 2013, 146(3): 773–793 Email: Wang, YH; [email protected]

Limnology Citation frequency: 38 Macropores and water flow in soils revisited Beven, K; Germann, P Abstract: The original review of macropores and water flow in soils by Beven and Germann is now 30 years old and has become one of the most highly cited papers in hydrology. This paper attempts to review the progress in observations and theoretical reasoning about preferential soil water flows over the intervening period. It is suggested that the topic has still not received the attention that its importance deserves, in part because of the ready availability of software packages rooted firmly in the Richards domain, albeit that there is convincing evidence that this may be predicated on the wrong experimental method for natural conditions. There is still not an adequate physical theory linking all types of flow, and there are still not adequate observational techniques to support the scale dependent parameterizations that will be required at practical field and hillslope scales of application. Some thoughts on future needs to develop a more comprehensive representation of soil water flows are offered. Keywords: electrical-resistivity tomography; kinematic wave approximation; lateral preferential flow; hydrologic-response simulation; hillslope threshold response; multiple《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 anionic tracers; unsaturated porous-media; physically-based model; subsurface storm flow; dual-porosity model Source: Water Resources Research, 2013, 49(6): 3071–3092 Email: Beven, K; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 33 The responses of eight coral reef calcifiers to increasing partial pressure of CO2 do not exhibit a tipping point Comeau, S; Edmunds, PJ; Spindel, NB; et al. Abstract: The objective of this study was to investigate whether a tipping point exists in the calcification responses of coral reef calcifiers to CO2. We compared the effects of six partial pressures of CO2 (P-CO2) from 28 Pa to 210 Pa on the net calcification of four corals (Acropora pulchra, Porites rus, Pocillopora damicornis, and Pavona cactus), and four calcified algae (Hydrolithon onkodes, Lithophyllum flavescens, Halimeda macroloba, and Halimeda minima). After 2 weeks of acclimation in a common environment, organisms were incubated in 12 aquaria for 2 weeks at the targeted P-CO2 levels and net calcification was quantified. All eight species calcified at the highest P-CO2 in which the calcium carbonate aragonite saturation state was similar to 1. Calcification decreased linearly as a function of increasing partial P-CO2 in three corals and three algae. Overall, the decrease in net calcification as a function of decreasing pH was similar to 10% when ambient P-CO2 (39 Pa) was doubled. The calcification responses of P. damicornis and H. macroloba were unaffected by increasing P-CO2. These results are inconsistent with the notion that coral reefs will be affected by rising P-CO2 in a response characterized by a tipping point. Instead, our findings combined among taxa suggest a gradual decline in calcification will occur, but this general response includes specific cases of complete resistance to rising P-CO2. Together our results suggest that the overall response of coral reef communities to ocean acidification will be monotonic and inversely proportional to P-CO2, with reef-wide responses dependent on the species composition of calcifying taxa. Keywords: ocean acidification; climate-change; calcification; algae; productivity; temperature; halimeda Source: Limnology and Oceanography, 2013, 58(1): 388–398 Email: Comeau, S; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 31 Generation, transport, and disposal of wastewater associated with Marcellus Shale gas development Lutz, BD; Lewis, AN; Doyle, MW Abstract: Hydraulic fracturing has made vast quantities of natural gas from shale available, reshaping the energy landscape of the United

79 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 States. Extracting shale gas, however, generates large, unavoidable volumes of wastewater, which to date lacks accurate quantification. For the Marcellus shale, by far the largest shale gas resource in the United States, we quantify gas and wastewater production using data from 2189 wells located throughout Pennsylvania. Contrary to current perceptions, Marcellus wells produce significantly less wastewater per unit gas recovered (approximately 35%) compared to conventional natural gas wells. Further, well operators classified only 32.3% of wastewater from Marcellus wells as flowback from hydraulic fracturing; most wastewater was classified as brine, generated over multiple years. Despite producing less wastewater per unit gas, developing the Marcellus shale has increased the total wastewater generated in the region by approximately 570% since 2004, overwhelming current wastewater disposal infrastructure capacity. Citation: Lutz, B. D., A. N. Lewis, and M. W. Doyle (2013), Generation, transport, and disposal of wastewater associated with Marcellus Shale gas development, Water Resour. Res., 49, doi: 10.1002/wrcr.20096. Keywords: natural-gas; pennsylvania; challenges; methane; brine Source: Water Resources Research, 2013, 49(2): 647–656 Email: Lutz, BD; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 30 The Millennium Drought in southeast Australia (2001—2009): Natural and human causes and implications for water resources, ecosystems, economy, and society van Dijk, AIJM; Beck, HE; Crosbie, RS; et al. Abstract: The “Millennium Drought” (2001—2009) can be described as the worst drought on record for southeast Australia. Adaptation to future severe droughts requires insight into the drivers of the drought and its impacts. These were analyzed using climate, water, economic, and remote sensing data combined with biophysical modeling. Prevailing El Nino conditions explained about two thirds of rainfall deficit in east Australia. Results for south Australia were inconclusive; a contribution from global climate change remains plausible but unproven. Natural processes changed the timing and magnitude of soil moisture, streamflow, and groundwater deficits by up to several years, and caused the amplification of rainfall declines in streamflow to be greater than in normal dry years. By design, river management avoided impacts on some categories of water users, but did so by exacerbating the impacts on annual irrigation agriculture and, in particular, river ecosystems. Relative rainfall reductions were amplified 1.5-1.7 times in dryland wheat yields, but the impact was offset by steady increases in cropping area and crop water use efficiency (perhaps partly due to CO2 fertilization). Impacts beyond the agricultural sector occurred (e.g., forestry, tourism, utilities) but were often diffuse and not well quantified. Key causative pathways from physical drought to the degradation of ecological, economic,《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 and social health remain poorly understood and quantified. Combined with the multiple dimensions of multiyear droughts and the specter of climate change, this means future droughts may well break records in ever new ways and not necessarily be managed better than past ones. Keywords: annular mode; eastern australia; climate-change; rainfall variability; soil-moisture; ndvi data; evapotranspiration; dataset; systems; trends Source: Water Resources Research, 2013, 49(2): 1040–1057 Email: van Dijk, AIJM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 30 Groundwater depletion in the Middle East from GRACE with implications for transboundary water management in the Tigris-Euphrates-Western Iran region Voss, KA; Famiglietti, JS; Lo, MH; et al. Abstract: In this study, we use observations from the Gravity Recovery and Climate Experiment (GRACE) satellite mission to evaluate freshwater storage trends in the north-central Middle East, including portions of the Tigris and Euphrates River Basins and western Iran, from January 2003 to December 2009. GRACE data show an alarming rate of decrease in total water storage of approximately -27.2 +/- 0.6 mm yr-1 equivalent water height, equal to a volume of 143.6 km3 during the course of the study period. Additional remote-sensing information and output from land surface models were used to identify that groundwater losses are the major source of this trend. The approach used in this study provides an example of “best current capabilities” in regions like the Middle East, where data access can be severely limited. Results indicate that the region lost 17.3 +/- 2.1 mm yr-1 equivalent water height of groundwater during the study period, or 91.3 +/- 10.9 km3 in volume. Furthermore, results raise important issues regarding water use in transboundary river basins and aquifers, including the necessity of international water use treaties and resolving discrepancies in international water law, while amplifying the need for increased monitoring for core components of the water budget. Keywords: climate experiment grace; time-variable gravity; satellite-observations; canadian prairie; model; storage; system; precipitation; assimilation; variability Source: Water Resources Research, 2013, 49(2): 904–914 Email: Famiglietti, JS; [email protected]

80 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

Marine Freshwater Biology Citation frequency: 45 The World Ocean Silica Cycle Treguer, PJ; De La Rocha, CL Abstract: Over the past few decades, we have realized that the silica cycle is strongly intertwined with other major biogeochemical cycles, like those of carbon and nitrogen, and as such is intimately related to marine primary production, the efficiency of carbon export to the deep sea, and the inventory of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere. For nearly 20 years, the marine silica budget compiled by Treguer et al. (1995), with its exploration of reservoirs, processes, sources, and sinks in the silica cycle, has provided context and information fundamental to study of the silica cycle. Today, the budget needs revisiting to incorporate advances that have notably changed estimates of river and groundwater inputs to the ocean of dissolved silicon and easily dissolvable amorphous silica, inputs from the dissolution of terrestrial lithogenic silica in ocean margin sediments, reverse weathering removal fluxes, and outputs of biogenic silica (especially on ocean margins and in the form of nondiatomaceous biogenic silica). The resulting budget recognizes significantly higher input and output fluxes and notes that the recycling of silicon occurs mostly at the sediment-water interface and not during the sinking of silica particles through deep waters. Keywords: submarine groundwater discharge; equatorial pacific-ocean; regulate si uptake; missing ge sink; biogenic silica; southern-ocean; organic-carbon; north pacific; time-series; phytoplankton productivity Source: Annual Review of Marine Science, 2013, 5: 477–501 Email: Treguer, PJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 41 Long-term and trans-life-cycle effects of exposure to ocean acidification in the green sea urchin Strongylocentrotus droebachiensis Dupont, S; Dorey, N; Stumpp, M; et al.

Abstract: Anthropogenic CO2 emissions are acidifying the world's oceans. A growing body of evidence demonstrates that ocean acidification can impact survival, growth, development and physiology of marine invertebrates. Here, we tested the impact of long-term (up to 16 months) and trans-life-cycle (adult, embryo/larvae and juvenile) exposure to elevated pCO2 (1200 mu atm, compared to control 400 mu atm) on the green sea urchin 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Strongylocentrotus droebachiensis. Female fecundity was decreased 4.5-fold when acclimated to elevated pCO2 for 4 months during reproductive conditioning, while no difference was observed in females acclimated for 16 months. Moreover, adult pre-exposure for 4 months to elevated pCO2 had a direct negative impact on subsequent larval settlement success. Five to nine times fewer offspring reached the juvenile stage in cultures using gametes collected from adults previously acclimated to high pCO2 for 4 months.

However, no difference in larval survival was observed when adults were pre-exposed for 16 months to elevated pCO2. pCO2 had no direct negative impact on juvenile survival except when both larvae and juveniles were raised in elevated pCO2. These negative effects on settlement success and juvenile survival can be attributed to carry-over effects from adults to larvae and from larvae to juveniles. Our results support the contention that adult sea urchins can acclimate to moderately elevated pCO2 in a matter of a few months and that carry-over effects can exacerbate the negative impact of ocean acidification on larvae and juveniles.

Keywords: resource-allocation; food limitation; carbonic-acid; growth-rate; high CO2; seawater; larvae; plasticity; survival; metamorphosis Source: Marine Biology, 2013, 160(8): 1835–1843 Email: Dupont, S; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 41 Is Ocean Acidification an Open-Ocean Syndrome? Understanding Anthropogenic Impacts on Seawater pH Duarte, CM; Hendriks, IE; Moore, TS; et al.

Abstract: Ocean acidification due to anthropogenic CO2 emissions is a dominant driver of long-term changes in pH in the open ocean, raising concern for the future of calcifying organisms, many of which are present in coastal habitats. However, changes in pH in coastal ecosystems result from a multitude of drivers, including impacts from watershed processes, nutrient inputs, and changes in ecosystem structure and metabolism. Interaction between ocean acidification due to anthropogenic CO2 emissions and the dynamic regional to local drivers of coastal ecosystems have resulted in complex regulation of pH in coastal waters. Changes in the watershed can, for example, lead to changes in alkalinity and CO2 fluxes that, together with metabolic processes and oceanic dynamics, yield high-magnitude decadal changes of up to 0.5 units in coastal pH. Metabolism results in strong diel to seasonal fluctuations in pH, with characteristic ranges of 0.3 pH units, with metabolically intense habitats exceeding this range on a daily basis. The intense variability and multiple, complex controls on pH implies that the concept of ocean acidification due to anthropogenic CO2 emissions cannot be transposed to coastal ecosystems directly. Furthermore, in coastal ecosystems, the detection of trends towards acidification is not trivial and the attribution of these changes to anthropogenic CO2 emissions is even more problematic. Coastal ecosystems may show acidification or basification, depending on the balance between the invasion of coastal waters by anthropogenic CO2, watershed export of alkalinity, organic matter and CO2, and changes

81 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 in the balance between primary production, respiration and calcification rates in response to changes in nutrient inputs and losses of ecosystem components. Hence, we contend that ocean acidification from anthropogenic CO2 is largely an open-ocean syndrome and that a concept of anthropogenic impacts on marine pH, which is applicable across the entire ocean, from coastal to open-ocean environments, provides a superior framework to consider the multiple components of the anthropogenic perturbation of marine pH trajectories. The concept of anthropogenic impacts on seawater pH acknowledges that a regional focus is necessary to predict future trajectories in the pH of coastal waters and points at opportunities to manage these trajectories locally to conserve coastal organisms vulnerable to ocean acidification. Keywords: acid sulfate soil; carbon-dioxide concentrations; long-term changes; water-quality; coastal zone; seagrass photosynthesis; atmospheric CO2; global carbon; mine drainage; coral-reefs Source: Estuaries and Coasts, 2013, 36(2): 221–236 Email: Duarte, CM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 367 Misuse of the phytoplanktonzooplankton dichotomy: the need to assign organisms as mixotrophs within plankton functional types Flynn, KJ; Stoecker, DK; Mitra, A; et al. Abstract: The classic portrayal of plankton is dominated by phytoplanktonic primary producers and zooplanktonic secondary producers. In reality, many if not most plankton traditionally labelled as phytoplankton or microzooplankton should be identified as mixotrophs, contributing to both primary and secondary production. Mixotrophic protists (i.e. single-celled eukaryotes that perform photosynthesis and graze on particles) do not represent a minor component of the plankton, as some form of inferior representatives of the past evolution of protists; they represent a major component of the extant protist plankton, and one which could become more dominant with climate change. The implications for this mistaken identification, of the incorrect labelling of mixotrophs as phytoplankton or microzooplankton, are great. It extends from the (mis)use of photopigments as indicators of primary production performed by strict photoautotrophs rather than also (co)locating mixotrophic activity, through to the inadequacy of plankton functional type descriptions in models (noting that mixotrophic production in the individual organism is not a simple sum of phototrophy and heterotrophy). We propose that mixotrophy should be recognized as a major contributor to plankton dynamics, with due effort expended in field and laboratory studies, and should no longer be side-lined in conceptual food webs or in mathematical models. Keywords: red-tide; cyanobacterium《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 synechococcus; dinophysis-caudata; marine ecosystems; bloom dynamics; growth; carbon; photosynthesis; protists; nitrogen Source: Journal of Plankton Research, 2013, 35(1): 3–11 Email: Flynn, KJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 31 Harmful Cyanobacterial Blooms: Causes, Consequences, and Controls Paerl, HW; Otten, TG Abstract: Cyanobacteria are the Earth’s oldest oxygenic photoautotrophs and have had major impacts on shaping its biosphere. Their long evolutionary history (similar to 3.5 by) has enabled them to adapt to geochemical and climatic changes, and more recently anthropogenic modifications of aquatic environments, including nutrient over-enrichment (eutrophication), water diversions, withdrawals, and salinization. Many cyanobacterial genera exhibit optimal growth rates and bloom potentials at relatively high water temperatures; hence global warming plays a key role in their expansion and persistence. Bloom-forming cyanobacterial taxa can be harmful from environmental, organismal, and human health perspectives by outcompeting beneficial phytoplankton, depleting oxygen upon bloom senescence, and producing a variety of toxic secondary metabolites (e.g., cyanotoxins). How environmental factors impact cyanotoxin production is the subject of ongoing research, but nutrient (N, P and trace metals) supply rates, light, temperature, oxidative stressors, interactions with other biota (bacteria, viruses and animal grazers), and most likely, the combined effects of these factors are all involved. Accordingly, strategies aimed at controlling and mitigating harmful blooms have focused on manipulating these dynamic factors. The applicability and feasibility of various controls and management approaches is discussed for natural waters and drinking water supplies. Strategies based on physical, chemical, and biological manipulations of specific factors show promise; however, a key underlying approach that should be considered in almost all instances is nutrient (both N and P) input reductions; which have been shown to effectively reduce cyanobacterial biomass, and therefore limit health risks and frequencies of hypoxic events. Keywords: mussel dreissena-polymorpha; alga microcystis-aeruginosa; dual nutrient n; fresh-water; lyngbya-majuscula; baltic sea; cylindrospermopsis-raciborskii; climate-change; growth-rates; moreton bay Source: Microbial Ecology, 2013, 65(4): 995–1010 Email: Paerl, HW; [email protected]

82 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

Materials Science Biomaterials Citation frequency: 155 Review of bioactive glass: From Hench to hybrids Jones, JR Abstract: Bioactive glasses are reported to be able to stimulate more bone regeneration than other bioactive ceramics but they lag behind other bioactive ceramics in terms of commercial success. Bioactive glass has not yet reached its potential but research activity is growing. This paper reviews the current state of the art, starting with current products and moving onto recent developments. Larry Hench's 4555 Bioglass (R) was the first artificial material that was found to form a chemical bond with bone, launching the field of bioactive ceramics. In vivo studies have shown that bioactive glasses bond with bone more rapidly than other bioceramics, and in vitro studies indicate that their osteogenic properties are due to their dissolution products stimulating osteoprogenitor cells at the genetic level. However, calcium phosphates such as tricalcium phosphate and synthetic hydroxyapatite are more widely used in the clinic. Some of the reasons are commercial, but others are due to the scientific limitations of the original Bioglass 45S5. An example is that it is difficult to produce porous bioactive glass templates (scaffolds) for bone regeneration from Bioglass 45S5 because it crystallizes during sintering. Recently, this has been overcome by understanding how the glass composition can be tailored to prevent crystallization. The sintering problems can also be avoided by synthesizing sol-gel glass, where the silica network is assembled at room temperature. Process developments in foaming, solid freeform fabrication and nanofibre spinning have now allowed the production of porous bioactive glass scaffolds from both melt- and sol-gel-derived glasses. An ideal scaffold for bone regeneration would share load with bone. Bioceramics cannot do this when the bone defect is subjected to cyclic loads, as they are brittle. To overcome this, bioactive glass polymer hybrids are being synthesized that have the potential to be tough, with congruent degradation of the bioactive inorganic and the polymer components. Key to this is creating nanoscale interpenetrating networks, the organic and inorganic components of which have covalent coupling between them, which involves careful control of the chemistry of the sol-gel process. Bioactive nanoparticles can also now be synthesized and their fate tracked as they are internalized in cells. This paper reviews the main developments in the field of bioactive glass and its variants, covering the importance of control of hierarchical structure, synthesis, processing and cellular response in the quest for new regenerative synthetic bone grafts. The paper takes the reader from Hench’s Bioglass 45S5 to new hybrid materials that have tailorable mechanical properties and degradation rates. Keywords: cells in-vitro; bone-graft《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 substitutes; sol-gel method; intrabony periodontal defects; camphene-based suspensions; angiogenic growth-factors; tibial plateau fractures; mesenchymal stem-cells; melt-derived 45s5; x-ray-diffraction Source: Acta Biomaterialia, 2013, 9(1): 4457–4486 Email: Jones, JR; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 104 Dual and multi-stimuli responsive polymeric nanoparticles for programmed site-specific drug delivery Cheng, R; Meng, FH; Deng, C; et al. Abstract: In the past decades, polymeric nanoparticles have emerged as a most promising and viable technology platform for targeted and controlled drug delivery. As vehicles, ideal nanoparticles are obliged to possess high drug loading levels, deliver drug to the specific pathological site and/or target cells without drug leakage on the way, while rapidly unload drug at the site of action. To this end, various “intelligent” polymeric nanoparticles that release drugs in response to an internal or external stimulus such as pH, redox, temperature, magnetic and light have been actively pursued. These stimuli-responsive nanoparticles have demonstrated, though to varying degrees, improved in vitro and/or in vivo drug release profiles. In an effort to further improve drug release performances, novel dual and multi-stimuli responsive polymeric nanoparticles that respond to a combination of two or more signals such as pH/temperature, pH/redox, pH/magnetic field, temperature/reduction, double pH, pH and diols, temperature/magnetic field, temperature/enzyme, temperature/pH/redox, temperature/pH/magnetic, pH/redox/magnetic, temperature/redox/guest molecules, and temperature/pH/guest molecules have recently been developed. Notably, these combined responses take place either simultaneously at the pathological site or in a sequential manner from nanopartide preparation, nanopartide transporting pathways, to cellular compartments. These dual and multi-stimuli responsive polymeric nanoparticles have shown unprecedented control over drug delivery and release leading to superior in vitro and/or in vivo anti-cancer efficacy. With programmed site-specific drug delivery feature, dual and multi-stimuli responsive nanoparticulate drug formulations have tremendous potential for targeted cancer therapy. In this review paper, we highlight the recent exciting developments in dual and multi-stimuli responsive polymeric nanoparticles for precision drug delivery applications, with a particular focus on their design, drug release performance, and therapeutic benefits. Keywords: cross-linked micelles; block-copolymer micelles; core-shell nanoparticles; iron-oxide nanoparticles; magnetic nanoparticles; intracellular drug; biodegradable micelles; controlled-release; triggered release; disulfide linkage Source: Biomaterials, 2013, 34(14): 3647–3657 Email: Zhong, ZY; [email protected]

83 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 Citation frequency: 73 Carbon “quantum” dots for optical bioimaging Luo, PJG; Sahu, S; Yang, ST; et al. Abstract: Carbon dots, generally referring to small carbon nanoparticles with various levels of surface passivation, have emerged as a new class of quantum dot-like fluorescent nanomaterials. Since the original report in 2006, carbon dots have been investigated by many research groups worldwide, with major advances already made in their syntheses, structural and mechanistic understandings, and evaluations for biocompatibilities and potential bio-applications. In this article, representative studies responsible for these advances in the development and understanding of carbon dots are reviewed, and those targeting the use of carbon dots as high-performance yet nontoxic fluorescence agents for optical bioimaging in vitro and in vivo are highlighted and discussed. Keywords: one-step synthesis; in-vivo; semiconductor nanocrystals; carbogenic dots; nanoparticles; nanotubes; fluorescence; luminescence; cells; photoluminescence Source: Journal of Materials Chemistry B, 2013, 1(16): 2116–2127 Email: Luo, PJG; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 60 A review of the biomaterials technologies for infection-resistant surfaces Campoccia, D; Montanaro, L; Arciola, CR Abstract: Anti-infective biomaterials need to be tailored according to the specific clinical application. All their properties have to be tuned to achieve the best anti-infective performance together with safe biocompatibility and appropriate tissue interactions. Innovative technologies are developing new biomaterials and surfaces endowed with anti-infective properties, relying either on antifouling, or bactericidal, or antibiofilm activities. This review aims at thoroughly surveying the numerous classes of antibacterial biomaterials and the underlying strategies behind them. Bacteria repelling and antiadhesive surfaces, materials with intrinsic antibacterial properties, antibacterial coatings, nanostructured materials, and molecules interfering with bacterial biofilm are considered. Among the new strategies, the use of phages or of antisense peptide nucleic acids are discussed, as well as the possibility to modulate the local immune response by active cytokines. Overall, there is a wealth of technical solutions to contrast the establishment of an implant infection. Many of them exhibit a great potential in preclinical models. The lack of well-structured prospective multicenter clinical trials hinders the achievement of conclusive data on the efficacy and comparative performance of anti-infective biomaterials. Keywords: central venous catheters;《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 staphylococcus-epidermidis biofilm; quorum-sensing inhibitors; titanium-dioxide nanoparticles; blood-stream infection; ferrite composite nanoparticles; fouling zwitterionic polymers; implant-associated infections; device-associated infections; vivo antimicrobial activity Source: Biomaterials, 2013, 34(34): 8533–8554 Email: Arciola, CR; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 51 Nanostructured scaffolds for bone tissue engineering Li, XM; Wang, L; Fan, YB; et al. Abstract: It has been demonstrated that nanostructured materials, compared with conventional materials, may promote greater amounts of specific protein interactions, thereby more efficiently stimulating new bone formation. It has also been indicated that, when features or ingredients of scaffolds are nanoscaled, a variety of interactions can be stimulated at the cellular level. Some of those interactions induce favorable cellular functions while others may leads to toxicity. This review presents the mechanism of interactions between nanoscaled materials and cells and focuses on the current research status of nanostructured scaffolds for bone tissue engineering. Firstly, the main requirements for bone tissue engineering scaffolds were discussed. Then, the mechanism by which nanoscaled materials promote new bone formation was explained, following which the current research status of main types of nanostructured scaffolds for bone tissue engineering was reviewed and discussed. Keywords: osteoblast-like cells; in-vitro; mechanical-properties; composite scaffolds; carbon nanotubes; physical-properties; chitin fibers; delivery; regeneration; adhesion Source: Journal of Biomedical Materials Research Part A, 2013, 101(8): 2424–2435 Email: Li, XM; [email protected]

Materials Science Ceramics Citation frequency: 65 Field-Induced alignment controls of one-dimensional mesochannels in mesoporous materials Yamauchi, Y Abstract: Mesoporous materials prepared through the self-assembly of surfactants have attracted wide attention because of their many potential applications. The mesostructural, compositional, and morphological controls of mesoporous materials have been extensively studied thus far. In particular, the macroscopic alignments of one-dimensional (1D) mesochannels and their controls are quite important for

84 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts the creation of advanced functional materials. In most cases, the direction of mesochannels in mesoporous films lies parallel to the substrate. Vertical orientation of the mesochannels can realize high diffusion and accessibility of guest species from the outside. Here, I review the recent progress on this emerging research field. Various methods have been proposed for the preparation of vertically oriented mesoporous thin films using high magnetic field, shear flow, modification of the substrate, and other methods. I also briefly introduce their applications and a perspective for the future. Keywords: magnetically induced orientation; lyotropic liquid-crystals; anodic alumina membranes; doped titania films; thin-films; silica films; diblock copolymers; hexadecyltrimethylammonium bromide; mesostructured silica; standing mesochannels Source: Journal of The Ceramic Society of Japan, 2013, 121(1417): 831–840 Email: Yamauchi, Y; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 31 Thermoelectric Ceramics for Energy Harvesting Koumoto, K; Funahashi, R; Guilmeau, E; et al.

Abstract: Metal oxides (Ca3Co4O9, CaMnO3, SrTiO3, In2O3), Ti sulfides, and Mn silicides are promising thermoelectric (TE) material candidates for cascade-type modules that are usable in a temperature range of 3001200 K in air. In this paper, we review previous studies in the field of TE materials development and make recommendations for each material regarding future research. Furthermore, the R&D of TE modules composed of metal oxide materials and the prospect of their commercialization for energy harvesting is demonstrated.

Keywords: misfit-layer compounds; Nb-doped SrTiO3; 2-dimensional electron-gas; higher manganese silicide; high-temperature; single-crystals; thermal-conductivity; indium oxide; thin-films; semiconducting properties Source: Journal of The American Ceramic Society, 2013, 96(1): 1–23 Email: Wan, CL; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 29 Decoding the Fingerprint of Ferroelectric Loops: Comprehension of the Material Properties and Structures Jin, L; Li, F; Zhang, SJ Abstract: Due to the nature of domains, ferroics, including ferromagnetic, ferroelectric, and ferroelastic materials, exhibit hysteresis phenomena with respect to external driving fields (magnetic field, electric field, or stress). In principle, every ferroic material has its own hysteresis loop, like a fingerprint,《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 which contains information related to its properties and structures. For ferroelectrics, many characteristic parameters, such as coercive field, spontaneous, and remnant polarizations can be directly extracted from the hysteresis loops. Furthermore, many impact factors, including the effect of materials (grain size and grain boundary, phase and phase boundary, doping, anisotropy, thickness), aging (with and without poling), and measurement conditions (applied field amplitude, fatigue, frequency, temperature, stress), can affect the hysteretic behaviors of the ferroelectrics. In this feature article, we will first give the background of the ferroic materials and multiferroics, with an emphasis on ferroelectrics. Then it is followed by an introduction of the characterizing techniques for the loops, including the polarization-electric field loops and strain-electric field curves. A caution is made to avoid misinterpretation of the loops due to the existence of conductivity. Based on their morphologic features, the hysteresis loops are categorized to four groups and the corresponding material usages are introduced. The impact factors on the hysteresis loops are discussed based on recent developments in ferroelectric and related materials. It is suggested that decoding the fingerprint of loops in ferroelectrics is feasible and the comprehension of the material properties and structures through the hysteresis loops is established.

Keywords: zirconate-titanate ceramics; modified lead-zirconate; free (1-X)(BiL/2NaL/2)TiO3-XBaTiO3 ceramics; piezoresponse force microscopy; free piezoelectric ceramics; domain-structure evolution; templated grain-growth; field-induced strain; soft pzt ceramics; single-crystals Source: Journal of The American Ceramic Society, 2014, 97(1): 1–27 Email: Zhang, SJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 26 (K, Na) NbO3-Based Lead-Free Piezoceramics: Fundamental Aspects, Processing Technologies, and Remaining Challenges Li, JF; Wang, K; Zhu, FY; et al. Abstract: Environment-friendly lead-free piezoelectric ceramics have been studied extensively in the past decade with great progress particularly in systems based on a niobate perovskite compound formulated as (K, Na)NbO3 (abbreviated as KNN). A comprehensive review on the latest development of KNN-based piezoelectric ceramics is presented in this article, including the phase structure, property enhancement approaches, and sintering processes as well as the status of some promising applications. The phase structure of KNN was reexamined and associated with the effect of chemical modification on its tetragonal-to-orthorhombic transition. Then, a special focus is placed on the temperature dependence of piezoelectric properties of KNN-based ceramics, followed by reviewing the recent approaches devoted to the temperature-stability enhancement. The processing fundamentals related to the sintering of KNN-based ceramics are also

85 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 presented with an emphasis on compositional and microstructural control. Finally, this review introduces several industrial attempts of traditional piezoceramic products using KNN-based ceramics and the studies on some promising application in authors’ laboratory. Keywords: free piezoelectric ceramics; potassium-sodium niobate; solid-solution system; ultrasonic transducer applications; phase transitional behavior; titanate single-crystals; free (na,k)nbo3 ceramics; abnormal grain-growth; electrical-properties; zirconate-titanate Source: Journal of The American Ceramic Society, 2013, 96(12): 3677–3696 Email: Li, JF; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 26 The effect of group-I elements on the structural and optical properties of ZnO nanoparticles Yousefi, R; Zak, AK; Jamali-Sheini, F

Abstract: Undoped and group-I elements doped ZnO nanoparticles (NPs) (Zn1-yX2yO, X=Li, Na, K, and y=0.05) were synthesized by a sol-gel method. Structural and morphological studies of the resulting products were carried out by X-ray diffraction analysis (XRD) and transmission electron microscopy (TEM). The XRD results revealed that the sample products were crystalline with a hexagonal wurtzite phase. The TEM images showed ZnO NPs with nearly spherical shapes with particle size distributed over the nanometer range. In addition, the XRD and TEM results showed a decrease in crystallite and particle sizes of NPs from Li-doped to K-doped ZnO NPs. Crystalline development in the ZnO NPs was investigated by X-ray peak broadening. The size-strain plot (SSP) method was used to study the individual contributions of crystallite sizes and lattice strain on the peak broadening of the undoped and doped ZnO NPs. The effect of doping on the optical band-gap and crystalline quality was also investigated by using photoluminescence (PL) and Raman spectrometers. The Raman spectra of the all ZnO NPs showed a strong E-2(high) peak. The PL spectra exhibited a strong peak in the ultraviolet (UV) region of the electromagnetic spectrum for the all ZnO NPs. The UV peak of the doped ZnO NPs was red-shifted with respect to that of the undoped ZnO NPs. Keywords: nanowires; films; Li; fabrication; oxide Source: Ceramics International, 2013, 39(2): 1371–1377 Email: Yousefi, R; [email protected]

Materials Science Characterization Testing Citation frequency: 28 Progress on the preparation of nanocrystalline apatites and surface characterization: Overview of fundamental 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅and applied aspects Gomez-Morales, J; Iafisco, M; Delgado-Lopez, JM; et al. Abstract: Nanocrystalline calcium phosphate apatites constitute the main inorganic part of hard tissues, and a growing focus is devoted to prepare synthetic analogs, so-called "biomimetic", able to precisely mimic the morphological and physico-chemical features of biological apatite compounds. Both from fundamental and applied viewpoints, an accurate characterization of nanocrystalline apatites, including their peculiar surface features, and a deep knowledge of crystallization aspects are prerequisites to attempt understanding mineralization phenomena in vivo as well as for designing innovative bioactive materials that may then find applications in bone tissue engineering, either as self-supported scaffolds and fillers or in the form of coatings, but also in other domains such as drug delivery or else medical imaging. Also, interfacial phenomena are of prime importance for getting a better insight of biomineralization and for following the behavior of biomaterials in or close to their final conditions of use. In this view, both adsorption and ion exchange represent essential processes involving the surface of apatite nanocrystals, possibly doped with foreign elements or functionalized with organic molecules of interest. In this review paper, we will address these various points in details based on a large literature survey. We will also underline the fundamental physico-chemical and behavioral differences that exist between nanocrystalline apatites (whether of biological origin or their synthetic biomimetic analogs) and stoichiometric hydroxyapatite. Keywords: calcium-phosphate coatings; atomic-force microscopy; biomimetic hydroxyapatite nanocrystals; mechanochemical- hydrothermal synthesis; bone morphogenetic protein; nuclear-magnetic-resonance; transform infrared-spectroscopy; electrostatic spray deposition; poorly crystalline apatites; dynamic light-scattering Source: Progress in Crystal Growth and Characterization of Materials, 2013, 59(1): 1–46 Email: Drouet, C; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 23 Development of LuAG-based scintillator crystals - A review Nikl, M; Yoshikawa, A; Kamada, K; et al.

Abstract: A review of research and development of Lu3Al5O12 (LuAG)-based single crystal scintillators is presented. Crystals of this type have been prepared by the micro-pulling down method at the initial stage of material screening and by Czochralski or Bridgman methods to obtain higher quality and larger size single crystals afterward. Several different activators, namely Ce3+, Pr3+, Yb3+ and Sc3+ have been reported in the literature and such doped LuAG single crystals have been extensively studied to understand a number of issues, including: the scintillation mechanism, underlying energy transfer and trapping processes including the nature and role of material defects involved in

86 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts the scintillation process and their relation to manufacturing technology. Significant improvements in the understanding of aluminum garnet scintillators lead to the discovery of multicomponent garnet single crystal scintillators in 2011, which are described. These materials gave rise to new class of ultraefficient complex oxide scintillators, the light yield of which considerably exceeds the values achieved for the best Ce-doped orthosilicate scintillators.

Keywords: charge-transfer luminescence; Lu3Al5O12 single-crystals; emission mammography pem; band-gap scintillators; gamma-ray detection; pulling-down method; garnet crystals; yag-ce; czochralski growth; energy-transfer Source: Progress in Crystal Growth and Characterization of Materials, 2013, 59(2): 47-72 Email: Yoshikawa, A; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 22 Realistic pore structure of Portland cement paste: experimental study and numerical simulation Ma, HY; Li, ZJ Abstract: In this study, the pore structure of Portland cement paste is experimentally characterized by MIP (mercury intrusion porosimetry) and nitrogen adsorption, and simulated by a newly developed status-oriented computer model. Cement pastes with w/c= 0.3, 0.4 and 0.5 at ages from 1 day to 120 days are comprehensively investigated. It is found that MIP cannot generate valid pore size distribution curves for cement paste. Nevertheless, nitrogen adsorption can give much more realistic pore size distribution curves of small capillary pores, and these curves follow the same distribution mode. While, large capillary pores can be effectively characterized by the newly developed computer model, and the validity of this model has been proved by BSE imaging plus image analysis. Based on the experimental findings and numerical simulation, a hypothesis is proposed to explain the formation mechanism of the capillary pore system, and the realistic representation of the pore structure of hydrated cement paste is established. Keywords: mercury intrusion porosimetry; microstructure development; hydration; permeability; space; water Source: Computers and Concrete, 2013, 11(4): 317–336 Email: Li, ZJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 20 Characterization of PLA-limonene blends for food packaging applications Arrieta, MP; Lopez, J; Ferrandiz, S; et al. Abstract: Polymers derived from《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 renewable resources are now considered as promising alternatives to traditional petro-polymers as they mitigate current environmental concerns (raw renewable materials/biodegradability). D-limonene can be found in a variety of citrus, indeed is the main component of citrus oils and one of most important contributors to citrus flavor. The incorporation of limonene in PLA matrix was evaluated and quantified by Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography Mass Spectrometry (Py-GC/MS). Transparent films were obtained after the addition of the natural compound. Mechanical properties were evaluated by tensile tests. The effect of limonene on mechanical properties of PLA films was characterized by an increase in the elongation at break and a decrease in the elastic modulus. The fracture surface structure of films was evaluated by scanning electron microscopy (SEM), and homogeneous surfaces were observed in all cases. Barrier properties were reduced due to the increase of the chain mobility produced by the D-limonene. Keywords: biodegradable multiphase systems; poly(lactic acid); mechanical-properties; barrier properties; orange juice; films; pyrolysis; antioxidants; composites; polymers Source: Polymer Testing, 2013, 32(4): 760–768 Email: Arrieta, MP; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 18 Time-dependent evolution of strand transfer length in pretensioned prestressed concrete members Caro, LA; Marti-Vargas, JR; Serna, P Abstract: For design purposes, it is generally considered that prestressing strand transfer length does not change with time. However, some experimental studies on the effect of time on transfer lengths show contradictory results. In this paper, an experimental research to study transfer length changes over time is presented. A test procedure based on the ECADA testing technique to measure prestressing strand force variation over time in pretensioned prestressed concrete specimens has been set up. With this test method, an experimental program that varies concrete strength, specimen cross section, age of release, prestress transfer method, and embedment length has been carried out. Both the initial and long-term transfer lengths of 13-mm prestressing steel strands have been measured. The test results show that transfer length variation exists for some prestressing load conditions, resulting in increased transfer length over time. The applied test method based on prestressing strand force measurements has shown more reliable results than procedures based on measuring free end slips and longitudinal strains of concrete. An additional factor for transfer length models is proposed in order to include the time-dependent evolution of strand transfer length in pretensioned prestressed concrete members. Keywords: self-consolidating concrete; fiber-reinforced polymers; high-strength concrete; bridge girders; transmission length; bond; cast;

87 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 performance; beams; equation Source: Mechanics of Time-dependent Materials, 2013, 17(4): 501–527 Email: Marti-Vargas, JR; [email protected]

Materials Science Coatings Films Citation frequency: 62 Studies of Li-Air Cells Utilizing Dimethyl Sulfoxide-Based Electrolyte Trahan, MJ; Mukerjee, S; Plichta, EJ; et al. Abstract: Dimethyl Sulfoxide (DMSO) was evaluated as a practical solvent for the rechargeable lithium air battery. Redox characteristics of the dissolved oxygen and its reduction products in the presence of lithium hexafluorophosphate (LiPF6) supporting electrolyte were studied via cyclic, rotating disk (RDE) and ring-disk (RRDE) electrode voltammetry. The DMSO medium facilitates reversible reduction and oxidation processes in contrast to other solvent-based electrolytes studied. Galvanostatic discharge-charge cycling of the Li-O-2 cells has shown characteristics of rechargeability expected from voltammetric studies. Multiple high-efficiency discharge-charge cycles are possible if the depth of discharge of the carbon cathode is limited to avoid excessive passivation by the discharge products. The discharge voltage of this Li-O-2 cell is higher than cells assembled with other non-aqueous organic electrolytes, an attribute ascribed to the stability of superoxide (O-2(-)), the one-electron reduction product of oxygen. Keywords: lithium-oxygen battery; ionic liquid; carbonate electrolytes; polymer electrolyte; Li-O-2 batteries; reduction; stability; products; ether Source: Journal of The Electrochemical Society, 2013, 160(2): A259-A267 Email: Trahan, MJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 47 The Identification of Stable Solvents for Nonaqueous Rechargeable Li-Air Batteries Bryantsev, VS; Uddin, J; Giordani, V; et al. Abstract: Solvent plays a major role in determining the nature of discharge products and the extent of rechargeability of the nonaqueous lithium-air (oxygen) battery. Here we investigate chemical stability for a number of aprotic solvents against superoxide, including N,N-dialkyl amides, aliphatic and aromatic nitriles, oxygenated phosphorus (V) compounds, substituted 2-oxazolidinones, and fluorinated ethers. The free energy barriers for nucleophilic attack by superoxide and the C-H acidity constants in dimethyl sulfoxide are reported, which provide a theoretical framework《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 for computational screening of stable solvents for Li-air batteries. Theoretical results are complemented by cyclic voltammetry to study the electrochemical reversibility of the O-2/O-2(-) couple containing tetrabutylammonium salt and GCMS measurements to monitor solvent stability in the presence of KO2 and a Li salt. Excellent agreement among all quantum chemical, electrochemical, and chemical methods has been obtained in evaluating solvent stability against superoxide. The combined theoretical and experimental methodology provides a comprehensive testing ground to identify electrolyte solvents stable in the air cathode. Based upon this knowledge we report on the use of an amide-based electrolyte for rechargeable oxygen electrodes in Li-O-2 secondary cells. Keywords: lithium-oxygen battery; base-catalyzed autoxidation; Li-O-2 batteries; electrochemical reduction; superoxide ion; carbonate electrolytes; liquid electrolytes; volume polarization; organic-solvents; aprotic-solvents Source: Journal of The Electrochemical Society, 2013, 160(1): A160-A171 Email: Bryantsev, VS; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 37 Plasma etching: Yesterday, today, and tomorrow Donnelly, VM; Kornblit, A Abstract: The field of plasma etching is reviewed. Plasma etching, a revolutionary extension of the technique of physical sputtering, was introduced to integrated circuit manufacturing as early as the mid 1960s and more widely in the early 1970s, in an effort to reduce liquid waste disposal in manufacturing and achieve selectivities that were difficult to obtain with wet chemistry. Quickly, the ability to anisotropically etch silicon, aluminum, and silicon dioxide in plasmas became the breakthrough that allowed the features in integrated circuits to continue to shrink over the next 40 years. Some of this early history is reviewed, and a discussion of the evolution in plasma reactor design is included. Some basic principles related to plasma etching such as evaporation rates and Langmuir-Hinshelwood adsorption are introduced. Etching mechanisms of selected materials, silicon, silicon dioxide, and low dielectric-constant materials are discussed in detail. A detailed treatment is presented of applications in current silicon integrated circuit fabrication. Finally, some predictions are offered for future needs and advances in plasma etching for silicon and nonsilicon-based devices. Keywords: high-density plasmas; ray photoelectron-spectroscopy; optical-emission-spectroscopy; electron-cyclotron-resonance; chemical-vapor-deposition; coupled chlorine plasmas; molecular-dynamics simulations; induced thermal-desorption; doped polycrystalline silicon; laser-induced fluorescence Source: Journal of Vacuum Science & Technology A, 2013, 31(5): 050825 Email: Donnelly, VM; [email protected]

88 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Citation frequency: 34 Understanding Long-Term Cycling Performance of Li1.2Ni0.15Mn0.55Co0.1O2-Graphite Lithium-Ion Cells Li, Y; Bettge, M; Polzin, B; et al. Abstract: Lithium-ion cells containing lithium and manganese rich layered-oxides (LMR-NMC) have gained significant attention in recent years because of their ability to deliver high energy densities. In this article we report on a comprehensive performance and degradation study of cells, containing Li1.2Ni1.5Mn0.55Co0.1O2 based positive electrodes and graphite based negative electrodes, on extended cycling. In addition to electrochemical measurements on full cells, characterization data on harvested electrodes by techniques that include scanning electron microscopy (SEM), X-ray diffraction (XRD), X-ray absorption spectroscopy (XAS), Raman spectroscopy, and secondary ion mass spectrometry (SIMS) are discussed. Our data show that cell capacity fade mainly results from lithium trapping in the solid electrolyte interphase (SEI) of the negative electrode. In addition, cell impedance rise and voltage fade mainly arise at the positive electrode and result from degradation processes in its oxide and carbon constituents. Processes that include the accumulation of transition metal elements at the negative electrode, and increasing misalignment of electrode capacity windows on extended cycling, also have a deleterious effect on cell performance. Identifying sources of performance degradation has enabled strategies to extend cell life, which include improved cell fabrication protocols, positive electrode coatings, and bifunctional electrolyte additives. Keywords: x-ray-absorption; cathode materials; high-power; electrode materials; electrochemical intercalation; raman-spectroscopy; local-structure; energy-storage; high-capacity; oxygen loss Source: Journal of The Electrochemical Society, 2013, 160(5): A3006-A3019 Email: Li, Y; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 34 A Critical Review of the Li Insertion Mechanisms in LiFePO4 Electrodes Malik, R; Abdellahi, A; Ceder, G Abstract: With the ever-growing public and now commercial sentiment supporting the widespread adoption of low and zero-emission vehicles, it is unsurprising that Li-ion batteries which currently assume the bulk of the cost of electrified vehicles (a significant proportion coming from cost of battery materials) have become prolific not only in the primary research literature but have also entered the general public consciousuess. Since the 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅initial work in 1997, over 2000 research publications have been authored on lithium iron phosphate (LiFePO4), one of only a handful of commercially viable Li-ion battery cathode materials currently used in electrified vehicles. Despite the sheer quantity of research devoted to the subject and the well-demonstrated excellent battery performance of LiFePO4, what is surprising are the number of apparent discrepancies and ensuing contention in the literature regarding its (de)lithiation kinetics. This Review forgoes re-summarizing the well-accepted materials properties of LiFePO4 and instead seeks to address headlong the specific areas of dispute in the field, specifically by considering how the thermodynamics and kinetics of Li intercalation are modified from the bulk to single-particle to multi-particle scales, shedding light on what makes LiFePO4 such a unique material and ideally shaping future discourse of LiFePO4 research. Keywords: lithium-ion batteries; x-ray-diffraction; domino-cascade model; open-circuit voltage; phase-transition; cathode material; particle-size; room-temperature; electrochemical shock; nanoscale olivines Source: Journal of The Electrochemical Society, 2013, 160(5): A3179-A3197 Email: Malik, R; [email protected]

Materials Science Composites Citation frequency: 53 A critical review of recent research on functionally graded plates Jha, DK; Kant, T; Singh, RK Abstract: In view of the significant increase in research activity and publications in functionally graded materials (FGMs) and structures in the last few years, the present article is an attempt to identify and highlight the topics that are most relevant to FGMs and structures and review representative journal publications that are related to those topics. A critical review of the reported studies in the area of thermo-elastic and vibration analyses of functionally graded (FG) plates with an emphasis on the recent works published since 1998. Because of the extensive growth in the body of knowledge in FGMs in the last two decades, it is prudent to reduce the review to a manageable level by concentrating on the FG plate problems only. The review carried out here, is concerned with deformation, stress, vibration and stability problems of FG plates. This review is intended to give the readers a feel for the variety of studies and applications related to graded composites. An effort has been made here, to include all the important contributions in the current area of interest. The critical areas regarding future research needs for the successful implementation of FGM in design are outlined in the conclusions. Keywords: shear deformation-theory; higher-order shear; finite-element-method; transient thermal-stresses; electro-elastic plates; annular fgm plates; temperature-dependent properties; nonlinear bending response; large deflection analysis; thick rectangular-plates Source: Composite Structures, 2013, 96: 833–849 Email: Jha, DK; [email protected]

89 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 Citation frequency: 50 Static, free vibration and buckling analysis of isotropic and sandwich functionally graded plates using a quasi-3D higher-order shear deformation theory and a meshless technique Neves, AMA; Ferreira, AJM; Carrera, E; et al. Abstract: In this paper the authors derive a higher-order shear deformation theory for modeling functionally graded plates accounting for extensibility in the thickness direction. The explicit governing equations and boundary conditions are obtained using the principle of virtual displacements under Carrera's Unified Formulation. The static and eigenproblems are solved by collocation with radial basis functions. The efficiency of the present approach is assessed with numerical results including deflection, stresses, free vibration, and buckling of functionally graded isotropic plates and functionally graded sandwich plates. Keywords: radial basis functions; laminated composite plates; petrov-galerkin method; 3-dimensional elasticity solution; partial-differential- equations; computational fluid-dynamics; data approximation scheme; thick rectangular-plates; finite-element-analysis; closed-form solutions Source: Composites Part B-Engineering, 2013, 44(1): 657–674 Email: Ferreira, AJM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 44 Green composites: A review of adequate materials for automotive applications Koronis, G; Silva, A; Fontul, M Abstract: This study provides a bibliographic review in the broad field of green composites seeking-out for materials with a potential to be applied in the near future on automotive body panels. Hereupon, materials deriving from renewable resources will be preferred as opposed to the exhaustible fossil products. With the technical information of bio-polymers and natural reinforcements a database was created with the mechanical performance of several possible components for the prospect green composite. Following the review, an assessment is performed where aspects of suitability for the candidate elements in terms of mechanical properties are analyzed. In that section, renewable materials for matrix and reinforcement are screened accordingly in order to identify which hold both adequate strength and stiffness performance along with affordable cost so as to be a promising proposal for a green composite. Keywords: natural fibers; mechanical-properties; renewable resources; plastic composites; PLA composites; flax fiber; hemp fiber; jute; polypropylene; biopolymers Source: Composites Part B-Engineering,《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 2013, 44(1): 120–127 Email: Koronis, G; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 38 General higher-order shear deformation theories for the free vibration analysis of completely doubly-curved laminated shells and panels Viola, E; Tornabene, F; Fantuzzi, N Abstract: The main aim of this paper is to provide a general framework for the formulation and the dynamic analysis computations of moderately thick laminated doubly-curved shells and panels. A 2D higher-order shear deformation theory is also proposed and the differential geometry is used to define the arbitrary shape of the middle surface of shells and panels with different curvatures. A generalized nine-parameter displacement field suitable to represent in a unified form most of the kinematical hypothesis presented in literature has been introduced. Formal comparison among various theories have been performed in order to show the differences between the well-known First-order Shear Deformation Theory (FSDT) and several Higher-order Shear Deformation Theories (HSDTs). The 2D free vibration shell problems have been solved numerically using the Generalized Differential Quadrature (GDQ) technique. The GDQ rule has been also used to perform the numerical evaluation of the derivatives of the quantities involved by the differential geometry to completely describe the reference surfaces of doubly-curved shell structures. Numerical investigations concerning four types of shell structures have been carried out. GDQ results are compared with those presented in literature and the ones obtained using commercial programs such as Abaqus. Very good agreement is observed. Keywords: differential quadrature method; composite plates; cylindrical-shells; static analysis; thickness locking; stress continuity; revolution; GDQ; model; beam Source: Composite Structures, 2013, 95: 639–666 Email: Viola, E; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 35 Epoxy clay nanocomposites - processing, properties and applications: A review Azeez, AA; Rhee, KY; Park, SJ; et al. Abstract: The review renders a short background on the research work carried out on epoxy clay nanocomposites. Clays are one of the ideal nano reinforcements for polymers because of their high intercalation chemistry and aspect ratio. Epoxy clay nanocomposites are

90 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts finding vast applications in various industries like aerospace, defense, automobile, etc. The physical and chemical properties of the epoxy systems are influenced by the processing techniques, clay modifier and curing agents used for the preparation of nanocomposites. The clay morphology (intercalation/exfoliation) of the nanocomposites is also depended on the above parameters. So the emphasis of the present work is to highlight these parameters on morphology and the final mechanical, thermal and barrier properties of the nanocomposites. The proposed applications of the epoxy clay nanocomposites are also discussed. Keywords: layered silicate nanocomposites; in-situ polymerization; clay/epoxy nanocomposites; mechanical-properties; thermal-stability; surface-modification; fracture-behavior; nanoclay/epoxy composites; exfoliation behavior; resin nanocomposites Source: Composites Part B-Engineering, 2013, 45(1): 308–320 Email: Rhee, KY; [email protected]

Materials Science Multidisciplinary Citation frequency: 311 Solar cell efficiency tables (version 41) Green, MA; Emery, K; Hishikawa, Y; et al. Abstract: Consolidated tables showing an extensive listing of the highest independently confirmed efficiencies for solar cells and modules are presented. Guidelines for inclusion of results into these tables are outlined, and new entries since June 2012 are reviewed. Keywords: multicrystalline; concentrator; stability Source: Progress in Photovoltaics, 2013, 21(1): 1–11 Email: Green, MA; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 303 Raman spectroscopy as a versatile tool for studying the properties of graphene Ferrari, AC; Basko, DM Abstract: Raman spectroscopy is an integral part of graphene research. It is used to determine the number and orientation of layers, the quality and types of edge, and the effects of perturbations, such as electric and magnetic fields, strain, doping, disorder and functional groups. This, in turn, provides insight into all sp(2)-bonded carbon allotropes, because graphene is their fundamental building block. Here we review the state of the art, future directions and open questions in Raman spectroscopy of graphene. We describe essential physical processes whose importance has only recently been recognized, such as the various types of resonance at play, and the role of quantum interference. We update all basic《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 concepts and notations, and propose a terminology that is able to describe any result in literature. We finally highlight the potential of Raman spectroscopy for layered materials other than graphene. Keywords: carbon nanotubes; light-scattering; layer graphene; graphite; crystals; mode; electron; spectrum; films; band Source: Nature Nanotechnology, 2013, 8(4): 235–246 Email: Ferrari, AC; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 273 Progress, Challenges, and Opportunities in Two-Dimensional Materials Beyond Graphene Butler, SZ; Hollen, SM; Cao, LY; et al. Abstract: Graphene's success has shown that it is possible to create stable, single and few-atom-thick layers of van der Waals materials, and also that these materials can exhibit fascinating and technologically useful properties. Here we review the state-of-the-art of 2D materials beyond graphene. Initially, we will outline the different chemical classes of 2D materials and discuss the various strategies to prepare single-layer, few-layer, and multilayer assembly materials in solution, on substrates, and on the wafer scale. Additionally, we present an experimental guide for identifying and characterizing single-layer-thick materials, as well as outlining emerging techniques that yield both local and global information. We describe the differences that occur in the electronic structure between the bulk and the single layer and discuss various methods of tuning their electronic properties by manipulating the surface. Finally, we highlight the properties and advantages of single-, few-, and many-layer 2D materials in field-effect transistors, spin- and valley-tronics, thermoelectrics, and topological insulators, among many other applications.

Keywords: chemical-vapor-deposition; der-waals epitaxy; hexagonal boron-nitride; single-layer MoS2; field-effect transistors; transition- metal dichalcogenides; scanning-tunneling-microscopy; topological insulator nanoribbons; lithium intercalation properties; langmuir- blodgett deposition Source: ACS Nano, 2013, 7(4): 2898–2926 Email: Goldberger, JE; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 255 Chemical Management for Colorful, Efficient, and Stable Inorganic-Organic Hybrid Nanostructured Solar Cells Noh, JH; Im, SH; Heo, JH; et al.

Abstract: Chemically tuned inorganic-organic hybrid materials, based on CH3NH3(=MA)Pb I1-xBrx3 perovskites, have been studied using

91 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 UV-vis absorption and X-ray diffraction patterns and applied to nanostructured solar cells. The band gap engineering brought about by the chemical management of MAPbI1-xBrx3 perovskites can be controllably tuned to cover almost the entire visible spectrum, enabling the realization of colorful solar cells. We demonstrate highly efficient solar cells exhibiting 12.3% in a power conversion efficiency of under standard AM 1.5, for the most efficient device, as a result of tunable composition for the light harvester in conjunction with a mesoporous

TiO2 film and a hole conducting polymer. We believe that the works highlighted in this paper represent one step toward the realization of low-cost, high-efficiency, and long-term stability with colorful solar cells. Keywords: organometal halide perovskites; nanowires; crystals Source: Nano Letters, 2013, 13(4): 1764–1769 Email: Seok, SI; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 241 Sodium-Ion Batteries Slater, MD; Kim, D; Lee, E; et al. Abstract: The status of ambient temperature sodium ion batteries is reviewed in light of recent developments in anode, electrolyte and cathode materials. These devices, although early in their stage of development, are promising for large-scale grid storage applications due to the abundance and very low cost of sodium-containing precursors used to make the components. The engineering knowledge developed recently for highly successful Li ion batteries can be leveraged to ensure rapid progress in this area, although different electrode materials and electrolytes will be required for dual intercalation systems based on sodium. In particular, new anode materials need to be identified, since the graphite anode, commonly used in lithium systems, does not intercalate sodium to any appreciable extent. A wider array of choices is available for cathodes, including high performance layered transition metal oxides and polyanionic compounds. Recent developments in electrodes are encouraging, but a great deal of research is necessary, particularly in new electrolytes, and the understanding of the SEI films. The engineering modeling calculations of Na-ion battery energy density indicate that 210 Wh kg-1 in gravimetric energy is possible for Na-ion batteries compared to existing Li-ion technology if a cathode capacity of 200 mAh g-1 and a 500 mAh g-1 anode can be discovered with an average cell potential of 3.3 V.

Keywords: rechargeable lithium batteries; electrochemical insertion; cathode material; nanocrystalline Fe3O4; negative electrodes; petroleum cokes; phase-diagram; Na; intercalation; carbon Source: Advanced Functional Materials, 2013, 23(8): 947–958 Email: Slater, MD; [email protected] 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Materials Science Paper Wood Citation frequency: 43 Idealized powder diffraction patterns for cellulose polymorphs French, AD Abstract: Cellulose samples are routinely analyzed by X-ray diffraction to determine their crystal type (polymorph) and crystallinity. However, the connection is seldom made between those efforts and the crystal structures of cellulose that have been proposed with synchrotron X-radiation and neutron diffraction over the past decade or so. In part, this desirable connection is thwarted by the use of different conventions for description of the unit cells of the crystal structures. In the present work, powder diffraction patterns from cellulose I alpha, I beta, II, IIII, and IIIII were calculated based on the published atomic coordinates and unit cell dimensions contained in modified "crystal information files" (.cif) that are supplied in the Supplementary Information. The calculations used peak widths at half maximum height of both 0.1 and 1.5A degrees 2 theta, providing both highly resolved indications of the contributions of each contributing reflection to the observable diffraction peaks as well as intensity profiles that more closely resemble those from practical cellulose samples. Miller indices are shown for each contributing peak that conform to the convention with c as the fiber axis, a right-handed relationship among the axes and the length of a < b. Adoption of this convention, already used for crystal structure determinations, is also urged for routine studies of polymorph and crystallinity. The calculated patterns are shown with and without preferred orientation along the fiber axis. Diffraction intensities, output by the Mercury program from the Cambridge Crystallographic Data Centre, have several uses including comparisons with experimental data. Calculated intensities from different polymorphs can be added in varying proportions using a spreadsheet program to simulate patterns such as those from partially mercerized cellulose or various composites. Keywords: neutron fiber diffraction; synchrotron x-ray; hydrogen-bonding system; crystal-structure; packing analysis; polysaccharides; model Source: Cellulose, 2014, 21(2): 885–896 Email: French, AD; [email protected]

92 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts the maximum peak intensity (pwhm). The two cellulose polymorphs, I beta and II, gave different CIs despite having the same pwhm values and perfect periodicity. The higher CIs for cellulose II were attributed to a greater distance between the major peaks that are closest to the recommended 2-theta value for assessing the amorphous content. That results in less peak overlap at the recommended 2-theta value. Patterns calculated with simulated preferred orientation had somewhat higher CIs for cellulose I beta, whereas there was very little effect on the CIs for cellulose II. Keywords: FT-raman-spectroscopy; I crystallinity; X-ray Source: Cellulose, 2013, 20(1): 583–588 Email: French, AD; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 17 Zero-order drug release cellulose acetate nanofibers prepared using coaxial electrospinning Yu, DG; Li, XY; Wang, X; et al. Abstract: Novel drug-loaded cellulose acetate (CA) nanofibres were prepared by a modified coaxial electrospinning process, after which their zero-order drug release profiles were determined. Using 2% (w/v) unspinnable CA solution as a sheath fluid, coaxial electrospinning can be conducted smoothly to generate ketoprofen (KET)-loaded CA nanofibres coated with a thin layer of blank CA. Scanning electron microscopy images demonstrated《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 that nanofibres obtained from the modified coaxial process have a smaller average diameter, a narrower size distribution, more uniform structures, and smoother surface morphologies than those generated from single-fluid electrospinning. Transmission electron microscopy observations demonstrated that the nanofibres have a thin coating layer of blank CA on their surface with a thickness of ca. 15 nm. X-ray diffraction and differential scanning calorimetry verified that KET molecules in all of the nanofibres presented an amorphous state. Fourier transform infrared spectra demonstrated that CA has good compatibility with KET, which is brought about by hydrogen bonding. In vitro dissolution tests showed that the nanofibres coated with blank CA have no initial burst release effects and can provide a zero-order drug release profile over 96 h via a diffusion mechanism. The modified coaxial electrospinning method can provide new approaches in developing cellulose-based nano products with definite structural characteristics and improved functional performance. Keywords: solvent system; fibers; adsorption; membrane Source: Cellulose, 2013, 20(1): 379–389 Email: Yu, DG; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 16 Novel concepts of dissolving pulp production Sixta, H; Iakovlev, M; Testova, L; et al. Abstract: Herein, we report about existing and novel dissolving pulp processes providing the basis for an advanced biorefinery. The

SO2-ethanol-water (SEW) process has the potential to replace the acid sulphite process for the production of rayon-grade pulps owing to a higher flexibility in the selection of the raw material source, substantially lower cooking times, and the near absence of sugar degradation products. Special attention is paid to developments that target toward the selective and quantitative fractionation of paper-grade pulps into hemicelluloses and cellulose of highest purity. This target has been accomplished by the IONCELL process where the entire hemicellulose fraction is selectively dissolved in an ionic liquid in which the H-bond basicity and acidity are adequately adjusted by the addition of a co-solvent. At the same time, pure hemicellulose can be recovered by further addition of the co-solvent, which then acts as a non-solvent. The residual pure cellulose fraction may then enter a Lyocell process for the production of regenerated cellulose products. Keywords: hot-water extraction; paper-grade pulps; birch wood; nitren extraction; mass balances; delignification; cellulose; sulfur; autohydrolysis; parameters Source: Cellulose, 2013, 20(4): 1547–1561 Email: Sixta, H; [email protected]

93 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015

Materials Science Textiles Citation frequency: 54 Perylene diimides based materials for organic solar cells Kozma, E; Catellani, M Abstract: Perylene-3,4,9,10-tetracarboxylic acid diimides (PDIs) and their derivatives represent one of the most promising class of electron accepting materials, due to their outstanding chemical and physical properties, including high electron mobility and high molar absorption coefficients. Their rigid, fused aromatic core favours π-π intermolecular interactions imparting n-type semiconducting properties useful for optoelectronic applications. The PDIs have attracted interest as photovoltaic functional materials for their strong electron-accepting character and significant charge transport properties. This feature article describes the application of PDI based molecules and polymers in organic photovoltaic solar cells. Keywords: field-effect transistors; heterojunction photovoltaic devices; open-circuit voltage; photocurrent generation; optical-properties; functional-groups; electron-transfer; block-copolymers; broad absorption; bisimide units Source: Dyes and Pigments, 2013, 98(1): 160–179 Email: Kozma, E; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 43 Idealized powder diffraction patterns for cellulose polymorphs French, AD Abstract: Cellulose samples are routinely analyzed by X-ray diffraction to determine their crystal type (polymorph) and crystallinity. However, the connection is seldom made between those efforts and the crystal structures of cellulose that have been proposed with synchrotron X-radiation and neutron diffraction over the past decade or so. In part, this desirable connection is thwarted by the use of different conventions for description of the unit cells of the crystal structures. In the present work, powder diffraction patterns from cellulose I alpha, I beta, II, IIII, and IIIII were calculated based on the published atomic coordinates and unit cell dimensions contained in modified "crystal information files" (.cif) that are supplied in the Supplementary Information. The calculations used peak widths at half maximum height of both 0.1 and 1.5A degrees 2 theta, providing both highly resolved indications of the contributions of each contributing reflection to the observable diffraction peaks as well as intensity profiles that more closely resemble those from practical cellulose samples. Miller indices are shown for each《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 contributing peak that conform to the convention with c as the fiber axis, a right-handed relationship among the axes and the length of a < b. Adoption of this convention, already used for crystal structure determinations, is also urged for routine studies of polymorph and crystallinity. The calculated patterns are shown with and without preferred orientation along the fiber axis. Diffraction intensities, output by the Mercury program from the Cambridge Crystallographic Data Centre, have several uses including comparisons with experimental data. Calculated intensities from different polymorphs can be added in varying proportions using a spreadsheet program to simulate patterns such as those from partially mercerized cellulose or various composites. Keywords: neutron fiber diffraction; synchrotron x-ray; hydrogen-bonding system; crystal-structure; packing analysis; polysaccharides; model Source: Cellulose, 2014, 21(2): 885–896 Email: French, AD; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 43 Cellulose polymorphy, crystallite size, and the Segal Crystallinity Index French, AD; Cintron, MS Abstract: The X-ray diffraction-based Segal Crystallinity Index (CI) was calculated for simulated different sizes of crystallites for cellulose I beta and II. The Mercury software was used, and different crystallite sizes were based on different input peak widths at half of the maximum peak intensity (pwhm). The two cellulose polymorphs, I beta and II, gave different CIs despite having the same pwhm values and perfect periodicity. The higher CIs for cellulose II were attributed to a greater distance between the major peaks that are closest to the recommended 2-theta value for assessing the amorphous content. That results in less peak overlap at the recommended 2-theta value. Patterns calculated with simulated preferred orientation had somewhat higher CIs for cellulose I beta, whereas there was very little effect on the CIs for cellulose II. Keywords: FT-raman-spectroscopy; I crystallinity; X-ray Source: Cellulose, 2013, 20(1): 583–588 Email: French, AD; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 33 Fluorescent dye containing phenol-pyridyl for selective detection of aluminum ions Lee, J; Kim, H; Kim, S; et al. Abstract: A phenol-pyridylimine probe was utilized as an optical sensor to quantify the presence of aluminum ions using a turn-on fluorescence enhancement approach. The high sensitivity was the result of FRET amplification of the receptor subunit fluorescence

94 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts emission. The complex stability constant (K-s) for the stoichiometric 1:1 complex of the sensor with aluminum ions was obtained by fluorimetric titration. Remarkably, fluorescence output was not significantly affected by other trivalent cations, particularly Ga3+ and In3+. Keywords: Al3+ ion; chemosensor; disease; toxicity; sensor; probe; model Source: Dyes and Pigments, 2013, 96(2): 590–594 Email: Kim, C; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 28 A selective colorimetric and fluorescent chemosensor based-on naphthol for detection of Al3+ and Cu2+ Jang, YK; Nam, UC; Kwon, HL; et al. Abstract: A simple and easily synthesized colorimetric and fluorescent chemosensor 1, based on naphthol moieties as a binding and signaling unit, has been synthesized in a one step procedure. Chemosensor 1 exhibited a color change from yellow to orange and fluorescence enhancement with a red shift upon binding to Al3+ in acetonitrile. Moreover, it can selectively detect Cu2+ ions via an ion-promoted oxidation reaction in acetonitrile, resulting in a selective color change from yellow to dark blue and a fluorescence quenching effect. Furthermore, chemosensor 1 showed colorimetric and fluorescence selectivity for Cu2+ in aqueous acetonitrile solution. Keywords: aluminum ions; highly efficient; aqueous-solution; sensor; Cu(ii); chemodosimeter; chemistry; disease; recognition; sensitivity Source: Dyes and Pigments, 2013, 99(1): 6–13 Email: Kim, C; [email protected]

Mathematical Computational Biology Citation frequency: 389 GROMACS 4.5: a high-throughput and highly parallel open source molecular simulation toolkit Pronk, S; Pall, S; Schulz, R; et al. Abstract: Motivation: Molecular simulation has historically been a low-throughput technique, but faster computers and increasing amounts of genomic and structural data are changing this by enabling large-scale automated simulation of, for instance, many conformers or mutants of biomolecules with or without a range of ligands. At the same time, advances in performance and scaling now make it possible to model complex biomolecular interaction and function in a manner directly testable by experiment. These applications share a need for fast and efficient software that can be deployed on massive scale in clusters, web servers, distributed computing or cloud resources. Results: Here, we present a range of new simulation algorithms and features developed during the past 4 years, leading up to the GROMACS 4.5 software package.《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 The software now automatically handles wide classes of biomolecules, such as proteins, nucleic acids and lipids, and comes with all commonly used force fields for these molecules built-in. GROMACS supports several implicit solvent models, as well as new free-energy algorithms, and the software now uses multithreading for efficient parallelization even on low-end systems, including windows-based workstations. Together with hand-tuned assembly kernels and state-of-the-art parallelization, this provides extremely high performance and cost efficiency for high-throughput as well as massively parallel simulations. Keywords: force-field; free-energy; biomolecular simulation; dynamics; model; refinement; transition; efficient; constant; proteins Source: Bioinformatics, 2013, 29(7): 845–854 Email: Lindahl, E; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 316 Integrative Genomics Viewer (IGV): high-performance genomics data visualization and exploration Thorvaldsdottir, H; Robinson, JT; Mesirov, JP Abstract: Data visualization is an essential component of genomic data analysis. However, the size and diversity of the data sets produced by today's sequencing and array-based profiling methods present major challenges to visualization tools. The Integrative Genomics Viewer (IGV) is a high-performance viewer that efficiently handles large heterogeneous data sets, while providing a smooth and intuitive user experience at all levels of genome resolution. A key characteristic of IGV is its focus on the integrative nature of genomic studies, with support for both array-based and next-generation sequencing data, and the integration of clinical and phenotypic data. Although IGV is often used to view genomic data from public sources, its primary emphasis is to support researchers who wish to visualize and explore their own data sets or those from colleagues. To that end, IGV supports flexible loading of local and remote data sets, and is optimized to provide high-performance data visualization and exploration on standard desktop systems. IGV is freely available for download from http://www.broadinstitute.org/igv, under a GNU LGPL open-source license. Keywords: sequence; format Source: Briefings in Bioinformatics, 2013, 14(2): 178–192 Email: Robinson, JT; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 129 STAR: ultrafast universal RNA-seq aligner Dobin, A; Davis, CA; Schlesinger, F; et al. Abstract: Motivation: Accurate alignment of high-throughput RNA-seq data is a challenging and yet unsolved problem because of the

95 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 non-contiguous transcript structure, relatively short read lengths and constantly increasing throughput of the sequencing technologies. Currently available RNA-seq aligners suffer from high mapping error rates, low mapping speed, read length limitation and mapping biases. Results: To align our large (> 80 billon reads) ENCODE Transcriptome RNA-seq dataset, we developed the Spliced Transcripts Alignment to a Reference (STAR) software based on a previously undescribed RNA-seq alignment algorithm that uses sequential maximum mappable seed search in uncompressed suffix arrays followed by seed clustering and stitching procedure. STAR outperforms other aligners by a factor of > 50 in mapping speed, aligning to the human genome 550 million 2 × 76 bp paired-end reads per hour on a modest 12-core server, while at the same time improving alignment sensitivity and precision. In addition to unbiased de novo detection of canonical junctions, STAR can discover non-canonical splices and chimeric (fusion) transcripts, and is also capable of mapping full-length RNA sequences. Using Roche 454 sequencing of reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction amplicons, we experimentally validated 1960 novel intergenic splice junctions with an 80%–90% success rate, corroborating the high precision of the STAR mapping strategy. Keywords: splice junctions; alignment; reads; algorithms; sequence; genomes; encode Source: Bioinformatics, 2013, 29(1): 15–21 Email: Dobin, A; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 99 RAxML version 8: a tool for phylogenetic analysis and post-analysis of large phylogenies Stamatakis, A Abstract: Motivation: Phylogenies are increasingly used in all fields of medical and biological research. Moreover, because of the next-generation sequencing revolution, datasets used for conducting phylogenetic analyses grow at an unprecedented pace. RAxML (Randomized Axelerated Maximum Likelihood) is a popular program for phylogenetic analyses of large datasets under maximum likelihood. Since the last RAxML paper in 2006, it has been continuously maintained and extended to accommodate the increasingly growing input datasets and to serve the needs of the user community. Results: I present some of the most notable new features and extensions of RAxML, such as a substantial extension of substitution models and supported data types, the introduction of SSE3, AVX and AVX2 vector intrinsics, techniques for reducing the memory requirements of the code and a plethora of operations for conducting postanalyses on sets of trees. In addition, an up-to-date 50-page user manual covering all new RAxML options is available. Keywords: maximum-likelihood; bootstrap; performance; algorithms; inference Source: Bioinformatics, 2014, 30(9):《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 1312–1313 Email: Stamatakis, A; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 95 MicroRNAs in Human Cancer Farazi, TA; Hoell, JI; Morozov, P; et al. Abstract: Mature microRNAs (miRNAs) are single-stranded RNA molecules of 20-23-nucleotide (nt) length that control gene expression in many cellular processes. These molecules typically reduce the translation and stability of mRNAs, including those of genes that mediate processes in tumorigenesis, such as inflammation, cell cycle regulation, stress response, differentiation, apoptosis, and invasion. miRNA targeting is initiated through specific base-pairing interactions between the 5' end ("seed" region) of the miRNA and sites within coding and untranslated regions (UTRs) of mRNAs; target sites in the 3' UTR lead to more effective mRNA destabilization. Since miRNAs frequently target hundreds of mRNAs, miRNA regulatory pathways are complex. To provide a critical overview of miRNA dysregulation in cancer, we first discuss the methods currently available for studying the role of miRNAs in cancer and then review miRNA genomic organization, biogenesis, and mechanism of target recognition, examining how these processes are altered in tumorigenesis. Given the critical role miRNAs play in tumorigenesis processes and their disease specific expression, they hold potential as therapeutic targets and novel biomarkers. Keywords: RNA-binding protein; target messenger-rnas; chronic lymphocytic-leukemia; to-mesenchymal transition; progressive hearing-loss; 3' untranslated region; renal-cell carcinoma; human breast-cancer; down-regulation; caenorhabditis-elegans Source: Microrna Cancer Regulation: Advanced Concepts, Bioinformatics and Systems Biology Tools, 2013, 774: 1–20 Email: Tuschl, T; [email protected]

Mathematics Citation frequency: 34 Variational Methods for Non-Local Operators of Elliptic Type Servadei, R; Valdinoci, E Abstract: In this paper we study the existence of non-trivial solutions for equations driven by a non-local integrodifferential operator L-K with homogeneous Dirichlet boundary conditions. More precisely, we consider the problem {L(K)u + lambda u + f(x, u) = 0 in Omega u = 0 in R-n backslash Omega, where lambda is a real parameter and the nonlinear term f satisfies superlinear and subcritical growth conditions

96 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts at zero and at infinity. This equation has a variational nature, and so its solutions can be found as critical points of the energy functional J(lambda) associated to the problem. Here we get such critical points using both the Mountain Pass Theorem and the Linking Theorem, respectively when lambda < lambda(1) and lambda≥lambda(1), where lambda(1) denotes the first eigenvalue of the operator -L-K. As a particular case, we derive an existence theorem for the following equation driven by the fractional Laplacian {(-Delta)(s) u - lambda u = f (x, u) in Omega u = 0 in R-n backslash Omega. Thus, the results presented here may be seen as the extension of some classical nonlinear analysis theorems to the case of fractional operators. Source: Discrete and Continuous Dynamical Systems, 2013, 33(5): 2105–2137 Email: Servadei, R; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 32 The Time-Fractional Coupled-Korteweg-de-Vries Equations Atangana, A; Secer, A Abstract: We put into practice a relatively new analytical technique, the homotopy decomposition method, for solving the nonlinear fractional coupled-Korteweg-de-Vries equations. Numerical solutions are given, and some properties exhibit reasonable dependence on the fractional-order derivatives' values. The fractional derivatives are described in the Caputo sense. The reliability of HDM and the reduction in computations give HDM a wider applicability. In addition, the calculations involved in HDM are very simple and straightforward. It is demonstrated that HDM is a powerful and efficient tool for FPDEs. It was also demonstrated that HDM is more efficient than the adomian decomposition method (ADM), variational iteration method (VIM), homotopy analysis method (HAM), and homotopy perturbation method (HPM). Keywords: homotopy analysis method Source: Abstract and Applied Analysis, 2013: (3) 551–552 Email: Secer, A; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 31 Modified alpha-psi-contractive mappings with applications Salimi, P; Latif, A; Hussain, N Abstract: The aim of this work is to modify the notions of alpha-admissible and alpha-psi-contractive mappings and establish new fixed point theorems for such mappings in complete metric spaces. Presented theorems provide main results of Karapinar and Samet (Abstr. Appl. Anal. 2012:793486, 2012) and Samet《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 et al. (Nonlinear Anal. 75:2154-2165, 2012) as direct corollaries. Moreover, some examples and applications to integral equations are given here to illustrate the usability of the obtained results. Keywords: fixed-point theorems; metric-spaces; principle Source: Fixed Point Theory and Applications, 2013: 1–19 Email: Latif, A; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 30 Mathematical Theory and Numerical Methods for Bose-Einstein Condensation Bao, WZ; Cai, YY Abstract: In this paper, we mainly review recent results on mathematical theory and numerical methods for Bose-Einstein condensation (BEC), based on the Gross-Pitaevskii equation (GPE). Starting from the simplest case with one-component BEC of the weakly interacting bosons, we study the reduction of GPE to lower dimensions, the ground states of BEC including the existence and uniqueness as well as nonexistence results, and the dynamics of GPE including dynamical laws, well-posedness of the Cauchy problem as well as the finite time blow-up. To compute the ground state, the gradient flow with discrete normalization (or imaginary time) method is reviewed and various full discretization methods are presented and compared. To simulate the dynamics, both finite difference methods and time splitting spectral methods are reviewed, and their error estimates are briefly outlined. When the GPE has symmetric properties, we show how to simplify the numerical methods. Then we compare two widely used scalings, i.e. physical scaling (commonly used) and semiclassical scaling, for BEC in strong repulsive interaction regime (Thomas-Fermi regime), and discuss semiclassical limits of the GPE. Extensions of these results for one-component BEC are then carried out for rotating BEC by GPE with an angular momentum rotation, dipolar BEC by GPE with long range dipole-dipole interaction, and two-component BEC by coupled GPEs. Finally, as a perspective, we show briefly the mathematical models for spin-1 BEC, Bogoliubov excitation and BEC at finite temperature. Keywords: nonlinear schrodinger-equation; gross-pitaevskii equation; central vortex states; splitting spectral approximations; hermite pseudospectral method; finite-difference methods; optimal partition problem; normalized gradient flow; computing ground-states; dipolar quantum gases Source: Kinetic and Related Models, 2013, 6(1): 1–135 Email: Bao, WZ; [email protected]

97 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 Citation frequency: 28 PhaseLift: Exact and Stable Signal Recovery from Magnitude Measurements via Convex Programming Candes, EJ; Strohmer, T; Voroninski, V Abstract: Suppose we wish to recover a signal x epsilon C-n from m intensity measurements of the form vertical bar < x, z(i)>vertical bar(2), i = 1, 2,..., m; that is, from data in which phase information is missing. We prove that if the vectors z(i) are sampled independently and uniformly at random on the unit sphere, then the signal x can be recovered exactly (up to a global phase factor) by solving a convenient semidefinite program-a trace-norm minimization problem; this holds with large probability provided that m is on the order of n log n, and without any assumption about the signal whatsoever. This novel result demonstrates that in some instances, the combinatorial phase retrieval problem can be solved by convex programming techniques. Finally, we also prove that our methodology is robust vis-a-vis additive noise. Source: Communications on Pure and Applied Mathematics, 2013, 66(8): 1241–1274 Email: Candes, EJ; [email protected]

Mathematics Applied Citation frequency: 42 Global exponential stability for BAM neural networks with time-varying delays in the leakage terms Liu, BW Abstract: In this paper, we first investigate the existence of a unique equilibrium to general bidirectional associative memory neural networks with time-varying delays in the leakage terms by the fixed point theorem. Then, by constructing a Lyapunov functional, we establish some sufficient conditions on the global exponential stability of the equilibrium for such neural networks, which substantially extend and improve the main results of Gopalsamy [K. Gopalsamy, Leakage delays in BAM, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 325 (2007) 1117-1132]. Source: Nonlinear Analysis: Real World Applications, 2013, 14(1): 559–566 Email: Liu, BW; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 40 The operational matrix of fractional integration for shifted Chebyshev polynomials Bhrawy, AH; Alofi, AS Abstract: A new shifted Chebyshev operational matrix (SCOM) of fractional integration of arbitrary order is introduced and applied together with spectral tau method for solving linear fractional differential equations (FDEs). The fractional integration is described in the Riemann-Liouville sense. The nume《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅rical approach is based on the shifted Chebyshev tau method. The main characteristic behind the approach using this technique is that only a small number of shifted Chebyshev polynomials is needed to obtain a satisfactory result. Illustrative examples reveal that the present method is very effective and convenient for linear multi-term FDEs. Keywords: differential-equations; series approach; identification; order; system Source: Applied Mathematics Letters, 2013, 26(1): 25–31 Email: Bhrawy, AH; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 40 Synchronization Via Pinning Control on General Complex Networks Yu, WW; Chen, GR; Lu, JH; et al. Abstract: This paper studies synchronization via pinning control on general complex dynamical networks, such as strongly connected networks, networks with a directed spanning tree, weakly connected networks, and directed forests. A criterion for ensuring network synchronization on strongly connected networks is given. It is found that the vertices with very small in-degrees should be pinned first. In addition, it is shown that the original condition with controllers can be reformulated such that it does not depend on the form of the chosen controllers, which implies that the vertices with very large out-degrees may be pinned. Then, a criterion for achieving synchronization on networks with a directed spanning tree, which can be composed of many strongly connected components, is derived. It is found that the strongly connected components with very few connections from other components should be controlled and the components with many connections from other components can achieve synchronization even without controls. Moreover, a simple but effective pinning algorithm for reaching synchronization on a general complex dynamical network is proposed. Finally, some simulation examples are given to verify the proposed pinning scheme. Keywords: free dynamical networks; adaptive synchronization; chaotic systems; neural-networks; consensus; delays; algorithms; stability; topology; criteria Source: Siam Journal on Control and Optimization, 2013, 51(2): 1395–1416 Email: Yu, WW; [email protected]

Citation frequency:39 Chaos-enhanced accelerated particle swarm optimization Gandomi, AH; Yun, GJ; Yang, XS; et al. Abstract: There are more than two dozen variants of particle swarm optimization (PSO) algorithms in the literature. Recently, a new

98 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts variant, called accelerated PSO (APSO), shows some extra advantages in convergence for global search. In the present study, we will introduce chaos into the APSO in order to further enhance its global search ability. Firstly, detailed studies are carried out on benchmark problems with twelve different chaotic maps to find out the most efficient one. Then the chaotic APSO (CAPSO) will be compared with some other chaotic PSO algorithms presented in the literature. The performance of the CAPSO algorithm is also validated using three engineering problems. The results show that the CAPSO with an appropriate chaotic map can clearly outperform standard APSO, with very good performance in comparison with other algorithms and in application to a complex problem. Keywords: structural optimization; global optimization; design optimization; genetic algorithms; integer; map Source: Communications in Nonlinear Science and Numerical Simulation, 2013, 18(2): 327–340 Email: Yun, GJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 38 Consensus of multi-agent systems with nonlinear dynamics and sampled-data information: a delayed-input approach Wen, GH; Duan, ZS; Yu, WW; et al. Abstract: This paper is concerned with the problem of consensus in directed networks of multiple agents with intrinsic nonlinear dynamics and sampled-data information. A new protocol is induced from a class of continuous-time linear consensus protocols by implementing data-sampling technique and a zero-order hold circuit. On the basis of a delayed-input approach, the sampled-data multi-agent system is converted to an equivalent nonlinear system with a time-varying delay. Theoretical analysis on this time-delayed system shows that consensus with asymptotic time-varying velocities in a strongly connected network can be achieved over some suitable sampled-data intervals. A multi-step procedure is further presented to estimate the upper bound of the maximal allowable sampling intervals. The results are then extended to a network topology with a directed spanning tree. For the case of the topology without a directed spanning tree, it is shown that the new protocol can still guarantee the system to achieve consensus by appropriately informing a fraction of agents. Finally, some numerical simulations are presented to demonstrate the effectiveness of the theoretical results and the dependence of the upper bound of maximal allowable sampling interval on the coupling strength. Keywords: double-integrator dynamics; switching topology; cooperative control; time-delay; networks; agents; synchronization; coordination; algorithms; stability Source: International Journal of Robust《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 and Nonlinear Control, 2013, 23(6): 602–619 Email: Duan, ZS; [email protected]

Mathematics Interdisciplinary Applications Citation frequency: 76 Hierarchical multi-innovation stochastic gradient algorithm for Hammerstein nonlinear system modeling Ding, F Abstract: This paper decomposes a Hammerstein nonlinear system into two subsystems, one containing the parameters of the linear dynamical block and the other containing the parameters of the nonlinear static block, and presents a hierarchical multi-innovation stochastic gradient identification algorithm for Hammerstein systems based on the hierarchical identification principle. The proposed algorithm is simple in principle and easy to implement on-line. A simulation example is provided to test the effectiveness of the proposed algorithm. Keywords: squares identification methods; errors-in-variables; dual-rate systems; parameter-estimation; armax systems; accuracy Source: Applied Mathematical Modelling, 2013, 37(4): 1694–1704 Email: Ding, F; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 70 TD-DFT benchmarks: A review Laurent, AD; Jacquemin, D Abstract: Time-Dependent Density Functional Theory (TD-DFT) has become the most widely-used theoretical approach to simulate the optical properties of both organic and inorganic molecules. In this contribution, we review TD-DFT benchmarks that have been performed during the last decade. The aim is often to pinpoint the most accurate or adequate exchange-correlation functional(s). We present both the different strategies used to assess the functionals and the main results obtained in terms of accuracy. In particular, we discuss both vertical and adiabatic benchmarks and comparisons with both experimental and theoretical reference transition energies. More specific benchmarks (oscillator strengths, excited-state geometries, dipole moments, vibronic shapes, etc.) are summarized as well. Keywords: density-functional theory; generalized-gradient-approximation; excited-state properties; charge-transfer excitations; exchange-correlation functionals; circular-dichroism spectra; sensitized solar-cells; hartree-fock exchange; electronic-transition energies; polarizable continuum model Source: International Journal of Quantum Chemistry, 2013, 113(17): 2019–2039 Email: Laurent, AD; [email protected]

99 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 Citation frequency: 57 Two-stage least squares based iterative estimation algorithm for CARARMA system modeling Ding, F Abstract: For stochastic systems described by the controlled autoregressive autoregressive moving average (CARARMA) models, a new-type two-stage least squares based iterative algorithm is proposed for identifying the system model parameters and the noise model parameters. The basic idea is based on the interactive estimation theory and to estimate the parameter vectors of the system model and the noise model, respectively. The simulation results indicate that the proposed algorithm is effective. Keywords: parameter-estimation algorithm; rate stochastic-systems; moving average systems; state-space models; dual-rate systems; identification methods; performance analysis; forgetting factor; auxiliary model; miso systems Source: Applied Mathematical Modelling, 2013, 37(7): 4798–4808 Email: Ding, F; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 56 The effects of MHD and temperature dependent viscosity on the flow of non-Newtonian nanofluid in a pipe: Analytical solutions Ellahi, R Abstract: This article examines the magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) flow of non-Newtonian nanofluid in a pipe. The temperature of the pipe is assumed to be higher than the temperature of the fluid. In particular two temperature dependent viscosity models, have been considered. The nonlinear partial differential equations along with the boundary conditions are first cast into a dimensionless form and then the equations are solved by homotopy analysis method (HAM). Explicit analytical expressions for the velocity field, the temperature distribution and nano concentration have been derived analytically. The effects of various physical parameters on velocity, temperature and nano concentration are discussed by using graphical approach. Keywords: homotopy analysis method; 3rd grade fluid; differential-equations Source: Applied Mathematical Modelling, 2013, 37(3): 1451–1467 Email: Ellahi, R; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 51 Combined state and least squares parameter estimation algorithms for dynamic systems 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Ding, F Abstract: The control theory and automation technology cast the glory of our era. Highly integrated computer chip and automation products are changing our lives. Mathematical models and parameter estimation are basic for automatic control. This paper discusses the parameter estimation algorithm of establishing the mathematical models for dynamic systems and presents an estimated states based recursive least squares algorithm, and the states of the system are computed through the Kalman filter using the estimated parameters. A numerical example is provided to confirm the effectiveness of the proposed algorithm. Keywords: moving average systems; box-jenkins systems; identification methods; performance analysis; iterative estimation; model Source: Applied Mathematical Modelling, 2014, 38(1): 403–412 Email: Ding, F; [email protected]

Mechanics Citation frequency: 76 Hierarchical multi-innovation stochastic gradient algorithm for Hammerstein nonlinear system modeling Ding, F Abstract: This paper decomposes a Hammerstein nonlinear system into two subsystems, one containing the parameters of the linear dynamical block and the other containing the parameters of the nonlinear static block, and presents a hierarchical multi-innovation stochastic gradient identification algorithm for Hammerstein systems based on the hierarchical identification principle. The proposed algorithm is simple in principle and easy to implement on-line. A simulation example is provided to test the effectiveness of the proposed algorithm. Keywords: squares identification methods; errors-in-variables; dual-rate systems; parameter-estimation; armax systems; accuracy Source: Applied Mathematical Modelling, 2013, 37(4): 1694–1704 Email: Ding, F; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 75 A review of the applications of nanofluids in solar energy Mahian, O; Kianifar, A; Kalogirou, SA; et al. Abstract: Utilizing nanofluids as an advanced kind of liquid mixture with a small concentration of nanometer-sized solid particles in suspension is a relatively new field, which is less than two decades old. The aim of this review paper is the investigation of the nanofluids' applications in solar thermal engineering systems. The shortage of fossil fuels and environmental considerations motivated the researchers to use alternative energy sources such as solar energy. Therefore, it is essential to enhance the efficiency and performance of the solar

100 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts thermal systems. Nearly all of the former works conducted on the applications of nanofluids in solar energy is regarding their applications in collectors and solar water heaters. Therefore, a major part of this review paper allocated to the effects of nanofluids on the performance of solar collectors and solar water heaters from the efficiency, economic and environmental considerations viewpoints. In addition, some reported works on the applications of nanofluids in thermal energy storage, solar cells, and solar stills are reviewed. Subsequently, some suggestions are made to use the nanofluids in different solar thermal systems such as photovoltaic/thermal systems, solar ponds, solar thermoelectric cells, and so on. Finally, the challenges of using nanofluids in solar energy devices are discussed. Keywords: nanohorn-based nanofluids; radiation-enhanced evaporation; heat-transfer characteristics; thermal-conductivity; cooling system; metal nanoparticles; optical-properties; forced-convection; economic-analysis; particle-size Source: International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer, 2013, 57(2): 582–594 Email: Pop, I; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 63 Entropy generation in steady MHD flow due to a rotating porous disk in a nanofluid Rashidi, MM; Abelman, S; Mehr, NF Abstract: We consider the analysis of the second law of thermodynamics applied to an electrically conducting incompressible nanofluid fluid flowing over a porous rotating disk in the presence of an externally applied uniform vertical magnetic field. This study has applications in rotating magneto-hydrodynamic (MHD) energy generators for new space systems and also thermal conversion mechanisms for nuclear propulsion space vehicles. Von Karman transformations are employed to transform the governing equations into a system of nonlinear ordinary differential equations. The entropy generation equation is derived as a function of velocity and temperature gradient. This equation is non-dimensionalized using geometrical and physical flow field-dependent parameters. The velocity profiles in radial, tangential and axial directions, temperature distribution, averaged entropy generation number and Bejan number are obtained. A very good agreement is observed between the obtained results of the current study and those of previously published studies. The effects of physical flow parameters such as magnetic interaction parameter, suction parameter, nanoparticle volume fraction and the type of nanofluid on all fluid velocity components, temperature distribution, averaged entropy generation number and Bejan number, skin friction coefficient and Nusselt number are examined and analyzed and the path for optimizing the entropy is also proposed. In addition, this simulation represents the feasibility of using magnetic rotating disk drives in novel nuclear space propulsion engines and this model has important applications in heat transfer enhancement in renewable energy systems and industrial thermal management. Keywords: heat-transfer characteristics;《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 stretching sheet; mass-transfer; convection; particles Source: International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer, 2013, 62: 515–525 Email: Rashidi, MM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 57 Two-stage least squares based iterative estimation algorithm for CARARMA system modeling Ding, F Abstract: For stochastic systems described by the controlled autoregressive autoregressive moving average (CARARMA) models, a new-type two-stage least squares based iterative algorithm is proposed for identifying the system model parameters and the noise model parameters. The basic idea is based on the interactive estimation theory and to estimate the parameter vectors of the system model and the noise model, respectively. The simulation results indicate that the proposed algorithm is effective. Keywords: parameter-estimation algorithm; rate stochastic-systems; moving average systems; state-space models; dual-rate systems; identification methods; performance analysis; forgetting factor; auxiliary model; miso systems Source: Applied Mathematical Modelling, 2013, 37(7): 4798–4808 Email: Ding, F; [email protected]

101 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015

Medical Informatics Citation frequency: 57 Social contagion theory: examining dynamic social networks and human behavior Christakis, NA; Fowler, JH Abstract: Here, we review the research we have conducted on social contagion. We describe the methods we have employed (and the assumptions they have entailed) to examine several datasets with complementary strengths and weaknesses, including the Framingham Heart Study, the National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent Health, and other observational and experimental datasets that we and others have collected. We describe the regularities that led us to propose that human social networks may exhibit a three degrees of influence property, and we review statistical approaches we have used to characterize interpersonal influence with respect to phenomena as diverse as obesity, smoking, cooperation, and happiness. We do not claim that this work is the final word, but we do believe that it provides some novel, informative, and stimulating evidence regarding social contagion in longitudinally followed networks. Along with other scholars, we are working to develop new methods for identifying causal effects using social network data, and we believe that this area is ripe for statistical development as current methods have known and often unavoidable limitations. Keywords: cosponsorship networks; sensitivity-analysis; friendship networks; adolescent smoking; randomized-trial; peer influence; supreme-court; spread; selection; time Source: Statistics in Medicine, 2013, 32(4): 556–577 Email: Christakis, NA; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 52 Evidence Synthesis for Decision Making 2: A Generalized Linear Modeling Framework for Pairwise and Network Meta-analysis of Randomized Controlled Trials Dias, S; Sutton, AJ; Ades, AE; et al. Abstract: We set out a generalized linear model framework for the synthesis of data from randomized controlled trials. A common model is described, taking the form of a linear regression for both fixed and random effects synthesis, which can be implemented with normal, binomial, Poisson, and multinomial data. The familiar logistic model for meta-analysis with binomial data is a generalized linear model with a logit link function, which is appropriate for probability outcomes. The same linear regression framework can be applied to continuous outcomes, rate models,《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 competing risks, or ordered category outcomes by using other link functions, such as identity, log, complementary log-log, and probit link functions. The common core model for the linear predictor can be applied to pairwise meta-analysis, indirect comparisons, synthesis of multiarm trials, and mixed treatment comparisons, also known as network meta-analysis, without distinction. We take a Bayesian approach to estimation and provide WinBUGS program code for a Bayesian analysis using Markov chain Monte Carlo simulation. An advantage of this approach is that it is straightforward to extend to shared parameter models where different randomized controlled trials report outcomes in different formats but from a common underlying model. Use of the generalized linear model framework allows us to present a unified account of how models can be compared using the deviance information criterion and how goodness of fit can be assessed using the residual deviance. The approach is illustrated through a range of worked examples for commonly encountered evidence formats. Keywords: mixed treatment comparisons; clinical-trials; binary outcomes; consistency; tables Source: Medical Decision Making, 2013, 33(5): 607–617 Email: Dias, S; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 36 A New Dimension of Health Care: Systematic Review of the Uses, Benefits, and Limitations of Social Media for Health Communication Moorhead, SA; Hazlett, DE; Harrison, L; et al. Abstract: Background: There is currently a lack of information about the uses, benefits, and limitations of social media for health communication among the general public, patients, and health professionals from primary research. Objective: To review the current published literature to identify the uses, benefits, and limitations of social media for health communication among the general public, patients, and health professionals, and identify current gaps in the literature to provide recommendations for future health communication research. Methods: This paper is a review using a systematic approach. A systematic search of the literature was conducted using nine electronic databases and manual searches to locate peer-reviewed studies published between January 2002 and February 2012. Results: The search identified 98 original research studies that included the uses, benefits, and/or limitations of social media for health communication among the general public, patients, and health professionals. The methodological quality of the studies assessed using the Downs and Black instrument was low; this was mainly due to the fact that the vast majority of the studies in this review included limited methodologies and was mainly exploratory and descriptive in nature. Seven main uses of social media for health communication were

102 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts identified, including focusing on increasing interactions with others, and facilitating, sharing, and obtaining health messages. The six key overarching benefits were identified as (1) increased interactions with others, (2) more available, shared, and tailored information, (3) increased accessibility and widening access to health information, (4) peer/social/emotional support, (5) public health surveillance, and (6) potential to influence health policy. Twelve limitations were identified, primarily consisting of quality concerns and lack of reliability, confidentiality, and privacy. Conclusions: Social media brings a new dimension to health care as it offers a medium to be used by the public, patients, and health professionals to communicate about health issues with the possibility of potentially improving health outcomes. Social media is a powerful tool, which offers collaboration between users and is a social interaction mechanism for a range of individuals. Although there are several benefits to the use of social media for health communication, the information exchanged needs to be monitored for quality and reliability, and the users' confidentiality and privacy need to be maintained. Eight gaps in the literature and key recommendations for future health communication research were provided. Examples of these recommendations include the need to determine the relative effectiveness of different types of social media for health communication using randomized control trials and to explore potential mechanisms for monitoring and enhancing the quality and reliability of health communication using social media. Further robust and comprehensive evaluation and review, using a range of methodologies, are required to establish whether social media improves health communication practice both in the short and long terms. Keywords: networking web site; young-adults; information-sources; facebook profiles; drug information; national-survey; internet blogs; peer support; online; patient Source: Journal of Medical Internet Research, 2013, 15(4): e85 Email: Moorhead, SA; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 33 Methods and dimensions of electronic health record data quality assessment: enabling reuse for clinical research Weiskopf, NG; Weng, CH Abstract: Objective: To review the methods and dimensions of data quality assessment in the context of electronic health record (EHR) data reuse for research. Materials and methods: A review of the clinical research literature discussing data quality assessment methodology for EHR data was performed. Using an iterative process,《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 the aspects of data quality being measured were abstracted and categorized, as well as the methods of assessment used. Results: Five dimensions of data quality were identified, which are completeness, correctness, concordance, plausibility, and currency, and seven broad categories of data quality assessment methods: comparison with gold standards, data element agreement, data source agreement, distribution comparison, validity checks, log review, and element presence. Discussion: Examination of the methods by which clinical researchers have investigated the quality and suitability of EHR data for research shows that there are fundamental features of data quality, which may be difficult to measure, as well as proxy dimensions. Researchers interested in the reuse of EHR data for clinical research are recommended to consider the adoption of a consistent taxonomy of EHR data quality, to remain aware of the task-dependence of data quality, to integrate work on data quality assessment from other fields, and to adopt systematic, empirically driven, statistically based methods of data quality assessment. Conclusion: There is currently little consistency or potential generalizability in the methods used to assess EHR data quality. If the reuse of EHR data for clinical research is to become accepted, researchers should adopt validated, systematic methods of EHR data quality assessment. Keywords: manchester orthopedic database; computerized medical-records; ischemic-heart-disease; general-practice data; end-digit preference; primary-care data; patient records; improvement network; administrative data; united-kingdom Source: Journal of the American Medical Informatics Association, 2013, 20(1): 144–151 Email: Weiskopf, NG; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 32 Web-scale pharmacovigilance: listening to signals from the crowd White, RW; Tatonetti, NP; Shah, NH; et al. Abstract: Adverse drug events cause substantial morbidity and mortality and are often discovered after a drug comes to market. We hypothesized that Internet users may provide early clues about adverse drug events via their online information-seeking. We conducted a large-scale study of Web search log data gathered during 2010. We pay particular attention to the specific drug pairing of paroxetine and pravastatin, whose interaction was reported to cause hyperglycemia after the time period of the online logs used in the analysis. We also examine sets of drug pairs known to be associated with hyperglycemia and those not associated with hyperglycemia. We find that anonymized signals on drug interactions can be mined from search logs. Compared to analyses of other sources such as electronic health records (EHR), logs are inexpensive to collect and mine. The results demonstrate that logs of the search activities of populations of

103 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 computer users can contribute to drug safety surveillance. Keywords: adverse events; drug Source: Journal of the American Medical Informatics Association, 2013, 20(3): 404–408 Email: White, RW; [email protected]

Medical Laboratory Technology Citation frequency: 80 Circulating Tumor Cells: Liquid Biopsy of Cancer Alix-Panabieres, C; Pantel, K Abstract: BACKGROUND: The detection and molecular characterization of circulating tumor cells (CTCs) are one of the most active areas of translational cancer research, with >400 clinical studies having included CTCs as a biomarker. The aims of research on CTCs include (a) estimation of the risk for metastatic relapse or metastatic progression (prognostic information), (b) stratification and real-time monitoring of therapies, (c) identification of therapeutic targets and resistance mechanisms, and (d) understanding metastasis development in cancer patients. CONTENT: This review focuses on the technologies used for the enrichment and detection of CTCs. We outline and discuss the current technologies that are based on exploiting the physical and biological properties of CTCs. A number of innovative technologies to improve methods for CTC detection have recently been developed, including CTC microchips, filtration devices, quantitative reverse-transcription PCR assays, and automated microscopy systems. Molecular-characterization studies have indicated, however, that CTCs are very heterogeneous, a finding that underscores the need for multiplex approaches to capture all of the relevant CTC subsets. We therefore emphasize the current challenges of increasing the yield and detection of CTCs that have undergone an epithelial mesenchymal transition. Increasing assay analytical sensitivity may lead, however, to a decrease in analytical specificity (e.g., through the detection of circulating normal epithelial cells). SUMMARY: A considerable number of promising CTC-detection techniques have been developed in recent years. The analytical specificity and clinical utility of these methods must be demonstrated in large prospective multicenter studies to reach the high level of evidence required for their introduction into clinical practice. Keywords: metastatic breast-cancer; peripheral-blood; molecular characterization; prostate-cancer; progression; expression; challenges; technology; disease; assay Source: Clinical Chemistry, 2013, 59(1): 110–118 Email: Pantel, K; [email protected] 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Citation frequency: 59 Molecular Testing Guideline for Selection of Lung Cancer Patients for EGFR and ALK Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors Lindeman, NI; Cagle, PT; Beasley, MB; et al. Abstract: Objective: To establish evidence-based recommendations for the molecular analysis of lung cancers that are required to guide EGFR- and ALK-directed therapies, addressing which patients and samples should be tested, and when and how testing should be performed. Participants: Three cochairs without conflicts of interest were selected, one from each of the 3 sponsoring professional societies: College of American Pathologists, International Association for the Study of Lung Cancer, and Association for Molecular Pathology. Writing and advisory panels were constituted from additional experts from these societies. Evidence: Three unbiased literature searches of electronic databases were performed to capture articles published from January 2004 through February 2012, yielding 1533 articles whose abstracts were screened to identify 521 pertinent articles that were then reviewed in detail for their relevance to the recommendations. Evidence was formally graded for each recommendation. Consensus Process: Initial recommendations were formulated by the cochairs and panel members at a public meeting. Each guideline section was assigned to at least 2 panelists. Drafts were circulated to the writing panel (version 1), advisory panel (version 2), and the public (version 3) before submission (version 4). Conclusions: The 37 guideline items address 14 subjects, including 15 recommendations (evidence grade A/B). The major recommendations are to use testing for EGFR mutations and ALK fusions to guide patient selection for therapy with an epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) or anaplastic lymphoma kinase (ALK) inhibitor, respectively, in all patients with advanced-stage adenocarcinoma, regardless of sex, race, smoking history, or other clinical risk factors, and to prioritize EGFR and ALK testing over other molecular predictive tests. As scientific discoveries and clinical practice outpace the completion of randomized clinical trials, evidence-based guidelines developed by expert practitioners are vital for communicating emerging clinical standards. Already, new treatments targeting genetic alterations in other, less common driver oncogenes are being evaluated in lung cancer, and testing for these may be addressed in future versions of these guidelines. Keywords: epidermal-growth-factor; factor-receptor gene; in-situ-hybridization; polymerase-chain-reaction; mutation-specific antibodies; resolution melting analysis; performance liquid-chromatography; chemotherapy-naive patients; eml4-alk fusion gene; smart-amplification

104 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts process Source: Archives of Pathology & Laboratory Medicine, 2013, 137(6): 828–860 Email: Lindeman, NI; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 50 Cancer Genome Scanning in Plasma: Detection of Tumor-Associated Copy Number Aberrations, Single-Nucleotide Variants, and Tumoral Heterogeneity by Massively Parallel Sequencing Chan, KCA; Jiang, PY; Zheng, YWL; et al. Abstract: BACKGROUND: Tumor-derived DNA can be found in the plasma of cancer patients. In this study, we explored the use of shotgun massively parallel sequencing (MPS) of plasma DNA from cancer patients to scan a cancer genome noninvasively. METHODS: Four hepatocellular carcinoma patients and a patient with synchronous breast and ovarian cancers were recruited. DNA was extracted from the tumor tissues, and the preoperative and postoperative plasma samples of these patients were analyzed with shotgun MPS. RESULTS: We achieved the genomewide profiling of copy number aberrations and point mutations in the plasma of the cancer patients. By detecting and quantifying the genomewide aggregated allelic loss and point mutations, we determined the fractional concentrations of tumor-derived DNA in plasma and correlated these values with tumor size and surgical treatment. We also demonstrated the potential utility of this approach for the analysis of complex oncologic scenarios by studying the patient with 2 synchronous cancers. Through the use of multiregional sequencing of tumoral tissues and shotgun sequencing of plasma DNA, we have shown that plasma DNA sequencing is a valuable approach for studying tumoral heterogeneity. CONCLUSIONS: Shotgun DNA sequencing of plasma is a potentially powerful tool for cancer detection, monitoring, and research. Keywords: noninvasive prenatal-diagnosis; fetal chromosomal aneuploidy; maternal plasma; microsatellite alterations; nucleic-acids; digital pcr; serum dna; mutations; evolution Source: Clinical Chemistry, 2013, 59(1): 211–224 Email: Lo, YMD; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 44 Diagnosis of Lung Cancer in Small Biopsies and Cytology Implications of the 2011 International Association for the Study of Lung Cancer/American Thoracic Society/European Respiratory Society Classification 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Travis, WD; Brambilla, E; Noguchi, M; et al. Abstract: The new International Association for the Study of Lung Cancer/American Thoracic Society/European Respiratory Society lung adenocarcinoma classification provides, for the first time, standardized terminology for lung cancer diagnosis in small biopsies and cytology; this was not primarily addressed by previous World Health Organization classifications. Until recently there have been no therapeutic implications to further classification of NSCLC, so little attention has been given to the distinction of adenocarcinoma and squamous cell carcinoma in small tissue samples. This situation has changed dramatically in recent years with the discovery of several therapeutic options that are available only to patients with adenocarcinoma or NSCLC, not otherwise specified, rather than squamous cell carcinoma. This includes recommendation for use of special stains as an aid to diagnosis, particularly in the setting of poorly differentiated tumors that do not show clear differentiation by routine light microscopy. A limited diagnostic workup is recommended to preserve as much tissue for molecular testing as possible. Most tumors can be classified using a single adenocarcinoma marker (eg, thyroid transcription factor 1 or mucin) and a single squamous marker (eg, p40 or p63). Carcinomas lacking clear differentiation by morphology and special stains are classified as NSCLC, not otherwise specified. Not otherwise specified carcinomas that stain with adenocarcinoma markers are classified as NSCLC, favor adenocarcinoma, and tumors that stain only with squamous markers are classified as NSCLC, favor squamous cell carcinoma. The need for every institution to develop a multidisciplinary tissue management strategy to obtain these small specimens and process them, not only for diagnosis but also for molecular testing and evaluation of markers of resistance to therapy, is emphasized. Keywords: squamous-cell carcinoma; malignant pleural effusion; transcription factor-i; 1st-line treatment; cytokeratin 5/6; pulmonary adenocarcinomas; differential-diagnosis; pathological diagnosis; epithelial neoplasms; ros1 rearrangements Source: Archives of Pathology & Laboratory Medicine, 2013, 137(5): 668–684 Email: Travis, WD; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 43 Preanalytical quality improvement: in quality we trust Lippi, G; Becan-McBride, K; Behulova, D; et al. Abstract: Total quality in laboratory medicine should be defined as the guarantee that each activity throughout the total testing process is correctly performed, providing valuable medical decision-making and effective patient care. In the past decades, a 10-fold reduction in the analytical error rate has been achieved thanks to improvements in both reliability and standardization of analytical techniques, reagents, and instrumentation. Notable advances in information technology, quality control and quality assurance methods have also assured a valuable contribution for reducing diagnostic errors. Nevertheless, several lines of evidence still suggest that most errors in laboratory diagnostics

105 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 fall outside the analytical phase, and the pre- and postanalytical steps have been found to be much more vulnerable. This collective paper, which is the logical continuum of the former already published in this journal 2 years ago, provides additional contribution to risk management in the preanalytical phase and is a synopsis of the lectures of the 2nd European Federation of Clinical Chemistry and Laboratory Medicine (EFLM)-Becton Dickinson (BD) European Conference on Preanalytical Phase meeting entitled "Preanalytical quality improvement: in quality we trust" (Zagreb, Croatia, 1-2 March 2013). The leading topics that will be discussed include quality indicators for preanalytical phase, phlebotomy practices for collection of blood gas analysis and pediatric samples, lipemia and blood collection tube interferences, preanalytical requirements of urinalysis, molecular biology hemostasis and platelet testing, as well as indications on best practices for safe blood collection. Auditing of the preanalytical phase by ISO assessors and external quality assessment for preanalytical phase are also discussed. Keywords: primary-health-care; blood collection tubes; laboratory medicine; hemolysis index; clinical laboratories; patient safety; ISO 15189; errors; sample; diagnostics Source: Clinical Chemistry and Laboratory Medicine, 2013, 51(1): 229–241 Email: Lippi, G; [email protected]

Medicine General Internal Citation frequency: 538 Human Infection with a Novel Avian-Origin Influenza A (H7N9) Virus Gao, RB; Cao, B; Hu, YW; et al. Abstract: BACKGROUND: Infection of poultry with influenza A subtype H7 viruses occurs worldwide, but the introduction of this subtype to humans in Asia has not been observed previously. In March 2013, three urban residents of Shanghai or Anhui, China, presented with rapidly progressing lower respiratory tract infections and were found to be infected with a novel reassortant avian-origin influenza A (H7N9) virus. METHODS: We obtained and analyzed clinical, epidemiologic, and virologic data from these patients. Respiratory specimens were tested for influenza and other respiratory viruses by means of real-time reverse-transcriptase-polymerase-chain-reaction assays, viral culturing, and sequence analyses. RESULTS: A novel reassortant avian-origin influenza A (H7N9) virus was isolated from respiratory specimens obtained from all three patients and was identified as H7N9. Sequencing analyses revealed that all the genes from these three viruses were of avian origin, with six internal genes from avian influenza《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 A (H9N2) viruses. Substitution Q226L (H3 numbering) at the 210-loop in the hemagglutinin (HA) gene was found in the A/Anhui/1/2013 and A/Shanghai/2/2013 virus but not in the A/Shanghai/1/2013 virus. A T160A mutation was identified at the 150-loop in the HA gene of all three viruses. A deletion of five amino acids in the neuraminidase (NA) stalk region was found in all three viruses. All three patients presented with fever, cough, and dyspnea. Two of the patients had a history of recent exposure to poultry. Chest radiography revealed diffuse opacities and consolidation. Complications included acute respiratory distress syndrome and multiorgan failure. All three patients died. CONCLUSIONS: Novel reassortant H7N9 viruses were associated with severe and fatal respiratory disease in three patients. Keywords: british-columbia; H5N1; transmission; hemagglutinin; chickens; outbreak; ferrets Source: New England Journal of Medicine, 2013, 368(20): 1888–1897 Email: Shu, YL; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 479 Primary Prevention of Cardiovascular Disease with a Mediterranean Diet Estruch, R; Ros, E; Salas-Salvado, J; et al. Abstract: BACKGROUND: Observational cohort studies and a secondary prevention trial have shown an inverse association between adherence to the Mediterranean diet and cardiovascular risk. We conducted a randomized trial of this diet pattern for the primary prevention of cardiovascular events. METHODS: In a multicenter trial in Spain, we randomly assigned participants who were at high cardiovascular risk, but with no cardiovascular disease at enrollment, to one of three diets: a Mediterranean diet supplemented with extra-virgin olive oil, a Mediterranean diet supplemented with mixed nuts, or a control diet (advice to reduce dietary fat). Participants received quarterly individual and group educational sessions and, depending on group assignment, free provision of extra-virgin olive oil, mixed nuts, or small nonfood gifts. The primary end point was the rate of major cardiovascular events (myocardial infarction, stroke, or death from cardiovascular causes). On the basis of the results of an interim analysis, the trial was stopped after a median follow-up of 4.8 years. RESULTS: A total of 7447 persons were enrolled (age range, 55 to 80 years); 57% were women. The two Mediterranean-diet groups had good adherence to the intervention, according to self-reported intake and biomarker analyses. A primary end-point event occurred in 288 participants. The multivariable-adjusted hazard ratios were 0.70 (95% confidence interval [CI], 0.54 to 0.92) and 0.72 (95% CI, 0.54 to 0.96) for the group assigned to a Mediterranean diet with extra-virgin olive oil (96 events) and the group assigned to a Mediterranean diet with nuts (83 events), respectively, versus the control group (109 events). No diet-related adverse effects were reported.

106 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts CONCLUSIONS: Among persons at high cardiovascular risk, a Mediterranean diet supplemented with extra-virgin olive oil or nuts reduced the incidence of major cardiovascular events. Keywords: coronary-heart-disease; olive oil intake; randomized-trial; metabolic syndrome; risk-factors; prospective cohort; style diet; adherence; intervention; nutrition Source: New England Journal of Medicine, 2013, 368(14): 1279–1290 Email: Estruch, R; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 398 Nivolumab plus Ipilimumab in Advanced Melanoma Wolchok, JD; Kluger, H; Callahan, MK; et al. Abstract: BACKGROUND: In patients with melanoma, ipilimumab (an antibody against cytotoxic T-lymphocyte-associated antigen 4 [CTLA-4]) prolongs overall survival, and nivolumab (an antibody against the programmed death 1 [PD-1] receptor) produced durable tumor regression in a phase 1 trial. On the basis of their distinct immunologic mechanisms of action and supportive preclinical data, we conducted a phase 1 trial of nivolumab combined with ipilimumab in patients with advanced melanoma. METHODS: We administered intravenous doses of nivolumab and ipilimumab in patients every 3 weeks for 4 doses, followed by nivolumab alone every 3 weeks for 4 doses (concurrent regimen). The combined treatment was subsequently administered every 12 weeks for up to 8 doses. In a sequenced regimen, patients previously treated with ipilimumab received nivolumab every 2 weeks for up to 48 doses. RESULTS: A total of 53 patients received concurrent therapy with nivolumab and ipilimumab, and 33 received sequenced treatment. The objective-response rate (according to modified World Health Organization criteria) for all patients in the concurrent-regimen group was 40%. Evidence of clinical activity (conventional, unconfirmed, or immune-related response or stable disease for ≥24 weeks) was observed in 65% of patients. At the maximum doses that were associated with an acceptable level of adverse events (nivolumab at a dose of 1 mg per kilogram of body weight and ipilimumab at a dose of 3 mg per kilogram), 53% of patients had an objective response, all with tumor reduction of 80% or more. Grade 3 or 4 adverse events related to therapy occurred in 53% of patients in the concurrent-regimen group but were qualitatively similar to previous experience with monotherapy and were generally reversible. Among patients in the sequenced-regimen group, 18% had grade 3 or 4 adverse events related to therapy and the objective-response rate was 20%. CONCLUSIONS: Concurrent therapy with nivolumab and ipilimumab had a manageable safety profile and provided clinical activity that appears to be distinct from that in published data on monotherapy, with rapid and deep tumor regression in a substantial proportion of patients. Keywords: anti-PD-1 antibody; response《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 criteria; cancer; safety; tumors; survival; therapy; CTLA-4; PD-1 Source: New England Journal of Medicine, 2013, 369(2): 122–133 Email: Wolchok, JD; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 370 2014 Evidence-Based Guideline for the Management of High Blood Pressure in Adults Report From the Panel Members Appointed to the Eighth Joint National Committee (JNC 8) James, PA; Oparil, S; Carter, BL; et al. Abstract: Hypertension is the most common condition seen in primary care and leads to myocardial infarction, stroke, renal failure, and death if not detected early and treated appropriately. Patients want to be assured that blood pressure (BP) treatment will reduce their disease burden, while clinicians want guidance on hypertension management using the best scientific evidence. This report takes a rigorous, evidence-based approach to recommend treatment thresholds, goals, and medications in the management of hypertension in adults. Evidence was drawn from randomized controlled trials, which represent the gold standard for determining efficacy and effectiveness. Evidence quality and recommendations were graded based on their effect on important outcomes. There is strong evidence to support treating hypertensive persons aged 60 years or older to a BP goal of less than 150/90 mm Hg and hypertensive persons 30 through 59 years of age to a diastolic goal of less than 90 mm Hg; however, there is insufficient evidence in hypertensive persons younger than 60 years for a systolic goal, or in those younger than 30 years for a diastolic goal, so the panel recommends a BP of less than 140/90 mm Hg for those groups based on expert opinion. The same thresholds and goals are recommended for hypertensive adults with diabetes or nondiabetic chronic kidney disease (CKD) as for the general hypertensive population younger than 60 years. There is moderate evidence to support initiating drug treatment with an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor, angiotensin receptor blocker, calcium channel blocker, or thiazide-type diuretic in the nonblack hypertensive population, including those with diabetes. In the black hypertensive population, including those with diabetes, a calcium channel blocker or thiazide-type diuretic is recommended as initial therapy. There is moderate evidence to support initial or add-on antihypertensive therapy with an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor or angiotensin receptor blocker in persons with CKD to improve kidney outcomes. Although this guideline provides evidence-based recommendations for the management of high BP and should meet the clinical needs of most patients, these recommendations are not a substitute for clinical judgment, and decisions about care must carefully consider and incorporate the clinical characteristics and circumstances of each individual patient. Keywords: isolated systolic hypertension; lipid-lowering treatment; heart-attack trial; converting enzyme-inhibitor; randomized

107 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 controlled-trial; type-2 diabetes-mellitus; calcium-channel blocker; chronic renal-disease; high-risk; older patients Source: JAMA-journal of the American Medical Association, 2014, 311(5): 507–520 Email: James, PA; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 363 Association of All-Cause Mortality With Overweight and Obesity Using Standard Body Mass Index Categories A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis Flegal, KM; Kit, BK; Orpana, H; et al. Abstract: Importance: Estimates of the relative mortality risks associated with normal weight, overweight, and obesity may help to inform decision making in the clinical setting. Objective: To perform a systematic review of reported hazard ratios (HRs) of all-cause mortality for overweight and obesity relative to normal weight in the general population. Data Sources: PubMed and EMBASE electronic databases were searched through September 30, 2012, without language restrictions. Study Selection: Articles that reported HRs for all-cause mortality using standard body mass index (BMI) categories from prospective studies of general populations of adults were selected by consensus among multiple reviewers. Studies were excluded that used nonstandard categories or that were limited to adolescents or to those with specific medical conditions or to those undergoing specific procedures. PubMed searches yielded 7034 articles, of which 141 (2.0%) were eligible. An EMBASE search yielded 2 additional articles. After eliminating overlap, 97 studies were retained for analysis, providing a combined sample size of more than 2.88 million individuals and more than 270000 deaths. Data Extraction: Data were extracted by 1 reviewer and then reviewed by 3 independent reviewers. We selected the most complex model available for the full sample and used a variety of sensitivity analyses to address issues of possible overadjustment (adjusted for factors in causal pathway) or underadjustment (not adjusted for at least age, sex, and smoking). Results: Random-effects summary all-cause mortality HRs for overweight (BMI of 25 <30), obesity (BMI of≥ 30), grade 1 obesity (BMI of 30 <35), and grades 2 and 3 obesity (BMI of≥35) were calculated relative to normal weight (BMI of 18.5 <25). The summary HRs were 0.94 (95% CI, 0.91-0.96) for overweight, 1.18 (95% CI, 1.12-1.25) for obesity (all grades combined), 0.95 (95% CI, 0.88-1.01) for grade 1 obesity, and 1.29 (95% CI, 1.18-1.41) for grades 2 and 3 obesity. These findings persisted when limited to studies with measured weight and height that were considered to be adequately adjusted. The HRs tended to be higher when weight and height were self-reported rather than measured. 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Conclusions and Relevance: Relative to normal weight, both obesity (all grades) and grades 2 and 3 obesity were associated with significantly higher all-cause mortality. Grade 1 obesity overall was not associated with higher mortality, and overweight was associated with significantly lower all-cause mortality. The use of predefined standard BMI groupings can facilitate between-study comparisons. Keywords: long-term mortality; cardiovascular-disease mortality; coronary-artery-disease; dwelling older-adults; self-reported weight; middle-aged men; follow-up; risk-factors; life-style; prospective cohort Source: JAMA-journal of the American Medical Association, 2013, 309(1): 71–82 Email: Flegal, KM; [email protected]

Medicine Legal Citation frequency: 33 The HIrisPlex system for simultaneous prediction of hair and eye colour from DNA Walsh, S; Liu, F; Wollstein, A; et al. Abstract: Recently, the field of predicting phenotypes of externally visible characteristics (EVCs) from DNA genotypes with the final aim of concentrating police investigations to find persons completely unknown to investigating authorities, also referred to as Forensic DNA Phenotyping (FDP), has started to become established in forensic biology. We previously developed and forensically validated the IrisPlex system for accurate prediction of blue and brown eye colour from DNA, and recently showed that all major hair colour categories are predictable from carefully selected DNA markers. Here, we introduce the newly developed HIrisPlex system, which is capable of simultaneously predicting both hair and eye colour from DNA. HIrisPlex consists of a single multiplex assay targeting 24 eye and hair colour predictive DNA variants including all 6 IrisPlex SNPs, as well as two prediction models, a newly developed model for hair colour categories and shade, and the previously developed IrisPlex model for eye colour. The HIrisPlex assay was designed to cope with low amounts of template DNA, as well as degraded DNA, and preliminary sensitivity testing revealed full DNA profiles down to 63 pg input DNA. The power of the HIrisPlex system to predict hair colour was assessed in 1551 individuals from three different parts of Europe showing different hair colour frequencies. Using a 20% subset of individuals, while 80% were used for model building, the individual-based prediction accuracies employing a prediction-guided approach were 69.5% for blond, 78.5% for brown, 80% for red and 87.5% for black hair colour on average. Results from HIrisPlex analysis on worldwide DNA samples imply that HIrisPlex hair colour prediction is reliable independent of bio-geographic ancestry (similar to previous IrisPlex findings for eye colour). We furthermore demonstrate that it is possible to infer with a prediction accuracy of > 86% if a brown-eyed, black-haired individual is of non-European

108 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts (excluding regions nearby Europe) versus European (including nearby regions) bio-geographic origin solely from the strength of HIrisPlex eye and hair colour probabilities, which can provide extra intelligence for future forensic applications. The HIrisPlex system introduced here, including a single multiplex test assay, an interactive tool and prediction guide, and recommendations for reporting final outcomes, represents the first tool for simultaneously establishing categorical eye and hair colour of a person from DNA. The practical forensic application of the HIrisPlex system is expected to benefit cases where other avenues of investigation, including STR profiling, provide no leads on who the unknown crime scene sample donor or the unknown missing person might be. Keywords: single nucleotide polymorphisms; human pigmentation; genetic-determinants; skin pigmentation; human-populations; receptor gene; human height; mc1r gene; red hair; association Source: Forensic Science International-genetics, 2013, 7(1): 98–115 Email: Kayser, M; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 32 URB-754: A new class of designer drug and 12 synthetic cannabinoids detected in illegal products Uchiyama, N; Kawamura, M; Kikura-Hanajiri, R; et al. Abstract: URB-754 (6-methyl-2-[(4-methylphenyl)amino]-1-benzoxazin-4-one) was identified as a new type of designer drug in illegal products. Though many of the synthetic cannabinoids detected in illegal products are known to have affinities for cannabinoid CB1/CB2 receptors, URB-754 was reported to inhibit an endocannabinoid deactivating enzyme. Furthermore, an unknown compound (N,5-dimethyl-N-(1-oxo1-(p-tolyl)butan-2-yl)-2-(N'-(p-tolyl)ureido)benzamide), which is deduced to be the product of a reaction between URB-754 and a cathinone derivative 4-methylbuphedrone (4-Me-MABP), was identified along with URB-754 and 4-Me-MABP in the same product. It is of interest that the product of a reaction between two different types of designer drugs, namely, a cannabinoid-related designer drug and a cathinone-type designer drug, was found in one illegal product. In addition, 12 cannabimimetic compounds, 5- fluoropentyl-3-pyridinoylindole, JWH-307, JWH-030, UR-144, 5FUR-144 (synonym: XLR11), (4-methylnaphtyl)-JWH-022 [synonym: N- (5-fluoropentyl)-JWH-122], AM-2232, (4-methylnaphtyl)-AM-2201 (MAM-2201), N-(4-pentenyl)-JWH-122, JWH-213, (4-ethylnaphtyl)- AM-2201 (EAM-2201) and AB-001, were also detected herein as newly distributed designer drugs in Japan. Furthermore, a tryptamine derivative, 4-hydroxy-diethyltryptamine (4-OH-DET), was detected together with a synthetic cannabinoid, APINACA, in the same product. Keywords: cannabimimetic indoles; receptor agonists; herbal product; CB2 receptors; identification; hydrolysis; 2-AG Source: Forensic Science International, 2013, 227(1–3): 21–32 Email: Goda, Y; [email protected] 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Citation frequency: 27 Anti-infective carbonic anhydrase inhibitors: a patent and literature review Capasso, C; Supuran, CT Abstract: Introduction: All microorganisms that cause diseases or illnesses to their host are defined as pathogens. In this paper we will review the current state of the art for inhibiting parasite carbonic anhydrases (CAs, EC 4.2.1.1) with a goal of developing antibacterial, antifungal or antiprotozoan agents possessing a different mechanism of action compared with the clinically used drugs to which a considerable degree of drug resistance has been reported. Areas covered: Cloning of the genomes of many pathogenic microorganisms offered the possibility of exploring alternative pathways for inhibiting virulence factors or proteins essential for their life cycle, and such an approach was applied systematically for CAs from prokaryotic and eukaryotic microorganisms. Investigations of CAs in bacteria, fungi and protozoa domains will undoubtedly reveal novel aspects of microbial virulence, these efforts being part of a more general approach of using metalloenzyme inhibitors for designing novel classes of anti-infectives. Expert opinion: Covers an overview of the patent literature in the field of the anti-infective CA inhibitors. Most of the patents deal with sulfonamide CA inhibitors. Bacterial/fungal/protozoan CAs represent at this moment very promising targets for obtaining anti-infectives devoid of the resistance problems of the clinically used such agents but further studies are needed to validate these and other less investigated enzymes as novel drug targets. Keywords: beta-class enzyme; sulfurihydrogenibium-yellowstonense YO3AOP1; yeast saccharomyces-cerevisiae; pathogens candida- albicans; mycobacterium-tuberculosis; cryptococcus-neoformans; plasmodium-falciparum; helicobacter-pylori; molecular-cloning; virulence factors Source: Expert Opinion on Therapeutic Patents, 2013, 23(6): 693–704 Email: Capasso, C; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 27 Antiobesity carbonic anhydrase inhibitors: a literature and patent review Scozzafava, A; Supuran, CT; Carta, F Abstract: Introduction: Obesity is ranked as one of the top 10 global health problems and the major concern deriving from it is the exposure of the population to a vast array of chronic pathologies such as cardiovascular and musculoskeletal disorders, type 2 diabetes,

109 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 cancer, such as colon, breast and endometrial cancer, together with psychological disorders derived from this condition. The discovery that the clinically used anticonvulsants topiramate (TPM) and zonisamide (ZNS) induced weight loss in obese, epileptic patients, afforded the validation of the mitochondrial carbonic anhydrases (CAs, EC 4.2.1.1) VA and VB as targets for the development of antiobesity drugs. Areas covered: This review deals with the scientific and patent literature regarding obesity or obesity-related pathologies, being particularly focused on the use of carbonic anhydrase inhibitors (CAI) such as TPM and ZNS which inhibit the de novo lipogenesis. Expert opinion: There is an urgent need of new drugs for the treatment of obesity. The identification that the mitochondrial CAs are implicated in the de novo lipogenesis allowed to consider selective inhibitors of such enzymes as useful for the development of new antiobesity drugs. Actually TPM was approved 1 year ago for this therapy, whereas ZNS is also an effective such agent. These compounds are the lead molecules in this field and an intense research is on the way in order to develop new compounds based on the selective inhibition of mitochondrial CA isoforms. Keywords: prader-willi-syndrome; plasma ghrelin levels; weight-loss; body-weight; aromatic/heterocyclic sulfonamides; leptin deficiency; emerging drugs; food-intake; isozyme-ii; obesity Source: Expert Opinion on Therapeutic Patents, 2013, 23(6): 725–735 Email: Supuran, CT; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 26 Antiglaucoma carbonic anhydrase inhibitors: a patent review Masini, E; Carta, F; Scozzafava, A; et al. Abstract: Introduction: Glaucoma is one of the major causes of blindness, affecting together with age-related macular degeneration 70 million people worldwide. One of the therapeutic options for its management is based on the inhibition of the metalloenyme carbonic anhydrase (CA, EC 4.2.1.1). CA inhibitors (CAIs) diminish intraocular pressure (IOP) by reducing the rate of bicarbonate formation and thus secretion of the aqueous humor. Areas covered: The main classes of clinically used antiglaucoma CAIs are the sulfonamides with systemic (acetazolamide, methazolamide, ethoxzolamide and dichlorophenamide) and topical (dorzolamide and brinzolamide) action. A patent literature review covering the period 2007 - 2013 is presented. Expert opinion: This review presents an overview of the patent literature in the CAI antiglaucoma drug design field during the past 6 years. Most of the patents deal with sulfonamide/sulfamide/sulfamate CAIs, sulfonamides incorporating NO-donating moieties, as well as hybrids incorporating sulfonamide and 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅prostaglandin (PG) analogs, were also reported. There is an urgent need for new antiglaucoma CAIs/approaches to treat and diagnose this disease in the very near future, as the last drug which has been discovered in the field (latanoprost) dates back > 10 years ago. Keywords: sulfurihydrogenibium-yellowstonense YO3AOP1; pressure-lowering properties; intraocular-pressure; aromatic/heterocyclic sulfonamides; therapeutic applications; dorzolamide eyedrops; anion inhibition; drug discovery; glaucoma; activators Source: Expert Opinion on Therapeutic Patents, 2013, 23(6): 705–716 Email: Supuran, CT; [email protected]

Medicine Research Experimental Citation frequency: 182 Intestinal microbiota metabolism of L-carnitine, a nutrient in red meat, promotes atherosclerosis Koeth, RA; Wang, ZE; Levison, BS; et al. Abstract: Intestinal microbiota metabolism of choline and phosphatidylcholine produces trimethylamine (MA), which is further metabolized to a proatherogenic species, trimethylamine-N-oxide (TMAO). We demonstrate here that metabolism by intestinal microbiota of dietary L-carnitine, a trimethylamine abundant in red meat, also produces TMAO and accelerates atherosclerosis in mice. Omnivorous human subjects produced more TMAO than did vegans or vegetarians following ingestion of L-carnitine through a microbiota-dependent mechanism. The presence of specific bacterial taxa in human feces was associated with both plasma TMAO concentration and dietary status. Plasma L-carnitine levels in subjects undergoing cardiac evaluation (n=2595) predicted increased risks for both prevalent cardiovascular disease (CVD) and incident major adverse cardiac events (myocardial infarction, stroke or death), but only among subjects with concurrently high TMAO levels. Chronic dietary L-carnitine supplementation in mice altered cecal microbial composition, markedly enhanced synthesis of TMA and TMAO, and increased atherosclerosis, but this did not occur if intestinal microbiota was concurrently suppressed. In mice with an intact intestinal microbiota, dietary supplementation with TMAO or either carnitine or choline reduced in vivo reverse cholesterol transport. Intestinal microbiota may thus contribute to the well-established link between high levels of red meat consumption and CVD risk. Keywords: reverse cholesterol transport; coronary-heart-disease; bile-acid; cardiovascular-disease; gut microbiome; mice; expression; diet; receptors; protein Source: Nature Medicine, 2013, 19(5): 576–585 Email: Hazen, SL; [email protected]

110 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Citation frequency: 170 ABT-199, a potent and selective BCL-2 inhibitor, achieves antitumor activity while sparing platelets Souers, AJ; Leverson, JD; Boghaert, ER; et al. Abstract: Proteins in the B cell CLL/lymphoma 2 (BCL-2) family are key regulators of the apoptotic process. This family comprises proapoptotic and prosurvival proteins, and shifting the balance toward the latter is an established mechanism whereby cancer cells evade apoptosis. The therapeutic potential of directly inhibiting prosurvival proteins was unveiled with the development of navitoclax, a selective inhibitor of both BCL-2 and BCL-2-like 1 (BCL-X-L), which has shown clinical efficacy in some BCL-2-dependent hematological cancers. However, concomitant on-target thrombocytopenia caused by BCL-X-L inhibition limits the efficacy achievable with this agent. Here we report the re-engineering of navitoclax to create a highly potent, orally bioavailable and BCL-2-selective inhibitor, ABT-199. This compound inhibits the growth of BCL-2-dependent tumors in vivo and spares human platelets. A single dose of ABT-199 in three patients with refractory chronic lymphocytic leukemia resulted in tumor lysis within 24 h. These data indicate that selective pharmacological inhibition of BCL-2 shows promise for the treatment of BCL-2-dependent hematological cancers. Keywords: B-cell lymphoma; chronic lymphocytic-leukemia; acute lymphoblastic-leukemia; non-hodgkins-lymphoma; family inhibitor; induce apoptosis; high-affinity; in-vivo; expression; cancer Source: Nature Medicine, 2013, 19(2): 202–208 Email: Souers, AJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 149 The meaning, the sense and the significance: translating the science of mesenchymal stem cells into medicine Bianco, P; Cao, X; Frenette, PS; et al. Abstract: Mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) are the focus of intensive efforts worldwide directed not only at elucidating their nature and unique properties but also developing cell-based therapies for a diverse range of diseases. More than three decades have passed since the original formulation of the concept, revolutionary at the time, that multiple connective tissues could emanate from a common progenitor or stem cell retained in the postnatal bone marrow. Despite the many important advances made since that time, substantial ambiguities still plague the field regarding the nature, identity, function, mode of isolation and experimental handling of MSCs. These uncertainties have a major impact on their envisioned therapeutic use. Keywords: bone-marrow; hematopoietic stem; osteogenesis imperfecta; progenitor cells; stromal cells; osteoblast differentiation; stem/progenitor cells; fibrous dysplasia;《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 niche; adult Source: Nature Medicine, 2013, 19(1): 35–42 Email: Bianco, P; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 124 WNT signaling in bone homeostasis and disease: from human mutations to treatments Baron, R; Kneissel, M Abstract: Low bone mass and strength lead to fragility fractures, for example, in elderly individuals affected by osteoporosis or children with osteogenesis imperfecta. A decade ago, rare human mutations affecting bone negatively (osteoporosis-pseudoglioma syndrome) or positively (high bone mass phenotype, sclerosteosis and Van Buchem disease) have been identified and found to all reside in components of the canonical WNT signaling machinery. Mouse genetics confirmed the importance of canonical WNT signaling in the regulation of bone homeostasis, with activation of the pathway leading to increased, and inhibition leading to decreased, bone mass and strength. The importance of WNT signaling for bone has also been highlighted since then in the general population in numerous genome-wide association studies. The pathway is now the target for therapeutic intervention to restore bone strength in millions of patients at risk for fracture. This paper reviews our current understanding of the mechanisms by which WNT signalng regulates bone homeostasis. Keywords: frizzled-related protein-1; osteoporosis-pseudoglioma syndrome; receptor-related protein-5; hematopoietic stem-cells; synovial joint formation; van-buchem-disease; parathyroid-hormone; osteoblast differentiation; beta-catenin; in-vivo Source: Nature Medicine, 2013, 19(2): 179–192 Email: Baron, R; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 102 The role of autophagy in neurodegenerative disease Nixon, RA Abstract: Autophagy is a lysosomal degradative process used to recycle obsolete cellular constituents and eliminate damaged organelles and protein aggregates. These substrates reach lysosomes by several distinct mechanisms, including delivery within endosomes as well as autophagosomes. Completion of digestion involves dynamic interactions among compartments of the autophagic and endocytic pathways. Neurons are particularly vulnerable to disruptions of these interactions, especially as the brain ages. Not surprisingly, mutations of genes regulating autophagy cause neurodegenerative diseases across the age spectrum with exceptional frequency. In late-onset disorders such as Alzheimer's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and familial Parkinson's disease, defects arise at different stages of the autophagy

111 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 pathway and have different implications for pathogenesis and therapy. This Review provides an overview of the role of autophagy in neurodegenerative disease, focusing particularly on less frequently considered lysosomal clearance mechanisms and their considerable impact on disease. Various therapeutic strategies for modulating specific stages of autophagy and the current state of drug development for this purpose are also evaluated. Keywords: chaperone-mediated autophagy; amyotrophic-lateral-sclerosis; amyloid-beta peptide; neuronal ceroid-lipofuscinosis; lysosomal storage disorders; aggregate-prone proteins; alpha-synuclein toxicity; mouse model; alzheimers-disease; parkinsons-disease Source: Nature Medicine, 2013, 19(8): 983–997 Email: Nixon, RA; [email protected]

Metallurgy Metallurgical Engineering Citation frequency: 133 Extreme grain refinement by severe plastic deformation: A wealth of challenging science Estrin, Y; Vinogradov, A Abstract: This article presents our take on the area of bulk ultrafine-grained materials produced by severe plastic deformation (SPD). Over the last decades, research activities in this area have grown enormously and have produced interesting results, which we summarise in this concise review. This paper is intended as an introduction to the field for the "uninitiated", while at the same time highlighting some polemic issues that may be of interest to those specialising in bulk nanomaterials produced by SPD. A brief overview of the available SPD technologies is given, along with a summary of unusual mechanical, physical and other properties achievable by SPD processing. The challenges this research is facing-some of them generic and some specific to the nanoSPD area-are identified and discussed. Keywords: high-pressure torsion; channel angular extrusion; low-carbon steel; biodegradable magnesium implants; bulk nanostructured materials; commercially pure titanium; stress-corrosion cracking; solid-state infiltration; large-strain deformation; range internal-stresses Source: Acta Materialia, 2013, 61(3): 782–817 Email: Estrin, Y; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 59 Superior light metals by texture engineering: Optimized aluminum and magnesium alloys for automotive applications Hirsch, J; Al-Samman, T Abstract: Aluminum and magnesium《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 are two highly important lightweight metals used in automotive applications to reduce vehicle weight. Crystallographic texture engineering through a combination of intelligent processing and alloying is a powerful and effective tool to obtain superior aluminum and magnesium alloys with optimized strength and ductility for automotive applications. In the present article the basic mechanisms of texture formation of aluminum and magnesium alloys during wrought processing are described and the major aspects and differences in deformation and recrystallization mechanisms are discussed. In addition to the crystal structure, the resulting properties can vary significantly, depending on the alloy composition and processing conditions, which can cause drastic texture and microstructure changes. The elementary mechanisms of plastic deformation and recrystallization comprising nucleation and growth and their orientation dependence, either within the homogeneously formed microstructure or due to inhomogeneous deformation, are described along with their impact on texture formation, and the resulting forming behavior. The typical face-centered cubic and hexagonal close-packed rolling and recrystallization textures, and related mechanical anisotropy and forming conditions are analyzed and compared for standard aluminum and magnesium alloys. New aspects for their modification and advanced strategies of alloy design and microstructure to improve material properties are derived. Keywords: high-temperature deformation; dynamic recrystallization; single crystals; rolling textures; hot deformation; sheet metals; AZ31 alloy; Mg; behavior; microstructure Source: Acta Materialia, 2013, 61(3): 818–843 Email: Hirsch, J; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 59 Materials challenges in nuclear energy Zinkle, SJ; Was, GS Abstract: Nuclear power currently provides about 13% of electrical power worldwide, and has emerged as a reliable baseload source of electricity. A number of materials challenges must be successfully resolved for nuclear energy to continue to make further improvements in reliability, safety and economics. The operating environment for materials in current and proposed future nuclear energy systems is summarized, along with a description of materials used for the main operating components. Materials challenges associated with power uprates and extensions of the operating lifetimes of reactors are described. The three major materials challenges for the current and next generation of water-cooled fission reactors are centered on two structural materials aging degradation issues (corrosion and stress corrosion cracking of structural materials and neutron-induced embrittlement of reactor pressure vessels), along with improved fuel system reliability and accident tolerance issues. The major corrosion and stress corrosion cracking degradation mechanisms for light-water reactors are

112 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts reviewed. The materials degradation issues for the Zr alloy-clad UO2 fuel system currently utilized in the majority of commercial nuclear power plants are discussed for normal and off-normal operating conditions. Looking to proposed future (Generation IV) fission and fusion energy systems, there are five key bulk radiation degradation effects (low temperature radiation hardening and embrittlement; radiation- induced and -modified solute segregation and phase stability; irradiation creep; void swelling; and high-temperature helium embrittlement) and a multitude of corrosion and stress corrosion cracking effects (including irradiation-assisted phenomena) that can have a major impact on the performance of structural materials. Keywords: austenitic stainless-steels; stress-corrosion cracking; ferritic-martensitic steels; low-temperature irradiation; reactor structural-materials; water-reactor; light-water; supercritical water; zirconium alloys; microstructural evolution Source: Acta Materialia, 2013, 61(3): 735–758 Email: Zinkle, SJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 55 Nanostructured aluminium alloys produced by severe plastic deformation: New horizons in development Sabirov, I; Murashkin, MY; Valiev, RZ Abstract: In recent years, much progress has been made in the studies of nanostructured Al alloys for advanced structural and functional use associated both with the development of novel routes for the fabrication of bulk nanostructured materials using severe plastic deformation (SPD) techniques and with investigation of fundamental mechanisms leading to improved properties. This review paper discusses new concepts and principles in application of SPD processing to fabricate bulk nanostructured Al alloys with advanced properties. Special emphasis is placed on the relationship between microstructural features, mechanical, chemical, and physical properties, as well as the innovation potential of the SPD-produced nanostructured Al alloys. Keywords: high-pressure torsion; ultrafine-grained aluminum; al-mg alloy; channel angular extrusion; hall-petch relationship; strain-rate sensitivity; resolution electron-microscopy; metal-matrix composites; bonding arb process; mechanical-properties Source: Materials Science and Engineering A-structural Materials Properties Microstructure and Processing, 2013, 560: 1–24 Email: Sabirov, I; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 53 Grain boundaries as the controlling factor for the ferromagnetic behaviour of Co-doped ZnO 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Straumal, BB; Mazilkin, AA; Protasova, SG; et al. Abstract: The influence of the grain boundary (GB) specific area s(GB) on the appearance of ferromagnetism in Co-doped ZnO has been analysed based on a review of numerous research contributions from the literature on the origin of the ferromagnetic behaviour of Co-doped ZnO. An empirical correlation has been found that the value of the specific grain boundary area s(GB) is the main factor controlling such behaviour. The Co-doped ZnO becomes ferromagnetic only if it contains enough GBs, i.e., if s(GB) is higher than a certain 6 2 3 threshold value Sth=1.5×10 m /m . It corresponds to the effective grain size of about 1 mu m assuming a full dense material and equiaxial grains. The magnetic properties of Co-doped (0 to 42 at. %) ZnO dense nanograined thin films have been investigated. The films were deposited using the wet chemistry liquid ceramics method. The samples demonstrate ferromagnetic behaviour with Js up to 0.12emu/g and coercivity Hc approximate to 0.01T. Saturation magnetization non-monotonically depends on the Co concentration. The dependence on Co content can be explained by the changes in the structure of a ferromagnetic grain boundary foam responsible for the magnetic properties of pure and doped ZnO. Keywords: room-temperature ferromagnetism; zn1-xcoxo thin-films; diluted magnetic semiconductors; chemical-vapor-deposition; optical-properties; zinc-oxide; electrochemical deposition; substituted zno; nanorods; nanocrystals Source: Philosophical Magazine, 2013, 93(10–12): 1371–1383 Email: Straumal, BB; [email protected]

Meteorology Atmospheric Sciences Citation frequency: 297 Bounding the role of black carbon in the climate system: A scientific assessment Bond, TC; Doherty, SJ; Fahey, DW; et al. Abstract: Black carbon aerosol plays a unique and important role in Earth's climate system. Black carbon is a type of carbonaceous material with a unique combination of physical properties. This assessment provides an evaluation of black-carbon climate forcing that is comprehensive in its inclusion of all known and relevant processes and that is quantitative in providing best estimates and uncertainties of the main forcing terms: direct solar absorption; influence on liquid, mixed phase, and ice clouds; and deposition on snow and ice. These effects are calculated with climate models, but when possible, they are evaluated with both microphysical measurements and field observations. Predominant sources are combustion related, namely, fossil fuels for transportation, solid fuels for industrial and residential uses, and open burning of biomass. Total global emissions of black carbon using bottom-up inventory methods are 7500 Gg yr-1 in the year 2000 with an uncertainty range of 2000 to 29000. However, global atmospheric absorption attributable to black carbon is too low in many

113 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 models and should be increased by a factor of almost 3. After this scaling, the best estimate for the industrial-era (1750 to 2005) direct radiative forcing of atmospheric black carbon is +0.71 W m-2 with 90% uncertainty bounds of (+0.08, +1.27) W m-2. Total direct forcing by all black carbon sources, without subtracting the preindustrial background, is estimated as +0.88 (+0.17, +1.48) W m-2. Direct radiative forcing alone does not capture important rapid adjustment mechanisms. A framework is described and used for quantifying climate forcings, including rapid adjustments. The best estimate of industrial-era climate forcing of black carbon through all forcing mechanisms, including clouds and cryosphere forcing, is +1.1 W m-2 with 90% uncertainty bounds of +0.17 to +2.1 W m-2. Thus, there is a very high probability that black carbon emissions, independent of co-emitted species, have a positive forcing and warm the climate. We estimate that black carbon, with a total climate forcing of +1.1 W m-2, is the second most important human emission in terms of its climate forcing in the present-day atmosphere; only carbon dioxide is estimated to have a greater forcing. Sources that emit black carbon also emit other short-lived species that may either cool or warm climate. Climate forcings from co-emitted species are estimated and used in the framework described herein. When the principal effects of short-lived co-emissions, including cooling agents such as sulfur dioxide, are included in net forcing, energy-related sources (fossil fuel and biofuel) have an industrial-era climate forcing of +0.22 (-0.50 to +1.08) W m-2 during the first year after emission. For a few of these sources, such as diesel engines and possibly residential biofuels, warming is strong enough that eliminating all short-lived emissions from these sources would reduce net climate forcing (i.e., produce cooling). When open burning emissions, which emit high levels of organic matter, are included in the total, the best estimate of net industrial-era climate forcing by all short-lived species from black-carbon-rich sources becomes slightly negative (-0.06 W m-2 with 90% uncertainty bounds of -1.45 to +1.29 W m-2). The uncertainties in net climate forcing from black-carbon-rich sources are substantial, largely due to lack of knowledge about cloud interactions with both black carbon and co-emitted organic carbon. In prioritizing potential black-carbon mitigation actions, non-science factors, such as technical feasibility, costs, policy design, and implementation feasibility play important roles. The major sources of black carbon are presently in different stages with regard to the feasibility for near-term mitigation. This assessment, by evaluating the large number and complexity of the associated physical and radiative processes in black-carbon climate forcing, sets a baseline from which to improve future climate forcing estimates. Keywords: aerosol light-absorption; general-circulation model; biomass burning emissions; cirrus cloud formation; greenhouse-gas emissions; airborne particulate matter; global warming potentials; indian-ocean experiment; fossil-fuel combustion; chemical mass-balance Source: Journal of Geophysical Research-atmospheres, 2013, 118(11): 5380–5552 Email: Bond, TC; [email protected] 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Citation frequency: 128 Updated high-resolution grids of monthly climatic observations - the CRU TS3.10 Dataset Harris, I; Jones, PD; Osborn, TJ; et al. Abstract: This paper describes the construction of an updated gridded climate dataset (referred to as CRU TS3.10) from monthly observations at meteorological stations across the world's land areas. Station anomalies (from 1961 to 1990 means) were interpolated into 0.5 degrees latitude/longitude grid cells covering the global land surface (excluding Antarctica), and combined with an existing climatology to obtain absolute monthly values. The dataset includes six mostly independent climate variables (mean temperature, diurnal temperature range, precipitation, wet-day frequency, vapour pressure and cloud cover). Maximum and minimum temperatures have been arithmetically derived from these. Secondary variables (frost day frequency and potential evapotranspiration) have been estimated from the six primary variables using well-known formulae. Time series for hemispheric averages and 20 large sub-continental scale regions were calculated (for mean, maximum and minimum temperature and precipitation totals) and compared to a number of similar gridded products. The new dataset compares very favourably, with the major deviations mostly in regions and/or time periods with sparser observational data. CRU TS3.10 includes diagnostics associated with each interpolated value that indicates the number of stations used in the interpolation, allowing determination of the reliability of values in an objective way. This gridded product will be publicly available, including the input station series. Keywords: space-time climate; air-temperature; data set; variability; precipitation; database; density; series Source: International Journal of Climatology, 2014, 34(3): 623–642 Email: Jones, PD; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 107 Increasing drought under global warming in observations and models Dai, AG Abstract: Historical records of precipitation, streamflow and drought indices all show increased aridity since 1950 over many land areas(1,2). Analyses of model-simulated soil moisture(3,4), drought indices(1,5,6) and precipitation-minus-evaporation(7) suggest increased risk of drought in the twenty-first century. There are, however, large differences in the observed and model-simulated drying patterns(1,2,6). Reconciling these differences is necessary before the model predictions can be trusted. Previous studies(8-12) show that changes in sea surface temperatures have large influences on land precipitation and the inability of the coupled models to reproduce many

114 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts observed regional precipitation changes is linked to the lack of the observed, largely natural change patterns in sea surface temperatures in coupled model simulations(13). Here I show that the models reproduce not only the influence of El Nino-Southern Oscillation on drought over land, but also the observed global mean aridity trend from 1923 to 2010. Regional differences in observed and model-simulated aridity changes result mainly from natural variations in tropical sea surface temperatures that are often not captured by the coupled models. The unforced natural variations vary among model runs owing to different initial conditions and thus are irreproducible. I conclude that the observed global aridity changes up to 2010 are consistent with model predictions, which suggest severe and widespread droughts in the next 30-90 years over many land areas resulting from either decreased precipitation and/or increased evaporation. Keywords: interdecadal climate variability; future drought; north-america; sahel drought; temperature; patterns; rainfall; precipitation; 20th-century; simulations Source: Nature Climate Change, 2013, 3(1): 52–58 Email: Dai, AG; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 95 Robustness and uncertainties in the new CMIP5 climate model projections Knutti, R; Sedlacek, J Abstract: Estimates of impacts from anthropogenic climate change rely on projections from climate models. Uncertainties in those have often been a limiting factor, in particular on local scales. A new generation of more complex models running scenarios for the upcoming Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Fifth Assessment Report (IPCC AR5) is widely, and perhaps naively, expected to provide more detailed and more certain projections. Here we show that projected global temperature change from the new models is remarkably similar to that from those used in IPCC AR4 after accounting for the different underlying scenarios. The spatial patterns of temperature and precipitation change are also very consistent. Interestingly, the local model spread has not changed much despite substantial model development and a massive increase in computational capacity. Part of this model spread is irreducible owing to internal variability in the climate system, yet there is also uncertainty from model differences that can potentially be eliminated. We argue that defining progress in climate modelling in terms of narrowing uncertainties is too limited. Models improve, representing more processes in greater detail. This implies greater confidence in their projections, but convergence may remain slow. The uncertainties should not stop decisions being made. Keywords: carbon-cycle models; atmosphere-ocean; simpler model; temperature; sensitivity Source: Nature Climate Change, 2013, 3(4): 369–373 Email: Knutti, R; [email protected] 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Citation frequency: 91 Climate change projections using the IPSL-CM5 Earth System Model: from CMIP3 to CMIP5 Dufresne, JL; Foujols, MA; Denvil, S; et al. Abstract: We present the global general circulation model IPSL-CM5 developed to study the long-term response of the climate system to natural and anthropogenic forcings as part of the 5th Phase of the Coupled Model Intercomparison Project (CMIP5). This model includes an interactive carbon cycle, a representation of tropospheric and stratospheric chemistry, and a comprehensive representation of aerosols. As it represents the principal dynamical, physical, and bio-geochemical processes relevant to the climate system, it may be referred to as an Earth System Model. However, the IPSL-CM5 model may be used in a multitude of configurations associated with different boundary conditions and with a range of complexities in terms of processes and interactions. This paper presents an overview of the different model components and explains how they were coupled and used to simulate historical climate changes over the past 150 years and different scenarios of future climate change. A single version of the IPSL-CM5 model (IPSL-CM5A-LR) was used to provide climate projections associated with different socio-economic scenarios, including the different Representative Concentration Pathways considered by CMIP5 and several scenarios from the Special Report on Emission Scenarios considered by CMIP3. Results suggest that the magnitude of global warming projections primarily depends on the socio-economic scenario considered, that there is potential for an aggressive mitigation policy to limit global warming to about two degrees, and that the behavior of some components of the climate system such as the Arctic sea ice and the Atlantic Meridional Overturning Circulation may change drastically by the end of the twenty-first century in the case of a no climate policy scenario. Although the magnitude of regional temperature and precipitation changes depends fairly linearly on the magnitude of the projected global warming (and thus on the scenario considered), the geographical pattern of these changes is strikingly similar for the different scenarios. The representation of atmospheric physical processes in the model is shown to strongly influence the simulated climate variability and both the magnitude and pattern of the projected climate changes. Keywords: general-circulation model; convective boundary-layer; sea-ice model; north-atlantic; ocean model; tropical precipitation; cumulus convection; hydrological cycle; sulfate aerosol; air-temperature Source: Climate Dynamics, 2013, 40(9–10): 2123–2165 Email: Dufresne, JL; [email protected]

115 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015

Microbiology Citation frequency: 135 The gut microbiota - masters of host development and physiology Sommer, F; Backhed, F Abstract: Establishing and maintaining beneficial interactions between the host and its associated microbiota are key requirements for host health. Although the gut microbiota has previously been studied in the context of inflammatory diseases, it has recently become clear that this microbial community has a beneficial role during normal homeostasis, modulating the host's immune system as well as influencing host development and physiology, including organ development and morphogenesis, and host metabolism. The underlying molecular mechanisms of host microorganism interactions remain largely unknown, but recent studies have begun to identify the key signalling pathways of the cross-species homeostatic regulation between the gut microbiota and its host. Keywords: T-cell responses; germ-free mice; ror-gamma-t; intestinal microbiota; commensal bacteria; lymphoid-tissues; colorectal-cancer; MUC2 mucin; adaptive immunity; obesity Source: Nature Reviews Microbiology, 2013, 11(4): 227–238 Email: Backhed, F; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 131 Post-Treatment HIV-1 Controllers with a Long-Term Virological Remission after the Interruption of Early Initiated Antiretroviral Therapy ANRS VISCONTI Study Saez-Cirion, A; Bacchus, C; Hocqueloux, L; et al. Abstract: Combination antiretroviral therapy (cART) reduces HIV-associated morbidities and mortalities but cannot cure the infection. Given the difficulty of eradicating HIV-1, a functional cure for HIV-infected patients appears to be a more reachable short-term goal. We identified 14 HIV patients (post-treatment controllers [PTCs]) whose viremia remained controlled for several years after the interruption of prolonged cART initiated during the primary infection. Most PTCs lacked the protective HLA B alleles that are overrepresented in spontaneous HIV controllers (HICs); instead, they carried risk-associated HLA alleles that were largely absent among the HICs. + Accordingly, the PTCs had poorer CD8 T cell responses and more severe primary infections than the HICs did. Moreover, the incidence of viral control after the interruption of early antiretroviral therapy was higher among the PTCs than has been reported for spontaneous control. Off therapy, the PTCs were able 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅to maintain and, in some cases, further reduce an extremely low viral reservoir. We found that long-lived + HIV-infected CD4 T cells contributed poorly to the total resting HIV reservoir in the PTCs because of a low rate of infection of naive T + cells and a skewed distribution of resting memory CD4 T cell subsets. Our results show that early and prolonged cART may allow some individuals with a rather unfavorable background to achieve long-term infection control and may have important implications in the search for a functional HIV cure. Keywords: T-cell responses; primary infection; immune function; plasma viremia; viral load; ex-vivo; in-vivo; virus; nonprogressors; replication Source: Plos Pathogens, 2013, 9(3): e1003211 Email: Saez-Cirion, A; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 115 Cyclic di-GMP: the First 25 Years of a Universal Bacterial Second Messenger Romling, U; Galperin, MY; Gomelsky, M Abstract: Twenty-five years have passed since the discovery of cyclic dimeric (3'-> 5') GMP (cyclic di-GMP or c-di-GMP). From the relative obscurity of an allosteric activator of a bacterial cellulose synthase, c-di-GMP has emerged as one of the most common and important bacterial second messengers. Cyclic di-GMP has been shown to regulate biofilm formation, motility, virulence, the cell cycle, differentiation, and other processes. Most c-di-GMP-dependent signaling pathways control the ability of bacteria to interact with abiotic surfaces or with other bacterial and eukaryotic cells. Cyclic di-GMP plays key roles in lifestyle changes of many bacteria, including transition from the motile to the sessile state, which aids in the establishment of multicellular biofilm communities, and from the virulent state in acute infections to the less virulent but more resilient state characteristic of chronic infectious diseases. From a practical standpoint, modulating c-di-GMP signaling pathways in bacteria could represent a new way of controlling formation and dispersal of biofilms in medical and industrial settings. Cyclic di-GMP participates in interkingdom signaling. It is recognized by mammalian immune systems as a uniquely bacterial molecule and therefore is considered a promising vaccine adjuvant. The purpose of this review is not to overview the whole body of data in the burgeoning field of c-di-GMP-dependent signaling. Instead, we provide a historic perspective on the development of the field, emphasize common trends, and illustrate them with the best available examples. We also identify unresolved questions and highlight new directions in c-di-GMP research that will give us a deeper understanding of this truly universal bacterial second messenger. Keywords: enterica serovar typhimurium; 3',5'-cyclic diguanylic acid; pilz domain proteins; Hd-gyp domain; regulates biofilm formation; dimeric guanosine-monophosphate; pseudomonas-fluorescens pf 0-1; signal-transduction systems; general stress-response; prime

116 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts transcription initiation Source: Microbiology and Molecular Biology Reviews, 2013, 77(1): 1–52 Email: Romling, U; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 106 10 x '20 Progress-Development of New Drugs Active Against Gram-Negative Bacilli: An Update from the Infectious Diseases Society of America Boucher, HW; Talbot, GH; Benjamin, DK; et al. Abstract: Infections caused by antibiotic-resistant bacteria, especially the "ESKAPE" pathogens, continue to increase in frequency and cause significant morbidity and mortality. New antimicrobial agents are greatly needed to treat infections caused by gram-negative bacilli (GNB) resistant to currently available agents. The Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA) continues to propose legislative, regulatory, and funding solutions to this continuing crisis. The current report updates the status of development and approval of systemic antibiotics in the United States as of early 2013. Only 2 new antibiotics have been approved since IDSA's 2009 pipeline status report, and the number of new antibiotics annually approved for marketing in the United States continues to decline. We identified 7 drugs in clinical development for treatment of infections caused by resistant GNB. None of these agents was included in our 2009 list of antibacterial compounds in phase 2 or later development, but unfortunately none addresses the entire spectrum of clinically relevant GNB resistance. Our survey demonstrates some progress in development of new antibacterial drugs that target infections caused by resistant GNB, but progress remains alarmingly elusive. IDSA stresses our conviction that the antibiotic pipeline problem can be solved by the collaboration of global leaders to develop creative incentives that will stimulate new antibacterial research and development. Our aim is the creation of a sustainable global antibacterial drug research and development enterprise with the power in the short term to develop 10 new, safe, and efficacious systemically administered antibiotics by 2020 as called for in IDSA's "10 x '20 Initiative." Keywords: in-vitro activity; siderophore monosulfactam bal30072; acquired bacterial pneumonia; health-care epidemiology; pseudomonas-aeruginosa; clinical-trials; antimicrobial stewardship; acinetobacter-baumannii; antibacterial agents; beta-lactamases Source: Clinical Infectious Diseases, 2013, 56(12): 1685–1694 Email: Guidos, RJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency:93 New World Bats Harbor Diverse Influenza A Viruses 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Tong, SX; Zhu, XY; Li, Y; et al. Abstract: Aquatic birds harbor diverse influenza A viruses and are a major viral reservoir in nature. The recent discovery of influenza viruses of a new H17N10 subtype in Central American fruit bats suggests that other New World species may similarly carry divergent influenza viruses. Using consensus degenerate RT-PCR, we identified a novel influenza A virus, designated as H18N11, in a flat-faced fruit bat (Artibeus planirostris) from Peru. Serologic studies with the recombinant H18 protein indicated that several Peruvian bat species were infected by this virus. Phylogenetic analyses demonstrate that, in some gene segments, New World bats harbor more influenza virus genetic diversity than all other mammalian and avian species combined, indicative of a long-standing host-virus association. Structural and functional analyses of the hemagglutinin and neuraminidase indicate that sialic acid is not a ligand for virus attachment nor a substrate for release, suggesting a unique mode of influenza A virus attachment and activation of membrane fusion for entry into host cells. Taken together, these findings indicate that bats constitute a potentially important and likely ancient reservoir for a diverse pool of influenza viruses. Keywords: hemagglutinin membrane glycoprotein; maximum-likelihood; viral polymerase; PB2 protein; sars-like; segment 3; neuraminidase; binding; host; coronaviruses Source: Plos Pathogens, 2013, 9(10): e1003657 Email: Tong, SX; [email protected]

Microscopy Citation frequency: 33 Mass spectrometry imaging with high resolution in mass and space Rompp, A; Spengler, B Abstract: Mass spectrometry (MS) imaging links molecular information and the spatial distribution of analytes within a sample. In contrast to most histochemical techniques, mass spectrometry imaging can differentiate molecular modifications and does not require labeling of targeted compounds. We have recently introduced the first mass spectrometry imaging method that provides highly specific molecular information (high resolution and accuracy in mass) at cellular dimensions (high resolution in space). This method is based on a matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization (MALDI) imaging source working at atmospheric pressure which is coupled to an orbital trapping mass spectrometer. Here, we present a number of application examples and demonstrate the benefit of 'mass spectrometry imaging with high resolution in mass and space.' Phospholipids, peptides and drug compounds were imaged in a number of tissue samples at a spatial resolution of 5-10 µm. Proteins were analyzed after on-tissue tryptic digestion at 50 µm resolution. Additional applications include the analysis of single cells and of human lung carcinoma tissue as well as the first MALDI imaging measurement of tissue at 3 µm pixel

117 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 size. MS image analysis for all these experiments showed excellent correlation with histological staining evaluation. The high mass resolution (R = 30000) and mass accuracy (typically 1 ppm) proved to be essential for specific image generation and reliable identification of analytes in tissue samples. The ability to combine the required high-quality mass analysis with spatial resolution in the range of single cells is a unique feature of our method. With that, it has the potential to supplement classical histochemical protocols and to provide new insights about molecular processes on the cellular level. Keywords: high-spatial-resolution; paraffin-embedded tissue; maldi-ms; protein identification; lipid-metabolism; molecular-mass; breast-cancer; mouse-brain; biological samples; tryptic peptides Source: Histochemistry and Cell Biology, 2013, 139(6): 759–783 Email: Rompp, A; [email protected]

Citation frequency:28 High-resolution noise substitution to measure overfitting and validate resolution in 3D structure determination by single particle electron cryomicroscopy Chen, SX; McMullan, G; Faruqi, AR; et al. Abstract: Three-dimensional (3D) structure determination by single particle electron cryomicroscopy (cryoEM) involves the calculation of an initial 3D model, followed by extensive iterative improvement of the orientation determination of the individual particle images and the resulting 3D map. Because there is much more noise than signal at high resolution in the images, this creates the possibility of noise reinforcement in the 3D map, which can give a false impression of the resolution attained. The balance between signal and noise in the final map at its limiting resolution depends on the image processing procedure and is not easily predicted. There is a growing awareness in the cryoEM community of how to avoid such over-fitting and over-estimation of resolution. Equally, there has been a reluctance to use the two principal methods of avoidance because they give lower resolution estimates, which some people believe are too pessimistic. Here we describe a simple test that is compatible with any image processing protocol. The test allows measurement of the amount of signal and the amount of noise from overfitting that is present in the final 3D map. We have applied the method to two different sets of cryoEM images of the enzyme beta-galactosidase using several image processing packages. Our procedure involves substituting the Fourier components of the initial particle image stack beyond a chosen resolution by either the Fourier components from an adjacent area of background, or by simple randomisation of the phases of the particle structure factors. This substituted noise thus has the same spectral power distribution as the original data. Comparison of the Fourier Shell Correlation (FSC) plots from the 3D map obtained using the experimental data with that from the same data with high-resolution《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 noise (HR-noise) substituted allows an unambiguous measurement of the amount of overfitting and an accompanying resolution assessment. A simple formula can be used to calculate an unbiased FSC from the two curves, even when a substantial amount of overfitting is present. The approach is software independent. The user is therefore completely free to use any established method or novel combination of methods, provided the HR-noise test is carried out in parallel. Applying this procedure to cryoEM images of beta-galactosidase shows how overfitting varies greatly depending on the procedure, but in the best case shows no overfitting and a resolution of similar to 6 angstrom. Keywords: cryo-em structure; 3-dimensional reconstruction; atomic model; angstrom resolution; crystal-structures; escherichia-coli; microscopy; refinement; images; visualization Source: Ultramicroscopy, 2013, 135: 24–35 Email: Henderson, R; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 22 Monochromated STEM with a 30 meV-wide, atom-sized electron probe Krivanek, OL; Lovejoy, TC; Dellby, N; et al. Abstract: The origins and the recent accomplishments of aberration correction in scanning transmission electron microscopy (STEM) are reviewed. It is remembered that the successful correction of imaging aberrations of round lenses owes much to the successful correction of spectrum aberrations achieved in electron energy loss spectrometers 2-3 decades earlier. Two noteworthy examples of the types of STEM investigation that aberration correction has made possible are shown: imaging of single-atom impurities in graphene and analyzing atomic bonding of single atoms by electron energy loss spectroscopy (EELS). Looking towards the future, a new all-magnetic monochromator is described. The monochromator uses several of the principles pioneered in round lens aberration correction, and it employs stabilization schemes that make it immune to variations in the high voltage of the microscope and in the monochromator main prism current. Tests of the monochromator carried out at 60 keV have demonstrated energy resolution as good as 12 meV and monochromated probe size of similar to 1.2 angstrom. These results were obtained in separate experiments, but they indicate that the instrument can perform imaging and EELS with an atom-sized probe <30 meV wide in energy, and that an improvement in energy resolution to 10 meV and beyond should be possible in the future. Keywords: energy-loss spectroscopy; 2nd-order aberrations; dedicated stem; microscopy; resolution; spectrometer; lattice; design; optics Source: Microscopy, 2013, 62(1): 3–21 Email: Krivanek, OL; [email protected]

118 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Citation frequency: 21 Compressed sensing electron tomography Leary, R; Saghi, Z; Midgley, PA; et al. Abstract: The recent mathematical concept of compressed sensing (CS) asserts that a small number of well-chosen measurements can suffice to reconstruct signals that are amenable to sparse or compressible representation. In addition to powerful theoretical results, the principles of CS are being exploited increasingly across a range of experiments to yield substantial performance gains relative to conventional approaches. In this work we describe the application of CS to electron tomography (ET) reconstruction and demonstrate the efficacy of CS-ET with several example studies. Artefacts present in conventional ET reconstructions such as streaking, blurring of object boundaries and elongation are markedly reduced, and robust reconstruction is shown to be possible from far fewer projections than are normally used. The CS-ET approach enables more reliable quantitative analysis of the reconstructions as well as novel 3D studies from extremely limited data. Keywords: total-variation minimization; image-reconstruction; materials science; inverse problems; basis pursuit; microscopy; nanoparticles; decomposition; resolution; reduction Source: Ultramicroscopy, 2013, 131: 70–91 Email: Leary, R; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 19 Control of radiation damage in the TEM Egerton, RF Abstract: The problem of electron-beam damage in the transmission electron microscope is reviewed, with an emphasis on radiolysis processes in soft materials and organic specimens. Factors that determine the dose-limited resolution are identified for three different operational modes: bright-field scattering-contrast, phase-contrast and dark-field microscopy. Methods of reducing radiation damage are discussed, including low-dose techniques, cooling or encapsulating the specimen, and the choice of imaging mode, incident-beam diameter and incident-electron energy. Further experiments are suggested as a means of obtaining a better understanding and control of electron-beam damage. Keywords: transmission electron-microscopy; energy-loss spectroscopy; beam-induced damage; phase-plate; copper-phthalocyanine; sensitive specimens; irradiation damage; room-temperature; crystals; polymers Source: Ultramicroscopy, 2013, 127:《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 100–108 Email: Egerton, RF; [email protected]

Mineralogy Citation frequency: 31 Major types and time-space distribution of Mesozoic ore deposits in South China and their geodynamic settings Mao, JW; Cheng, YB; Chen, MH; et al. Abstract: The ore deposits of the Mesozoic age in South China can be divided into three groups, each with different metal associations and spatial distributions and each related to major magmatic events. The first event occurred in the Late Triassic (230-210 Ma), the second in the Mid-Late Jurassic (170-150 Ma), and the third in the Early-Mid Cretaceous (120-80 Ma). The Late Triassic magmatic event and associated mineralization is characterized by peraluminous granite-related W-Sn-Nb-Ta mineral deposits. The Triassic ore deposits are considerably disturbed or overprinted by the later Jurassic and Cretaceous tectono-thermal episodes. The Mid-Late Jurassic magmatic and mineralization events consist of 170-160 Ma porphyry-skarn Cu and Pb-Zn-Ag vein deposits associated with I-type granites and 160-150 Ma metaluminous granite-related polymetallic W-Sn deposits. The Late Jurassic metaluminous granite-related W-Sn deposits occur in a NE-trending cluster in the interior of South China, such as in the Nanling area. In the Early-Mid Cretaceous, from about 120 to 80 Ma, but peaking at 100-90 Ma, subvolcanic-related Fe deposits developed and I-type calc-alkaline granitic intrusions formed porphyry Cu-Mo and porphyry-epithermal Cu-Au-Ag mineral systems, whereas S-type peraluminous and/or metaluminous granitic intrusions formed polymetallic Sn deposits. These Cretaceous mineral deposits cluster in distinct areas and are controlled by pull-apart basins along the South China continental margin. Based on mineral assemblage, age, and space-time distribution of these mineral systems, integrated with regional geological data and field observations, we suggest that the three magmatic-mineralization episodes are the result of distinct geodynamic regimes. The Triassic peraluminous granites and associated W-Sn-Nb-Ta mineralization formed during post-collisional processes involving the South China Block, the North China Craton, and the Indo-China Block, mostly along the Dabie-Sulu and Songma sutures. Jurassic events were initially related to the shallow oblique subduction of the Izanagi plate beneath the Eurasian continent at about 175 Ma, but I-type granitoids with porphyry Cu and vein-type Pb-Zn-Ag deposits only began to form as a result of the breakup of the subducted plate at 170-160 Ma, along the NNE-trending Qinzhou-Hangzhou belt (also referred to as Qin-Hang or Shi-Hang belt), which is the Neoproterozoic suture that amalgamates the Yangtze Craton and Cathaysia Block. A large subduction slab window is assumed to have formed in the Nanling and adjacent areas in the interior of South China, triggering the uprise of asthenospheric mantle into the upper crust and leading to the emplacement of metaluminous granitic magma and associated polymetallic W-Sn mineralization. A relatively tectonically quiet period

119 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 followed between 150 and 135 Ma in South China. From 135 Ma onward, the angle of convergence of the Izanagi plate changed from oblique to parallel to the coastline, resulting in continental extensional tectonics and reactivation of regional-scale NE-trending faults, such as the Tan-Lu fault. This widespread extension also promoted the development of NE-trending pull-apart basins and metamorphic core complexes, accompanied by volcanism and the formation of epithermal Cu-Au deposits, granite-related polymetallic Sn-(W) deposits and hydrothermal U deposits between 120 and 80 Ma (with a peak activity at 100-90 Ma). Keywords: U-Pb zircon; molybdenite Re-Os; Cu-Au-Mo; Xiangshan uranium deposit; Hf isotopic constraints; Yangtze-river valley; Dabie orogenic belt; Sr-Nd isotope; Lu fault zone; Jiangxi Province Source: Mineralium Deposita, 2013, 48(3): 267–294 Email: Mao, JW; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 27 Timescales of crustal melting in the Higher Himalayan Crystallines (Sikkim, Eastern Himalaya) inferred from trace element-constrained monazite and zircon chronology Rubatto, D; Chakraborty, S; Dasgupta, S Abstract: The petrology and timing of crustal melting has been investigated in the migmatites of the Higher Himalayan Crystalline (HHC) exposed in Sikkim, India. The metapelites underwent pervasive partial melting through hydrous as well as dehydration melting reactions involving muscovite and biotite to produce a main assemblage of quartz, K-feldspar, plagioclase, biotite, garnet ± A sillimanite. Peak metamorphic conditions were 8-9 kbar and 800 A degrees C. Monazite and zircon crystals in several migmatites collected along a N-S transect show multiple growth domains. The domains were analyzed by microbeam techniques for age (SHRIMP) and trace element composition (LA-ICP-MS) to relate ages to conditions of formation. Monazite preserves the best record of metamorphism with domains that have different zoning pattern, composition and age. Zircon was generally less reactive than monazite, with metamorphic growth zones preserved in only a few samples. The growth of accessory minerals in the presence of melt was episodic in the interval between 31 and 17 Ma, but widespread and diachronous across samples. Systematic variations in the chemical composition of the dated mineral zones (HREE content and negative Eu anomaly) are related to the variation in garnet and K-feldspar abundances, respectively, and thus to metamorphic reactions and P-T stages. In turn, this allows prograde versus decompressional and retrograde melt production to be timed. A hierarchy of timescales characterizes melting which occurred over a period of 15 Ma (31-17 Ma): a given block within this region traversed the field of melting in 5-7 Ma, whereas individual melting reactions lasted for time durations below, or approaching, the resolution of microbeam dating techniques ( 0.6 Ma). An ol《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅der 36 Ma high-grade event is recorded in an allocthonous relict related to mafic lenses. We identify two sections of the HHC in Sikkim that traversed similar P-T conditions at different times, separated by a tectonic discontinuity. The higher structural levels reached melting and peak conditions later ( 26-23 Ma) than the lower structural levels ( 31-27 Ma). Diachronicity across the HHC cannot be reconciled with channel flow models in their simplest form, as it requires two similar high-grade sections to move independently during collision. Keywords: U-Pb geochronology; ablation-icp-ms; central australia; metamorphic core; phase-relations; everest region; prograde metamorphism; numerical-models; tibetan orogen; channel flows Source: Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, 2013, 165(2): 349–372 Email: Rubatto, D; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 26 Element recycling from subducting slabs to arc crust: A review Spandler, C; Pirard, C Abstract: Subduction zones not only return oceanic lithosphere into the mantle, but are also sites where chemical components are transferred from the downgoing plate back to the surface in arc crust and, to a lesser extent, fore-arc and back-arc basins. Understanding of subduction-zone processes has evolved significantly over a relatively brief 40-year research history, thanks to combined insights from experimental petrology, geophysics, numerical and thermodynamic modelling, arc magma geochemistry and studies of high- and ultrahigh- pressure metamorphic rocks. Early models considered aqueous fluids produced by metamorphic devolatilisation of the slab to be responsible for directly transferring chemical components of the slab into the overlying mantle wedge, as well as fluxing melting of the mantle wedge to produce arc basalt. Subducting crustal rocks were considered too cold to melt under most circumstances. However, the latest generation of thermal modelling combined with improved understanding of the chemistry and phase petrology of subduction-zone fluids and melts indicates that conditions for deep slab melting are likely met in subduction zones, provided that free fluid is available at sub-arc depths. We outline a model to explain element transfer out of subducting slabs that involves serpentinite subduction and slab partial melting. Serpentinite is likely to comprise part of the subducting slab, either as downgoing oceanic lithosphere that was hydrated at, or near, the seafloor, or as down-dragged fore-arc mantle wedge that was initially hydrated at shallow levels by aqueous fluids emanating from underthrust crustal rocks. Slab coupling with convecting asthenospheric mantle at sub-arc depths leads to slab heating and devolatilisation of deep slab serpentinite and/or hydrated melange atop of the slab. Interaction between these fluids and coesite-phengite eclogite at the top of the slab produces hydrous slab melts, which then migrate out of the slab to ultimately contribute to arc magma generation. In this

120 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts scenario hydrous slab melts dominate element transfer from the slab to arc magmas, although serpentinites (and/or related hybrid melange rocks) are the initial source of H2O and some trace elements (e.g., B, Cl, As, and Sb). This model conforms to petrological and geophysical constraints on deep subduction conditions, and in general is consistent with the geology of blueschist-and eclogite-facies terranes and key geochemical and isotopic features of arc lavas. Keywords: middle america trench; trace-element; island-arc; high-pressure; fluid-flow; mantle wedge; fore-arc; continental-crust; chemical-composition; melting relations Source: Lithos, 2013, 170: 208–223 Email: Spandler, C; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 26 A review of the beneficiation of rare earth element bearing minerals Jordens, A; Cheng, YP; Waters, KE Abstract: Rare earth elements (REEs) comprise the fifteen elements of the lanthanide series as well as yttrium, and may be found in over 250 different minerals. These elements are required for many different applications such as high-strength permanent magnets, catalysts for petroleum refining, metal and glass additives and phosphors used in electronic displays. The only REE bearing minerals that have been extracted on a commercial scale are bastnasite, monazite, and xenotime. These minerals may be beneficiated using gravity, magnetic, electrostatic and flotation separation techniques. Increased demand for the different products manufactured from REE has resulted in a constriction of supply from China, which currently produces 97% of the world's rare earths, via export quotas. Many new rare earth deposits are currently being developed to help meet the demand void created by the Chinese export quotas, however most of these developing deposits include rare earth minerals for which there is limited processing knowledge. This paper examines the separation techniques that are currently employed for rare earth mineral beneficiation and identifies areas in need of further research. Keywords: electrostatic separations; magnetic separation; microwave treatment; froth flotation; monazite; ore; xenotime; oleate; bastnaesite; adsorption Source: Minerals Engineering, 2013, 41: 97–114 Email: Waters, KE; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 23 Metallogeny and craton destruction: Records from the North China Craton 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Li, SR; Santosh, M Abstract: The link between metallogeny and craton destruction in the North China Craton (NCC) remains poorly understood, particularly the mechanisms within the interior of the craton. In this overview, we summarize the major stages in the history of formation and evolution of the NCC, the spatio-temporal distribution and types of major ore species, as well as mantle contribution to the metallogeny, in an attempt to evaluate the geodynamic settings of metallogeny and the mechanisms of formation of the ore deposits. The early Precambrian history of the NCC witnessed the amalgamation of micro-blocks and construction of the fundamental tectonic architecture of the craton by 2.5 Ga. The boundaries of these micro-blocks and the margins of the NCC remained as weak zones and were the principal locales along which inhomogeneous destruction of the craton occurred during later tectonothermal events. These zones record the formation of orogeny related gold, copper, iron and titanium during the early to middle Paleoproterozoic with ages ranging from 2.5 to 1.8 Ma. The Early Ordovician kimberlite and diamond mineralization at ca. 480 Ma, the Late Carboniferous and Early to middle Permian calc-alkaline, I-type granitoids and gold deposits of 324-300 Ma, and the Triassic alkaline rocks and gold silver-polymetallic deposits occurring along these zones and the margins of the blocks correlate with rising mantle plume, southward subduction of the Siberian plate and northward subduction of the Yangtze plate, respectively. The voluminous Jurassic granitoids and Cretaceous intrusives carrying gold, molybdenum, copper, lead and zinc deposits are also localized along the weak zones and block margins. The concentration of most of these deposits in the eastern part of the NCC invokes correlation with lithosphere thinning associated with the westward subduction of the Pacific plate. Although magmatism and mineralization have been recorded along the margins and few places within the interior of the NCC in the Jurassic, their peak occurred in the Cretaceous in the eastern part of the NCC, marking large scale destruction of the craton at this time. The junctions of the boundaries between the micro-continental blocks are characterized by extensive inhomogeneous thinning. We propose that these junctions are probably for future mineral exploration targeting in the NCC. Keywords: lithospheric mantle beneath; sino-korean craton; spinel peridotite xenoliths; zircon U-Pb; gold deposits; Re-Os; isotope geochemistry; eastern china; jiaodong peninsula; shrimp zircon Source: Ore Geology Reviews, 2014, 56: 376–414 Email: Li, SR; [email protected]

121 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015

Mining Mineral Processing Citation frequency: 50 Recent progress in research on tungsten materials for nuclear fusion applications in Europe Rieth, M; Dudarev, SL; de Vicente, SMG; et al. Abstract: The current magnetic confinement nuclear fusion power reactor concepts going beyond ITER are based on assumptions about the availability of materials with extreme mechanical, heat, and neutron load capacity. In Europe, the development of such structural and armour materials together with the necessary production, machining, and fabrication technologies is pursued within the EFDA long-term fusion materials programme. This paper reviews the progress of work within the programme in the area of tungsten and tungsten alloys. Results, conclusions, and future projections are summarized for each of the programme's main subtopics, which are: (1) fabrication, (2) structural W materials, (3) W armour materials, and (4) materials science and modelling. It gives a detailed overview of the latest results on materials research, fabrication processes, joining options, high heat flux testing, plasticity studies, modelling, and validation experiments. Keywords: space gaussian pseudopotentials; plasma-sprayed tungsten; to-ductile transition; w-based alloys; fracture-behavior; power-plant; polycrystalline tungsten; facing material; evolution; deuterium Source: Journal of Nuclear Materials, 2013, 432(1-3): 482–500 Email: Rieth, M; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 29 Plasma operation with an all metal first-wall: Comparison of an ITER-like wall with a carbon wall in JET Matthews, GF Abstract: Installation of the ITER-like Wall (ILW) in JET, has allowed a direct comparison of operation with all carbon plasma facing components (PFCs) to an all metal beryllium/tungsten first-wall under otherwise nearly identical conditions. The JET results are compared with experience from ASDEX-Upgrade where there was a gradual change to a full tungsten first-wall over an extended period. The scope of this review ranges from experience with machine conditioning, impurities and breakdown to material migration, fuel retention, disruptions, impact on operational space, energy confinement and compatibility with impurity seeding. Significant changes are reported, not only in the physics directly related to plasma-surface interactions but also to the main plasma which is strongly affected in unexpected ways, impacting many aspects of tokamak operation. Keywords: asdex upgrade; divertor《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅; migration; tungsten Source: Journal of Nuclear Materials, 2013, 438: S2-S10 Email: Matthews, GF; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 29 A full tungsten divertor for ITER: Physics issues and design status Pitts, RA; Carpentier, S; Escourbiac, F; et al. Abstract: Budget restrictions have forced the ITER Organization to reconsider the baseline divertor strategy, in which operations would begin with carbon (C) in the high heat flux regions, changing out to a full-tungsten (W) variant before the first nuclear campaigns. Substantial cost reductions can be achieved if one of these two divertors is eliminated. The new strategy implies not only that ITER would start-up on a full-W divertor, but that this component should survive until well into the nuclear phase. This paper considers the risks engendered by such an approach with regard to known W plasma-material interaction issues and briefly presents the current status of a possible full-W divertor design. Keywords: disruption simulation experiments; transient events; plasma; erosion; beryllium; tokamaks; targets; devices; armor Source: Journal of Nuclear Materials, 2013, 438: S48-S56 Email: Pitts, RA; [email protected]

122 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Keywords: electrostatic separations; magnetic separation; microwave treatment; froth flotation; monazite; ore; xenotime; oleate; bastnaesite; adsorption Source: Minerals Engineering, 2013, 41: 97–114 Email: Waters, KE; [email protected]

Multidisciplinary Sciences Citation frequency: 778 Multiplex Genome Engineering Using CRISPR/Cas Systems Cong, L; Ran, FA; Cox, D; et al. Abstract: Functional elucidation of causal genetic variants and elements requires precise genome editing technologies. The type II prokaryotic CRISPR (clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats)/Cas adaptive immune system has been shown to facilitate RNA-guided site-specific DNA cleavage. We engineered two different type II CRISPR/Cas systems and demonstrate that Cas9 nucleases can be directed by short RNAs to induce precise cleavage at endogenous genomic loci in human and mouse cells. Cas9 can also be converted into a nicking enzyme to facilitate homology-directed repair with minimal mutagenic activity. Lastly, multiple guide sequences can be encoded into a single CRISPR array to enable simultaneous editing of several sites within the mammalian genome, demonstrating easy programmability and wide applicability of the RNA-guided nuclease technology. Keywords: streptococcus-thermophilus; immune-system; tal effectors; cas systems; small rnas; dna; bacteria; endonuclease; nucleases; defense Source: Science, 2013, 339(6121): 819–823 Email: Zhang, F; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 755 A polymer tandem solar cell with 10.6% power conversion efficiency You, JB; Dou, LT; Yoshimura, K; et al. Abstract: An effective way to improve polymer solar cell efficiency is to use a tandem structure, as a broader part of the spectrum of solar radiation is used and the thermalization loss of photon energy is minimized. In the past, the lack of high-performance low-bandgap polymers was the major limiting factor for achieving high-performance tandem solar cell. Here we report the development of a high-performance low bandgap polymer (bandgap <1.4 eV), poly[2,7-(5,5-bis-(3,7-dimethyloctyl)-5H-dithieno[3,2-b:2',3'-d]pyran)-alt-4,7- (5,6-difluoro-2,1,3-benzothia diazole)] with a bandgap of 1.38 eV, high mobility, deep highest occupied molecular orbital. As a result, a single-junction device shows high external quantum efficiency of >60% and spectral response that extends to 900 nm, with a power

123 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 conversion efficiency of 7.9%. The polymer enables a solution processed tandem solar cell with certified 10.6% power conversion efficiency under standard reporting conditions (25 degrees C, 1000 Wm-2, IEC 60904-3 global), which is the first certified polymer solar cell efficiency over 10%. Keywords: field-effect transistors; open-circuit voltage; low-bandgap polymer; photovoltaic cells; high-performance; organic photovoltaics; oxide nanoparticles; conjugated polymers; transport; acceptor Source: Nature Communications, 2013, 4: 1446 Email: Li, G; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 744 RNA-Guided Human Genome Engineering via Cas9 Mali, P; Yang, LH; Esvelt, KM; et al. Abstract: Bacteria and archaea have evolved adaptive immune defenses, termed clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats (CRISPR)/CRISPR-associated (Cas) systems, that use short RNA to direct degradation of foreign nucleic acids. Here, we engineer the type II bacterial CRISPR system to function with custom guide RNA (gRNA) in human cells. For the endogenous AAVS1 locus, we obtained targeting rates of 10 to 25% in 293T cells, 13 to 8% in K562 cells, and 2 to 4% in induced pluripotent stem cells. We show that this process relies on CRISPR components; is sequence-specific; and, upon simultaneous introduction of multiple gRNAs, can effect multiplex editing of target loci. We also compute a genome-wide resource of similar to 190 K unique gRNAs targeting similar to 40.5% of human exons. Our results establish an RNA-guided editing tool for facile, robust, and multiplexable human genome engineering. Keywords: zinc-finger nucleases; synthetic biology; mammalian-cells; gene correction; in-vivo; systems; cleavage; bacteria; immunity; specificities Source: Science, 2013, 339(6121): 823-826 Email: Church, GM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 723 Sequential deposition as a route to high-performance perovskite-sensitized solar cells Burschka, J; Pellet, N; Moon, SJ; et al.

Abstract: Following pioneering work(1), solution-processable organic-inorganic hybrid perovskites-such as CH3NH3PbX3 (X = Cl, Br, I)- have attracted attention as light-harvesting《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 materials for mesoscopic solar cells(2-15). So far, the perovskite pigment has been deposited in a single step onto mesoporous metal oxide films using a mixture of PbX2 and CH3NH3X in a common solvent. However, the uncontrolled precipitation of the perovskite produces large morphological variations, resulting in a wide spread of photovoltaic performance in the resulting devices, which hampers the prospects for practical applications. Here we describe a sequential deposition method for the formation of the perovskite pigment within the porous metal oxide film. PbI2 is first introduced from solution into a nanoporous titanium dioxide film and subsequently transformed into the perovskite by exposing it to a solution of CH3NH3I. We find that the conversion occurs within the nanoporous host as soon as the two components come into contact, permitting much better control over the perovskite morphology than is possible with the previously employed route. Using this technique for the fabrication of solid-state mesoscopic solar cells greatly increases the reproducibility of their performance and allows us to achieve a power conversion efficiency of approximately 15 per cent (measured under standard AM1.5G test conditions on solar zenith angle, solar light intensity and cell temperature). This two-step method should provide new opportunities for the fabrication of solution-processed photovoltaic cells with unprecedented power conversion efficiencies and high stability equal to or even greater than those of today's best thin-film photovoltaic devices. Keywords: organometal halide perovskites; efficient; intercalation; nanocrystals; exchange; raman Source: Nature, 2013, 499(7458): 316 Email: Gratzel, M; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 525 Cancer Genome Landscapes Vogelstein, B; Papadopoulos, N; Velculescu, VE; et al. Abstract: Over the past decade, comprehensive sequencing efforts have revealed the genomic landscapes of common forms of human cancer. For most cancer types, this landscape consists of a small number of "mountains" (genes altered in a high percentage of tumors) and a much larger number of "hills" (genes altered infrequently). To date, these studies have revealed similar to 140 genes that, when altered by intragenic mutations, can promote or "drive" tumorigenesis. A typical tumor contains two to eight of these "driver gene" mutations; the remaining mutations are passengers that confer no selective growth advantage. Driver genes can be classified into 12 signaling pathways that regulate three core cellular processes: cell fate, cell survival, and genome maintenance. A better understanding of these pathways is one of the most pressing needs in basic cancer research. Even now, however, our knowledge of cancer genomes is sufficient to guide the development of more effective approaches for reducing cancer morbidity and mortality. Keywords: cell lung-cancer; protein-protein interactions; tert promoter mutations; histone-modifying genes; acute myeloid-leukemia; 21 breast cancers; colorectal-cancer; somatic mutations; pancreatic-cancer; tumor-suppressor

124 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Source: Science, 2013, 339(6127): 1546–1558 Email: Kinzler, KW; [email protected]

Mycology Citation frequency: 60 Families of Dothideomycetes Hyde, KD; Jones, EBG; Liu, JK; et al. Abstract: Dothideomycetes comprise a highly diverse range of fungi characterized mainly by asci with two wall layers (bitunicate asci) and often with fissitunicate dehiscence. Many species are saprobes, with many asexual states comprising important plant pathogens. They are also endophytes, epiphytes, fungicolous, lichenized, or lichenicolous fungi. They occur in terrestrial, freshwater and marine habitats in almost every part of the world. We accept 105 families in Dothideomycetes with the new families Anteagloniaceae, Bambusicolaceae, Biatriosporaceae, Lichenoconiaceae, Muyocopronaceae, Paranectriellaceae, Roussoellaceae, Salsugineaceae, Seynesiopeltidaceae and Thyridariaceae introduced in this paper. Each family is provided with a description and notes, including asexual and asexual states, and if more than one genus is included, the type genus is also characterized. Each family is provided with at least one figure-plate, usually illustrating the type genus, a list of accepted genera, including asexual genera, and a key to these genera. A phylogenetic tree based on four gene combined analysis add support for 64 of the families and 22 orders, including the novel orders, Dyfrolomycetales, Lichenoconiales, Lichenotheliales, Monoblastiales, Natipusillales, Phaeotrichales and Strigulales. The paper is expected to provide a working document on Dothideomycetes which can be modified as new data comes to light. It is hoped that by illustrating types we provide stimulation and interest so that more work is carried out in this remarkable group of fungi. Keywords: ribosomal DNA-sequences; morphologically similar genera; foliicolous lichenized fungi; intertidal mangrove wood; leaf-inhabiting fungi; fresh-water habitats; new-zealand fungi; russian far-east; papua-new-guinea; sp-nov Source: Fungal Diversity, 2013, 63(1): 1–313 Email: Hyde, KD; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 41 An evidence-based consensus for the classification of arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi (Glomeromycota) Redecker, D; Schussler, A; Stockinger, H; et al. Abstract: The publication of a large number of taxon names at all levels within the arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi (Glomeromycota) has resulted in conflicting systematic《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 schemes and generated considerable confusion among biologists working with these important plant symbionts. A group of biologists with more than a century of collective experience in the systematics of Glomeromycota examined all available molecular-phylogenetic evidence within the framework of phylogenetic hypotheses, incorporating morphological characters when they were congruent. This study is the outcome, wherein the classification of Glomeromycota is revised by rejecting some new names on the grounds that they are founded in error and by synonymizing others that, while validly published, are not evidence-based. The proposed "consensus" will provide a framework for additional original research aimed at clarifying the evolutionary history of this important group of symbiotic fungi. Keywords: genera; scutellospora; revision; nov.; archaeosporaceae; endogonaceae; communities; phylogeny; families; glomales Source: Mycorrhiza, 2013, 23(7): 515–531 Email: Redecker, D; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 33 Phylogenetic evaluation of Geomyces and allies reveals no close relatives of Pseudogymnoascus destructans, comb. nov., in bat hibernacula of eastern North America Minnis, AM; Lindner, DL Abstract: White-nose syndrome (WNS) of bats, caused by the fungus previously known as Geomyces destructans, has decimated populations of insectivorous bats in eastern North America. Recent work on fungi associated with bat hibernacula uncovered a large number of species of Geomyces and allies, far exceeding the number of described species. Communication about these species has been hindered by the lack of a modem taxonomic evaluation, and a phylogenetic framework of the group is needed to understand the origin of G. destructans and to target closely related species and their genomes for the purposes of understanding mechanisms of pathogenicity. We addressed these issues by generating DNA sequence data for the internal transcribed spacer (ITS) region, nuclear large subunit (LSU) rDNA, MCM7, RPB2, and TEF1 from a diverse array of Geomyces and allies that included isolates recovered from bat hibernacula as well as those that represent important type species. Phylogenetic analyses indicate Geomyces and allies should be classified in the family Pseudeurotiaceae, and the genera Geomyces, Gymnostellatospora, and Pseudogymnoascus should be recognized as distinct. True Geomyces are restricted to a basal lineage based on phylogenetic placement of the type species, Geomyces auratus. Thus, G. destructans is placed in genus Pseudogymnoascus. The closest relatives of Pseudogymnoascus destructans are members of the Pseudogymnoascus roseus species complex, however, the isolated and long branch of P. destructans indicates that none of the species included in this study are closely related, thus providing further support to the hypothesis that this pathogen is non-native and invasive in eastern North America. Several conidia-producing isolates from bat hibernacula previously identified as members of Pseudeurotium are determined to belong to the genus

125 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 Leuconeurospora, which is widespread, especially in colder regions. Teberdinia hygrophila is transferred to Pseudeurotium as Pseudeurotium hygrophilum, comb. nov., in accordance with the one name per fungus system of classification, and two additional combinations are made in Pseudogymnoascus including Pseudogymnoascus carnis and Pseudogymnoascus pannorum. Additional sampling from other regions of the world is needed to better understand the evolution and biogeography of this important and diverse group of fungi. Published by Elsevier Ltd on behalf of The British Mycological Society. Keywords: fungal pathogen; united-states; ribosomal DNA; mixed models; sequences; evolution; nuclear; genus; gymnostellatospora; pseudeurotiaceae Source: Fungal Biology, 2013, 117(9): 638–649 Email: Lindner, DL; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 29 Global sampling of plant roots expands the described molecular diversity of arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi Opik, M; Zobel, M; Cantero, JJ; et al. Abstract: We aimed to enhance understanding of the molecular diversity of arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi (AMF) by building a new global dataset targeting previously unstudied geographical areas. In total, we sampled 96 plant species from 25 sites that encompassed all continents except Antarctica. AMF in plant roots were detected by sequencing the nuclear SSU rRNA gene fragment using either cloning followed by Sanger sequencing or 454-sequencing. A total of 204 AMF phylogroups (virtual taxa, VT) were recorded, increasing the described number of Glomeromycota VT from 308 to 341 globally. Novel VT were detected from 21 sites; three novel but nevertheless widespread VT (Glomus spp. MO-G52, MO-G53, MO-G57) were recorded from six continents. The largest increases in regional VT number were recorded in previously little-studied Oceania and in the boreal and polar climatic zones - this study providing the first molecular data from the latter. Ordination revealed differences in AM fungal communities between different continents and climatic zones, suggesting that both biogeographic history and environmental conditions underlie the global variation of those communities. Our results show that a considerable proportion of Glomeromycota diversity has been recorded in many regions, though further large increases in richness can be expected in remaining unstudied areas. Keywords: species level; glomeromycota; communities; ecosystems; reveals; ecology; phylum; genera; scale; taxa Source: Mycorrhiza, 2013, 23(5): 411–430 Email: Opik, M; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 29 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 New species and phylogeny of Perenniporia based on morphological and molecular characters Zhao, CL; Cui, BK; Dai, YC Abstract: Three new resupinate, poroid, wood-inhabiting fungi, Perenniporia aridula, P. bannaensis and P. substraminea, are introduced on the basis of morphological and molecular characters. Molecular study based on sequence data from the ribosomal ITS and LSU regions supported the three new species' positions in Perenniporia s.s., and all of them formed monophyletic lineages with strong support (100 % BP, 1.00 BPP). Phylogenetic analysis revealed seven clades for the 31 species of Perenniporia s.l. used in this study. Among them, Perenniporiella clustered with Perenniporia ochroleuca group, and then subsequently grouped with Abundisporus. In addition, the P. ochroleuca group, the P. vicina group, the P. martia group and P. subacida formed well supported monophyletic entities, which could be recognized as distinct genera, and they are not related to P. medulla-panis which belongs to Perenniporia s.s. clade. An identification key to 38 species of Perenniporia occurring in China is provided. Keywords: sp-nov; neotropical polypores; China; basidiomycota; fungi; taxa; aphyllophorales; forest Source: Fungal Diversity, 2013, 58(1): 47–60 Email: Cui, BK; [email protected]

Nanoscience Nanotechnology Citation frequency: 303 Raman spectroscopy as a versatile tool for studying the properties of graphene Ferrari, AC; Basko, DM Abstract: Raman spectroscopy is an integral part of graphene research. It is used to determine the number and orientation of layers, the quality and types of edge, and the effects of perturbations, such as electric and magnetic fields, strain, doping, disorder and functional groups. This, in turn, provides insight into all sp(2)-bonded carbon allotropes, because graphene is their fundamental building block. Here we review the state of the art, future directions and open questions in Raman spectroscopy of graphene. We describe essential physical processes whose importance has only recently been recognized, such as the various types of resonance at play, and the role of quantum interference. We update all basic concepts and notations, and propose a terminology that is able to describe any result in literature. We finally highlight the potential of Raman spectroscopy for layered materials other than graphene. Keywords: carbon nanotubes; light-scattering; layer graphene; graphite; crystals; mode; electron; spectrum; films; band Source: Nature Nanotechnology, 2013, 8(4): 235–246 Email: Ferrari, AC; [email protected]

126 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Citation frequency: 273 Progress, Challenges, and Opportunities in Two-Dimensional Materials Beyond Graphene Butler, SZ; Hollen, SM; Cao, LY; et al. Abstract: Graphene's success has shown that it is possible to create stable, single and few-atom-thick layers of van der Waals materials, and also that these materials can exhibit fascinating and technologically useful properties. Here we review the state-of-the-art of 2D materials beyond graphene. Initially, we will outline the different chemical classes of 2D materials and discuss the various strategies to prepare single-layer, few-layer, and multilayer assembly materials in solution, on substrates, and on the wafer scale. Additionally, we present an experimental guide for identifying and characterizing single-layer-thick materials, as well as outlining emerging techniques that yield both local and global information. We describe the differences that occur in the electronic structure between the bulk and the single layer and discuss various methods of tuning their electronic properties by manipulating the surface. Finally, we highlight the properties and advantages of single-, few-, and many-layer 2D materials in field-effect transistors, spin- and valley-tronics, thermoelectrics, and topological insulators, among many other applications. Keywords: chemical-vapor-deposition; der-waals epitaxy; hexagonal boron-nitride; single-layer MoS2; field-effect transistors; transition- metal dichalcogenides; scanning-tunneling-microscopy; topological insulator nanoribbons; lithium intercalation properties; langmuir- blodgett deposition Source: ACS Nano, 2013, 7(4): 2898–2926 Email: Goldberger, JE; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 255 Chemical Management for Colorful, Efficient, and Stable Inorganic-Organic Hybrid Nanostructured Solar Cells Noh, JH; Im, SH; Heo, JH; et al.

Abstract: Chemically tuned inorganic-organic hybrid materials, based on CH3NH3(=MA)Pb I1-xBrx3 perovskites, have been studied using UV-vis absorption and X-ray diffraction patterns and applied to nanostructured solar cells. The band gap engineering brought about by the chemical management of MAPbI1-xBrx3 perovskites can be controllably tuned to cover almost the entire visible spectrum, enabling the realization of colorful solar cells. We demonstrate highly efficient solar cells exhibiting 12.3% in a power conversion efficiency of under standard AM 1.5, for the most efficient《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 device, as a result of tunable composition for the light harvester in conjunction with a mesoporous TiO2 film and a hole conducting polymer. We believe that the works highlighted in this paper represent one step toward the realization of low-cost, high-efficiency, and long-term stability with colorful solar cells. Keywords: organometal halide perovskites; nanowires; crystals Source: Nano Letters, 2013, 13(4): 1764–1769 Email: Seok, SI; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 241 Sodium-Ion Batteries Slater, MD; Kim, D; Lee, E; et al. Abstract: The status of ambient temperature sodium ion batteries is reviewed in light of recent developments in anode, electrolyte and cathode materials. These devices, although early in their stage of development, are promising for large-scale grid storage applications due to the abundance and very low cost of sodium-containing precursors used to make the components. The engineering knowledge developed recently for highly successful Li ion batteries can be leveraged to ensure rapid progress in this area, although different electrode materials and electrolytes will be required for dual intercalation systems based on sodium. In particular, new anode materials need to be identified, since the graphite anode, commonly used in lithium systems, does not intercalate sodium to any appreciable extent. A wider array of choices is available for cathodes, including high performance layered transition metal oxides and polyanionic compounds. Recent developments in electrodes are encouraging, but a great deal of research is necessary, particularly in new electrolytes, and the understanding of the SEI films. The engineering modeling calculations of Na-ion battery energy density indicate that 210 Wh kg1 in gravimetric energy is possible for Na-ion batteries compared to existing Li-ion technology if a cathode capacity of 200 mAh g1 and a 500 mAh g1 anode can be discovered with an average cell potential of 3.3 V.

Keywords: rechargeable lithium batteries; electrochemical insertion; cathode material; nanocrystalline Fe3O4; negative electrodes; petroleum cokes; phase-diagram; na; intercalation; carbon Source: Advanced Functional Materials, 2013, 23(8): 947–958 Email: Slater, MD; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 220 Memristive devices for computing Yang, JJS; Strukov, DB; Stewart, DR Abstract: Memristive devices are electrical resistance switches that can retain a state of internal resistance based on the history of applied

127 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 voltage and current. These devices can store and process information, and offer several key performance characteristics that exceed conventional integrated circuit technology. An important class of memristive devices are two-terminal resistance switches based on ionic motion, which are built from a simple conductor/insulator/conductor thin-film stack. These devices were originally conceived in the late 1960s and recent progress has led to fast, low-energy, high-endurance devices that can be scaled down to less than 10 nm and stacked in three dimensions. However, the underlying device mechanisms remain unclear, which is a significant barrier to their widespread application. Here, we review recent progress in the development and understanding of memristive devices. We also examine the performance requirements for computing with memristive devices and detail how the outstanding challenges could be met. Keywords: electrolyte nanometer switch; phase-change materials; memory devices; nonvolatile memory; resistive switches; oxide-films; neuromorphic architectures; conducting filament; atomic switch; doped SrTiO3 Source: Nature Nanotechnology, 2013, 8(1): 13–24 Email: Yang, JJS; [email protected]

Neuroimaging Citation frequency: 131 White matter integrity, fiber count, and other fallacies: The do's and don'ts of diffusion MRI Jones, DK; Knosche, TR; Turner, R Abstract: Diffusion-weighted MRI (DW-MRI) has been increasingly used in imaging neuroscience over the last decade. An early form of this technique, diffusion tensor imaging (DTI) was rapidly implemented by major MRI scanner companies as a scanner selling point. Due to the ease of use of such implementations, and the plausibility of some of their results. DTI was leapt on by imaging neuroscientists who saw it as a powerful and unique new tool for exploring the structural connectivity of human brain. However, DTI is a rather approximate technique, and its results have frequently been given implausible interpretations that have escaped proper critique and have appeared misleadingly in journals of high reputation. In order to encourage the use of improved DW-MRI methods, which have a better chance of characterizing the actual fiber structure of white matter, and to warn against the misuse and misinterpretation of DTI, we review the physics of DW-MRI, indicate currently preferred methodology, and explain the limits of interpretation of its results. We conclude with a list of 'Do's and Don'ts' which define good practice in this expanding area of imaging neuroscience. Keywords: non-gaussian diffusion; human brain; tensor mri; water diffusion; in-vivo; weighted mri; spherical deconvolution; alzheimers- disease; gray-matter; orientation distributions Source: Neuroimage, 2013, 73: 239–254《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Email: Jones, DK; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 98 An improved framework for confound regression and filtering for control of motion artifact in the preprocessing of resting-state functional connectivity data Satterthwaite, TD; Elliott, MA; Gerraty, RT; et al. Abstract: Several recent reports in large, independent samples have demonstrated the influence of motion artifact on resting-state functional connectivity MRI (rsfc-MRI). Standard rsfc-MRI preprocessing typically includes regression of confounding signals and band-pass filtering. However, substantial heterogeneity exists in how these techniques are implemented across studies, and no prior study has examined the effect of differing approaches for the control of motion-induced artifacts. To better understand how in-scanner head motion affects rsfc-MRI data, we describe the spatial, temporal, and spectral characteristics of motion artifacts in a sample of 348 adolescents. Analyses utilize a novel approach for describing head motion on a voxelwise basis. Next, we systematically evaluate the efficacy of a range of confound regression and filtering techniques for the control of motion-induced artifacts. Results reveal that the effectiveness of preprocessing procedures on the control of motion is heterogeneous, and that improved preprocessing provides a substantial benefit beyond typical procedures. These results demonstrate that the effect of motion on rsfc-MRI can be substantially attenuated through improved preprocessing procedures, but not completely removed. Keywords: physiological noise correction; fMRI time-series; human brain; cerebral-cortex; global signal; networks; fluctuations; optimization; model; anticorrelations Source: Neuroimage, 2013, 64: 240–256 Email: Satterthwaite, TD; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 89 A comprehensive assessment of regional variation in the impact of head micromovements on functional connectomics Yan, CG; Cheung, B; Kelly, C; et al. Abstract: Functional connectomics is one of the most rapidly expanding areas of neuroimaging research. Yet, concerns remain regarding the use of resting-state fMRI (R-fMRI) to characterize inter-individual variation in the functional connectome. In particular, recent findings that "micro" head movements can introduce artifactual inter-individual and group-related differences in R-fMRI metrics have raised

128 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts concerns. Here, we first build on prior demonstrations of regional variation in the magnitude of framewise displacements associated with a given head movement, by providing a comprehensive voxel-based examination of the impact of motion on the BOLD signal (i.e., motion-BOLD relationships). Positive motion-BOLD relationships were detected in primary and supplementary motor areas, particularly in low motion datasets. Negative motion-BOLD relationships were most prominent in prefrontal regions, and expanded throughout the brain in high motion datasets (e.g., children). Scrubbing of volumes with FD > 0.2 effectively removed negative but not positive correlations; these findings suggest that positive relationships may reflect neural origins of motion while negative relationships are likely to originate from motion artifact. We also examined the ability of motion correction strategies to eliminate artifactual differences related to motion among individuals and between groups for a broad array of voxel-wise R-fMRI metrics. Residual relationships between motion and the examined R-fMRI metrics remained for all correction approaches, underscoring the need to covary motion effects at the group-level. Notably, global signal regression reduced relationships between motion and inter-individual differences in correlation-based R-fMRI metrics; Z-standardization (mean-centering and variance normalization) of subject-level maps for R-fMRI metrics prior to group-level analyses demonstrated similar advantages. Finally, our test-retest (TRT) analyses revealed significant motion effects on TRT reliability for R-fMRI metrics. Generally, motion compromised reliability of R-fMRI metrics, with the exception of those based on frequency characteristics particularly, amplitude of low frequency fluctuations (ALFF). The implications of our findings for decision-making regarding the assessment and correction of motion are discussed, as are insights into potential differences among volume-based metrics of motion. Keywords: prospective motion correction; fMRI time-series; independent component analysis; resting-state fMRI; human brain; connectivity MRI; global signal; noise correction; networks; regression Source: Neuroimage, 2013, 76(1): 183–201 Email: Milham, MP; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 66 Dynamic functional connectivity: Promise, issues, and interpretations Hutchison, RM; Womelsdorf, T; Allen, EA; et al. Abstract: The brain must dynamically integrate, coordinate, and respond to internal and external stimuli across multiple time scales. Non-invasive measurements of brain activity with fMRI have greatly advanced our understanding of the large-scale functional organization supporting these fundamental features of brain function. Conclusions from previous resting-state fMRI investigations were based upon static descriptions of functional connectivity (FC), and only recently studies have begun to capitalize on the wealth of information contained within the temporal features《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 of spontaneous BOLD FC. Emerging evidence suggests that dynamic FC metrics may index changes in macroscopic neural activity patterns underlying critical aspects of cognition and behavior, though limitations with regard to analysis and interpretation remain. Here, we review recent findings, methodological considerations, neural and behavioral correlates, and future directions in the emerging field of dynamic FC investigations. Keywords: resting-state networks; default-mode network; spontaneous brain activity; heart-rate-variability; independent component analysis; frequency bold fluctuations; fMRI signal fluctuations; visual working-memory; propofol-induced loss; magnetic-resonance Source: Neuroimage, 2013, 80: 360–378 Email: Hutchison, RM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 59 The WU-Minn Human Connectome Project: An overview Van Essen, DC; Smith, SM; Barch, DM; et al. Abstract: The Human Connectome Project consortium led by Washington University, University of Minnesota, and Oxford University is undertaking a systematic effort to map macroscopic human brain circuits and their relationship to behavior in a large population of healthy adults. This overview article focuses on progress made during the first half of the 5-year project in refining the methods for data acquisition and analysis. Preliminary analyses based on a finalized set of acquisition and preprocessing protocols demonstrate the exceptionally high quality of the data from each modality. The first quarterly release of imaging and behavioral data via the ConnectomeDB database demonstrates the commitment to making HCP datasets freely accessible. Altogether, the progress to date provides grounds for optimism that the HCP datasets and associated methods and software will become increasingly valuable resources for characterizing human brain connectivity and function, their relationship to behavior, and their heritability and genetic underpinnings. Keywords: intrinsic functional connectivity; independent component analysis; human brain; 7 tesla; fMRI; signal; organization; tractography; networks; surface Source: Neuroimage, 2013, 80: 62–79 Email: Van Essen, DC; [email protected]

Neurosciences Citation frequency: 243 Power failure: why small sample size undermines the reliability of neuroscience Button, KS; Ioannidis, JPA; Mokrysz, C; et al. Abstract: A study with low statistical power has a reduced chance of detecting a true effect, but it is less well appreciated that low power

129 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 also reduces the likelihood that a statistically significant result reflects a true effect. Here, we show that the average statistical power of studies in the neurosciences is very low. The consequences of this include overestimates of effect size and low reproducibility of results. There are also ethical dimensions to this problem, as unreliable research is inefficient and wasteful. Improving reproducibility in neuroscience is a key priority and requires attention to well-established but often ignored methodological principles. Keywords: aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage; randomized controlled-trials; alzheimers-disease; multiple-sclerosis; parkinsons-disease; gene polymorphisms; published research; cerebral-ischemia; clinical-trials; impact factor Source: Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 2013, 14(5): 365–376 Email: Munafo, MR; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 146 The spectrum of disease in chronic traumatic encephalopathy McKee, AC; Stein, TD; Nowinski, CJ; et al. Abstract: Chronic traumatic encephalopathy is a progressive tauopathy that occurs as a consequence of repetitive mild traumatic brain injury. We analysed post-mortem brains obtained from a cohort of 85 subjects with histories of repetitive mild traumatic brain injury and found evidence of chronic traumatic encephalopathy in 68 subjects: all males, ranging in age from 17 to 98 years (mean 59.5 years), including 64 athletes, 21 military veterans (86% of whom were also athletes) and one individual who engaged in self-injurious head banging behaviour. Eighteen age- and gender-matched individuals without a history of repetitive mild traumatic brain injury served as control subjects. In chronic traumatic encephalopathy, the spectrum of hyperphosphorylated tau pathology ranged in severity from focal perivascular epicentres of neurofibrillary tangles in the frontal neocortex to severe tauopathy affecting widespread brain regions, including the medial temporal lobe, thereby allowing a progressive staging of pathology from stages I-IV. Multifocal axonal varicosities and axonal loss were found in deep cortex and subcortical white matter at all stages of chronic traumatic encephalopathy. TAR DNA-binding protein 43 immunoreactive inclusions and neurites were also found in 85% of cases, ranging from focal pathology in stages I-III to widespread inclusions and neurites in stage IV. Symptoms in stage I chronic traumatic encephalopathy included headache and loss of attention and concentration. Additional symptoms in stage II included depression, explosivity and short-term memory loss. In stage III, executive dysfunction and cognitive impairment were found, and in stage IV, dementia, word-finding difficulty and aggression were characteristic. Data on athletic exposure were available for 34 American football players; the stage of chronic traumatic encephalopathy correlated with increased duration of football play, survival after football and age at death. Chronic traumatic encephalopathy was the sole diagnosis in 43 cases (63%); eight were also diagnosed《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 with motor neuron disease (12%), seven with Alzheimer's disease (11%), 11 with Lewy body disease (16%) and four with frontotemporal lobar degeneration (6%). There is an ordered and predictable progression of hyperphosphorylated tau abnormalities through the nervous system in chronic traumatic encephalopathy that occurs in conjunction with widespread axonal disruption and loss. The frequent association of chronic traumatic encephalopathy with other neurodegenerative disorders suggests that repetitive brain trauma and hyperphosphorylated tau protein deposition promote the accumulation of other abnormally aggregated proteins including TAR DNA-binding protein 43, amyloid beta protein and alpha-synuclein. Keywords: frontotemporal lobar degeneration; amyotrophic-lateral-sclerosis; alzheimer-related changes; repetitive head-injury; football-league player; neuropathologic assessment; dementia-pugilistica; national institute; parkinson-disease; brain trauma Source: Brain, 2013, 136: 43–64 Email: McKee, AC; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 139 On the free radical scavenging activities of melatonin's metabolites, AFMK and AMK Galano, A; Tan, DX; Reiter, RJ

Abstract: The reactions of N1-acetyl-N2-formyl-5-methoxykynuramine (AFMK) and N1-acetyl-5-methoxykynuramine (AMK) with center dot OH, center dot OOH, and center dot OOCCl3 radicals have been studied using the density functional theory. Three mechanisms of reaction have been considered: radical adduct formation (RAF), hydrogen transfer (HT), and single electron transfer (SET). Their relative importance for the free radical scavenging activity of AFMK and AMK has been assessed. It was found that AFMK and AMK react with center dot OH at diffusion-limited rates, regardless of the polarity of the environment, which supports their excellent center dot OH radical scavenging activity. Both compounds were found to be also very efficient for scavenging center dot OOCCl3, but rather ineffective for scavenging center dot OOH. Regarding their relative activity, it was found that AFMK systematically is a poorer scavenger than AMK and melatonin. In aqueous solution, AMK was found to react faster than melatonin with all the studied free radicals, while in nonpolar environments, the relative efficiency of AMK and melatonin as free radical scavengers depends on the radical with which they are reacting.

Under such conditions, melatonin is predicted to be a better center dot OOH and center dot OOCCl3 scavenger than AMK, while AMK is predicted to be slightly better than melatonin for scavenging center dot OH. Accordingly it seems that melatonin and its metabolite AMK constitute an efficient team of scavengers able of deactivating a wide variety of reactive oxygen species, under different conditions. Thus, the presented results support the continuous protection exerted by melatonin, through the free radical scavenging cascade. Keywords: reactive oxygen; in-vitro; antioxidative protection; density functionals; electron-transfer; brain metabolite; biogenic-amines;

130 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts N1-acetyl-5-methoxykynuramine; oxidation; mice Source: Journal of Pineal Research, 2013, 54(3): 245–257 Email: Galano, A; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 139 Allele-specific FKBP5 DNA demethylation mediates gene-childhood trauma interactions Klengel, T; Mehta, D; Anacker, C; et al. Abstract: Although the fact that genetic predisposition and environmental exposures interact to shape development and function of the human brain and, ultimately, the risk of psychiatric disorders has drawn wide interest, the corresponding molecular mechanisms have not yet been elucidated. We found that a functional polymorphism altering chromatin interaction between the transcription start site and long-range enhancers in the FK506 binding protein 5 (FKBP5) gene, an important regulator of the stress hormone system, increased the risk of developing stress-related psychiatric disorders in adulthood by allele-specific, childhood trauma-dependent DNA demethylation in functional glucocorticoid response elements of FKBP5. This demethylation was linked to increased stress-dependent gene transcription followed by a long-term dysregulation of the stress hormone system and a global effect on the function of immune cells and brain areas associated with stress regulation. This identification of molecular mechanisms of genotype-directed long-term environmental reactivity will be useful for designing more effective treatment strategies for stress-related disorders. Keywords: posttraumatic-stress-disorder; early-life stress; glucocorticoid-receptor; adult depression; human genome; polymorphisms; abuse; methylation; moderation; risk Source: Nature Neuroscience, 2013, 16(1): 33–41 Email: Klengel, T; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 131 White matter integrity, fiber count, and other fallacies: The do's and don'ts of diffusion MRI Jones, DK; Knosche, TR; Turner, R Abstract: Diffusion-weighted MRI (DW-MRI) has been increasingly used in imaging neuroscience over the last decade. An early form of this technique, diffusion tensor imaging (DTI) was rapidly implemented by major MRI scanner companies as a scanner selling point. Due to the ease of use of such implementations, and the plausibility of some of their results. DTI was leapt on by imaging neuroscientists who saw it as a powerful and unique new tool for exploring the structural connectivity of human brain. However, DTI is a rather approximate technique, and its results have fr《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅equently been given implausible interpretations that have escaped proper critique and have appeared misleadingly in journals of high reputation. In order to encourage the use of improved DW-MRI methods, which have a better chance of characterizing the actual fiber structure of white matter, and to warn against the misuse and misinterpretation of DTI, we review the physics of DW-MRI, indicate currently preferred methodology, and explain the limits of interpretation of its results. We conclude with a list of 'Do's and Don'ts' which define good practice in this expanding area of imaging neuroscience. Keywords: non-gaussian diffusion; human brain; tensor MRI; water diffusion; in-vivo; weighted MRI; spherical deconvolution; alzheimers-disease; gray-matter; orientation distributions Source: Neuroimage, 2013, 73: 239–254 Email: Jones, DK; [email protected]

Nuclear Science Technology Citation frequency: 62 The Large Underground Xenon (LUX) experiment Akerib, DS; Bai, X; Bedikian, S; et al. Abstract: The Large Underground Xenon (LUX) collaboration has designed and constructed a dual-phase xenon detector, in order to conduct a search for Weakly Interacting Massive Particles (WIMPs), a leading dark matter candidate. The goal of the LUX detector is to clearly detect (or exclude) WIMPS with a spin independent cross-section per nucleon of 2×10-46 cm2, equivalent to similar to 1 event 100 kg month in the inner 100 kg fiducial volume (FV) of the 370 kg detector. The overall background goals are set to have <1 background events characterized as possible WIMPs in the FV in 300 days of running. This paper describes the design and construction of the LUX detector. Keywords: dark-matter detector; zeplin-III; gas Source: Nuclear Instruments & Methods in Physics Research Section A-accelerators Spectrometers Detectors and Associated Equipment, 2013, 704: 111–126 Email: Wolfs, FLH; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 50 Recent progress in research on tungsten materials for nuclear fusion applications in Europe Rieth, M; Dudarev, SL; de Vicente, SMG; et al. Abstract: The current magnetic confinement nuclear fusion power reactor concepts going beyond ITER are based on assumptions about

131 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 the availability of materials with extreme mechanical, heat, and neutron load capacity. In Europe, the development of such structural and armour materials together with the necessary production, machining, and fabrication technologies is pursued within the EFDA long-term fusion materials programme. This paper reviews the progress of work within the programme in the area of tungsten and tungsten alloys. Results, conclusions, and future projections are summarized for each of the programme's main subtopics, which are: (1) fabrication, (2) structural W materials, (3) W armour materials, and (4) materials science and modelling. It gives a detailed overview of the latest results on materials research, fabrication processes, joining options, high heat flux testing, plasticity studies, modelling, and validation experiments. Keywords: space gaussian pseudopotentials; plasma-sprayed tungsten; to-ductile transition; W-based alloys; fracture-behavior; power-plant; polycrystalline tungsten; facing material; evolution; deuterium Source: Journal of Nuclear Materials, 2013, 432(1–3): 482–500 Email: Rieth, M; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 40 On the use of SRIM for computing radiation damage exposure Stoller, RE; Toloczko, MB; Was, GS; et al. Abstract: The SRIM (formerly TRIM) Monte Carlo simulation code is widely used to compute a number of parameters relevant to ion beam implantation and ion beam processing of materials. It also has the capability to compute a common radiation damage exposure unit known as atomic displacements per atom (dpa). Since dpa is a standard measure of primary radiation damage production, most researchers who employ ion beams as a tool for inducing radiation damage in materials use SRIM to determine the dpa associated with their irradiations. The use of SRIM for this purpose has been evaluated and comparisons have been made with an internationally-recognized standard definition of dpa, as well as more detailed atomistic simulations of atomic displacement cascades. Differences between the standard and SRIM-based dpa are discussed and recommendations for future usage of SRIM in radiation damage studies are made. In particular, it is recommended that when direct comparisons between ion and neutron data are intended, the Kinchin-Pease option of SRIM should be selected. Keywords: displacement damage; defect production; irradiation; solids; metals; rates; atoms Source: Nuclear Instruments & Methods in Physics Research Section B-beam Interactions With Materials and Atoms, 2013, 310: 75–80 Email: Stoller, RE; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 39 Particle《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 and Heavy Ion Transport code System, PHITS, version 2.52 Sato, T; Niita, K; Matsuda, N; et al. Abstract: An upgraded version of the Particle and Heavy Ion Transport code System, PHITS2.52, was developed and released to the public. The new version has been greatly improved from the previously released version, PHITS2.24, in terms of not only the code itself but also the contents of its package, such as the attached data libraries. In the new version, a higher accuracy of simulation was achieved by implementing several latest nuclear reaction models. The reliability of the simulation was improved by modifying both the algorithms for the electron-, positron-, and photon-transport simulations and the procedure for calculating the statistical uncertainties of the tally results. Estimation of the time evolution of radioactivity became feasible by incorporating the activation calculation program DCHAIN-SP into the new package. The efficiency of the simulation was also improved as a result of the implementation of shared-memory parallelization and the optimization of several time-consuming algorithms. Furthermore, a number of new user-support tools and functions that help users to intuitively and effectively perform PHITS simulations were developed and incorporated. Due to these improvements, PHITS is now a more powerful tool for particle transport simulation applicable to various research and development fields, such as nuclear technology, accelerator design, medical physics, and cosmic-ray research. Keywords: monte-carlo-simulation; accurate universal parameterization; reference computational phantoms; dose conversion coefficients; absorption cross-sections; proton-induced reactions; nuclear-science; model; improvement; neutrons Source: Journal of Nuclear Science and Technology, 2013, 50(9): 913–923 Email: Sato, T; [email protected]

132 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Keywords: asdex upgrade; divertor; migration; tungsten Source: Journal of Nuclear Materials, 2013, 438: S2-S10 Email: Matthews, GF; [email protected]

Nursing Citation frequency: 26 Patient risk factors for pressure ulcer development: Systematic review Coleman, S; Gorecki, C; Nelson, EA; et al. Abstract: Objective: To identify risk factors independently predictive of pressure ulcer development in adult patient populations? Design: A systematic review of primary research was undertaken, based upon methods recommended for effectiveness questions but adapted to identify observational risk factor studies. Data sources: Fourteen electronic databases were searched, each from inception until March 2010, with hand searching of specialist journals and conference proceedings; contact with experts and a citation search. There was no language restriction. Review methods: Abstracts were screened, reviewed against the eligibility criteria, data extracted and quality appraised by at least one reviewer and checked by a second. Where necessary, statistical review was undertalcen. We developed an assessment framework and quality classification based upon guidelines for assessing quality and methodological considerations in the analysis, meta-analysis and publication of observational studies. Studies were classified as high, moderate, low and very low quality. Risk factors were categorised into risk factor domains and sub-domains. Evidence tables were generated and a summary narrative synthesis by sub-domain and domain was undertaken. Results: Of 5462 abstracts retrieved, 365 were identified as potentially eligible and 54 fulfilled the eligibility criteria. The 54 studies included 34449 patients and acute and community patient populations. Seventeen studies were classified as high or moderate quality, whilst 37 studies (68.5%) had inadequate numbers of pressure ulcers and other methodological limitations. Risk factors emerging most frequently as independent predictors of pressure ulcer development included three primary domains of mobility/activity, perfusion (including diabetes) and skin/pressure ulcer status. Skin moisture, age, haematological measures, nutrition and general health status are also important, but did not emerge as frequently as the three main domains. Body temperature and immunity may be important but require further confirmatory research. There is limited evidence that either race or gender is important. Conclusions: Overall there is no single factor which can explain pressure ulcer risk, rather a complex interplay of factors which increase the probability of pressure ulcer development.《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 The review highlights the limitations of over-interpretation of results from individual studies and the benefits of reviewing results from a number of studies to develop a more reliable overall assessment of factors which are important in affecting patient susceptibility. Keywords: nursing-home residents; intensive-care-unit; critically-ill patients; hospitalized-patients; prognostic-factors; support surfaces; braden scale; sores; surgery; regression Source: International Journal of Nursing Studies, 2013, 50(7): 974–1003 Email: Coleman, S; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 24 Content analysis and thematic analysis: Implications for conducting a qualitative descriptive study Vaismoradi, M; Turunen, H; Bondas, T Abstract: Qualitative content analysis and thematic analysis are two commonly used approaches in data analysis of nursing research, but boundaries between the two have not been clearly specified. In other words, they are being used interchangeably and it seems difficult for the researcher to choose between them. In this respect, this paper describes and discusses the boundaries between qualitative content analysis and thematic analysis and presents implications to improve the consistency between the purpose of related studies and the method of data analyses. This is a discussion paper, comprising an analytical overview and discussion of the definitions, aims, philosophical background, data gathering, and analysis of content analysis and thematic analysis, and addressing their methodological subtleties. It is concluded that in spite of many similarities between the approaches, including cutting across data and searching for patterns and themes, their main difference lies in the opportunity for quantification of data. It means that measuring the frequency of different categories and themes is possible in content analysis with caution as a proxy for significance. Keywords: research proposals; nursing-research; trustworthiness Source: Nursing & Health Sciences, 2013, 15(3): 398–405 Email: Turunen, H; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 23 Outcomes of Care in Birth Centers: Demonstration of a Durable Model Stapleton, SR; Osborne, C; Illuzzi, J Abstract: Introduction: The safety and effectiveness of birth center care have been demonstrated in previous studies, including the National Birth Center Study and the San Diego Birth Center Study. This study examines outcomes of birth center care in the present maternity care

133 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 environment. Methods: This was a prospective cohort study of women receiving care in 79 midwifery-led birth centers in 33 US states from 2007 to 2010. Data were entered into the American Association of Birth Centers Uniform Data Set after obtaining informed consent. Analysis was by intention to treat, with descriptive statistics calculated for maternal and neonatal outcomes for all women presenting to birth centers in labor including those requiring transfer to hospital care. Results: Of 15574 women who planned and were eligible for birth center birth at the onset of labor, 84% gave birth at the birth center. Four percent were transferred to a hospital prior to birth center admission, and 12% were transferred in labor after admission. Regardless of where they gave birth, 93% of women had a spontaneous vaginal birth, 1% an assisted vaginal birth, and 6% a cesarean birth. Of women giving birth in the birth center, 2.4% required transfer postpartum, whereas 2.6% of newborns were transferred after birth. Most transfers were nonemergent, with 1.9% of mothers or newborns requiring emergent transfer during labor or after birth. There were no maternal deaths. The intrapartum fetal mortality rate for women admitted to the birth center in labor was 0.47/1000. The neonatal mortality rate was 0.40/1000 excluding anomalies. Discussion: This study demonstrates the safety of the midwifery-led birth center model of collaborative care as well as continued low obstetric intervention rates, similar to previous studies of birth center care. These findings are particularly remarkable in an era characterized by increases in obstetric intervention and cesarean birth nationwide. Keywords: cesarean-section rate; risk; complications; cohort Source: Journal of Midwifery & Womens Health, 2013, 58(1): 3–14 Email: Stapleton, SR; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 22 Living Quality: A Humanbecoming Phenomenon Parse, RR Abstract: The purpose of this article is to set forth the humanbecoming paradigm and the phenomenon living quality, which better expresses the notion of quality of life from this paradigmatic perspective. The three inherent core knowings of living quality are described and explained in light of the community change concepts. Living quality with sciencing and living the art of humanbecoming are also discussed. Keywords: human becoming perspective; of-life; retirement; community; cancer; health; women; art Source: Nursing Science Quarterly, 2013, 26(2): 111–115

Citation frequency: 17 Evaluation of Quality《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 of Life instruments for use in COPD care and research: A systematic review Weldam, SWM; Schuurmans, MJ; Liu, R; et al. Abstract: Objective: Quality of Life (QoL) measurements to quantify disease burden have become an important outcome measure in Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD) research and treatment. A large variety of QoL instruments is available. The objective of this review was to comprehensively evaluate content and psychometric properties of available QoL instruments used in COPD care and research. Design: A systematic literature search was performed. Databases: The databases PubMed, Embase, CINAHL, and the Cochrane Library were used. Review method: Two researchers independently identified eligible studies. Methodological quality of the studies and data on measurement properties were assessed by using the Consensus based Standards for selection of health Measurement Instruments (COSMIN). A best evidence synthesis for each instrument was performed. Results: 77 studies describing 13 disease-specific and 10 generic QoL instruments were identified. The content of the instruments showed a great variety. 20 instruments measured mobility. Pulmonary symptoms were measured in 11 disease specific instruments. Pain, vitality, and spiritual activities were domains seen only in generic instruments. Social and emotional functioning were domains seen in disease specific instruments as well as in generic instruments. The methodological quality of the studies was mostly rated fair, according to the COSMIN checklist. The psychometric properties of the instruments (validity, reliability and responsiveness) were in general rated positive. The best evidence synthesis showed the strongest positive evidence for the disease specific instruments Chronic Respiratory Questionnaire (CRQ), COPD Assessment Test (CAT), Saint George Respiratory Questionnaire (SGRQ), and Living with COPD questionnaire (LCOPD). The generic instruments received less favorable ratings. Conclusion: Despite the comprehensive overview we could not uniformly recommend the best instrument to evaluate QoL in COPD patients. However, we could recommend the disease specific instruments CRQ CAT, SGRQ or LCOPD. In addition to the best evidence synthesis, the decision to use one instrument over another, will be driven by study purpose and research questions in combination with the domains of the instrument. Given the large availability of instruments we discourage to develop new instruments, instead we encourage to design studies according the COSMIN standards to evaluate the psychometric properties of the existing instruments. Keywords: obstructive pulmonary-disease; georges-respiratory-questionnaire; nottingham health profile; chronic lung-disease; assessment test cat; methodological quality; cosmin checklist; acute exacerbations; chronic-bronchitis; spanish version Source: International Journal of Nursing Studies, 2013, 50(5): 688–707 Email: Weldam, SWM; [email protected]

134 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

Nutrition Dietetics Citation frequency: 57 Systematic review and meta-analysis of different dietary approaches to the management of type 2 diabetes Ajala, O; English, P; Pinkney, J Abstract: Background: There is evidence that reducing blood glucose concentrations, inducing weight loss, and improving the lipid profile reduces cardiovascular risk in people with type 2 diabetes. Objective: We assessed the effect of various diets on glycemic control, lipids, and weight loss. Design: We conducted searches of PubMed, Embase, and Google Scholar to August 2011. We included randomized controlled trials (RCTs) with interventions that lasted≥6 mo that compared low-carbohydrate, vegetarian, vegan, low glycemic index (GI), high-fiber, Mediterranean, and high-protein diets with control diets including low-fat, high-GI, American Diabetes Association, European Association for the Study of Diabetes, and low-protein diets. Results: A total of 20 RCTs were included (n =3073 included in final analyses across 3460 randomly assigned individuals). The low-carbohydrate, low-GI, Mediterranean, and high-protein diets all led to a greater improvement in glycemic control [glycated hemoglobin reductions of -0.12% (P = 0.04), -0.14% (P = 0.008), -0.47% (P < 0.00001), and -0.28% (P <0.00001), respectively] compared with their respective control diets, with the largest effect size seen in the Mediterranean diet. Low-carbohydrate and Mediterranean diets led to greater weight loss [0.69 kg (P = 0.21) and 1.84 kg (P <0.00001), respectively], with an increase in HDL seen in all diets except the high-protein diet. Conclusion: Low-carbohydrate, low-GI, Mediterranean, and high-protein diets are effective in improving various markers of cardiovascular risk in people with diabetes and should be considered in the overall strategy of diabetes management. Keywords: low-glycemic-index; low-fat diet; low-carbohydrate diet; cardiovascular risk-factors; randomized clinical-trial; high-monounsaturated fat; mediterranean-style diet; high-protein-diet; weight-loss diet; follow-up Source: American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 2013, 97(3): 505–516 Email: Ajala, O; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 49 Update of the Healthy Eating Index: HEI-2010 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Guenther, PM; Casavale, KO; Reedy, J; et al. Abstract: The Healthy Eating Index (HEI) is a measure of diet quality in terms of conformance with federal dietary guidance. Publication of the 2010 Dietary Guidelines for Americans prompted an interagency working group to update the HEI. The HEI-2010 retains several features of the 2005 version: (a) it has 12 components, many unchanged, including nine adequacy and three moderation components; (b) it uses a density approach to set standards, eg, per 1000 calories or as a percentage of calories; and (c) it employs least-restrictive standards; ie, those that are easiest to achieve among recommendations that vary by energy level, sex, and/or age. Changes to the index include: (a) the Greens and Beans component replaces Dark Green and Orange Vegetables and Legumes; (b) Seafood and Plant Proteins has been added to capture specific choices from the protein group; (c) Fatty Acids, a ratio of polyunsaturated and monounsaturated to saturated fatty acid's, replaces Oils and Saturated Fat to acknowledge the recommendation to replace, saturated fat with monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fatty acids; and (d) a moderation component, Refined Grains, replaces the adequacy component, Total Grains, to assess overconsumption. The HEI-2010 captures the key recommendations of the 2010 Dietary Guidelines and, like earlier versions, will be used to assess the diet quality of the US population and subpopulations, evaluate interventions, research dietary patterns, and evaluate various aspects of the food environment. Keywords: nutrient-rich foods; one 24-hour recall; diet-quality; colorectal-cancer; blood-pressure; older-adults; united-states; weight status; dash-sodium; risk Source: Journal of the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics, 2013, 113(4): 569–580 Email: Guenther, PM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 46 Vitamin D-Effects on Skeletal and Extraskeletal Health and the Need for Supplementation Wacker, M; Holick, MF Abstract: Vitamin D, the sunshine vitamin, has received a lot of attention recently as a result of a meteoric rise in the number of publications showing that vitamin D plays a crucial role in a plethora of physiological functions and associating vitamin D deficiency with many acute and chronic illnesses including disorders of calcium metabolism, autoimmune diseases, some cancers, type 2 diabetes mellitus, cardiovascular disease and infectious diseases. Vitamin D deficiency is now recognized as a global pandemic. The major cause for vitamin D deficiency is the lack of appreciation that sun exposure has been and continues to be the major source of vitamin D for children and adults of all ages. Vitamin D plays a crucial role in the development and maintenance of a healthy skeleton throughout life. There remains some controversy regarding what blood level of 25-hydroxyvitamin D should be attained for both bone health and reducing risk for vitamin

135 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 D deficiency associated acute and chronic diseases and how much vitamin D should be supplemented. Keywords: serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D; randomized controlled-trial; intestinal calcium-absorption; respiratory-tract infection; D-receptor polymorphisms; placebo-controlled trial; chronic kidney-disease; cod-liver oil; D deficiency; rheumatoid-arthritis Source: Nutrients, 2013, 5(1): 111–148 Email: Holick, MF; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 43 Clinical Practice Guidelines for the Perioperative Nutritional, Metabolic, and Nonsurgical Support of the Bariatric Surgery Patient-2013 Update: Cosponsored by American Association of Clinical Endocrino- logists, The Obesity Society, and American Society for Metabolic & Bariatric Surgery Mechanick, JI; Youdim, A; Jones, DB; et al. Abstract: The development of these updated guidelines was commissioned by the AACE, TOS, and ASMBS Board of Directors and adheres to the AACE 2010 protocol for standardized production of clinical practice guidelines (CPG). Each recommendation was re-evaluated and updated based on the evidence and subjective factors per protocol. Examples of expanded topics in this update include: the roles of sleeve gastrectomy, bariatric surgery in patients with type-2 diabetes, bariatric surgery for patients with mild obesity, copper deficiency, informed consent, and behavioral issues. There are 74 recommendations (of which 56 are revised and 2 are new) in this 2013 update, compared with 164 original recommendations in 2008. There are 403 citations, of which 33 (8.2%) are EL 1131 (32.5%) are EL 2170 (42.2%) are EL 3, and 69 (17.1%) are EL 4. There is a relatively high proportion (40.4%) of strong (EL 1 and 2) studies, compared with only 16.5% in the 2008 AACE-TOS-ASMBS CPG. These updated guidelines reflect recent additions to the evidence base. Bariatric surgery remains a safe and effective intervention for select patients with obesity. A team approach to perioperative care is mandatory with special attention to nutritional and metabolic issues. Keywords: Y-gastric-bypass; laparoscopic-sleeve-gastrectomy; type-2 diabetes-mellitus; weight-loss surgery; body-mass index; prospective- randomized-trial; of-the-literature; outcomes longitudinal database; helicobacter-pylori infection; cardiovascular risk-factors Source: Obesity, 2013, 21: S1-S27 Email: Mechanick, JI; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 42 Dyslipidemia in Obesity: Mechanisms and Potential Targets 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Klop, B; Elte, JWF; Cabezas, MC Abstract: Obesity has become a major worldwide health problem. In every single country in the world, the incidence of obesity is rising continuously and therefore, the associated morbidity, mortality and both medical and economical costs are expected to increase as well. The majority of these complications are related to co-morbid conditions that include coronary artery disease, hypertension, type 2 diabetes mellitus, respiratory disorders and dyslipidemia. Obesity increases cardiovascular risk through risk factors such as increased fasting plasma triglycerides, high LDL cholesterol, low HDL cholesterol, elevated blood glucose and insulin levels and high blood pressure. Novel lipid dependent, metabolic risk factors associated to obesity are the presence of the small dense LDL phenotype, postprandial hyperlipidemia with accumulation of atherogenic remnants and hepatic overproduction of apoB containing lipoproteins. All these lipid abnormalities are typical features of the metabolic syndrome and may be associated to a pro-inflammatory gradient which in part may originate in the adipose tissue itself and directly affect the endothelium. An important link between obesity, the metabolic syndrome and dyslipidemia, seems to be the development of insulin resistance in peripheral tissues leading to an enhanced hepatic flux of fatty acids from dietary sources, intravascular lipolysis and from adipose tissue resistant to the antilipolytic effects of insulin. The current review will focus on these aspects of lipid metabolism in obesity and potential interventions to treat the obesity related dyslipidemia. Keywords: low-density-lipoprotein; familial combined hyperlipidemia; acylation-stimulating protein; coronary-artery-disease; free fatty-acids; diurnal triglyceride profiles; postprandial lipid-metabolism; chylomicron remnant-removal; type-2 diabetes-mellitus; receptor- related protein Source: Nutrients, 2013, 5(4): 1218–1240 Email: Cabezas, MC; [email protected]

Obstetrics Gynecology Citation frequency: 65 Restoration of ovarian activity and pregnancy after transplantation of cryopreserved ovarian tissue: a review of 60 cases of reimplantation Donnez, J; Dolmans, MM; Pellicer, A; et al. Abstract: Aggressive chemotherapy/radiotherapy and bone marrow transplantation can cure >90% of girls and young women affected by disorders requiring such treatment. However, the ovaries are very sensitive to cytotoxic drugs, especially to alkylating agents. Several options are currently available to preserve fertility in cancer patients. The present review reports the results of 60 orthotopic reimplantations of cryopreserved ovarian tissue performed by three teams, as well as 24 live births reported in the literature to date. Restoration of ovarian

136 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts activity occurred in almost all cases in the three series. Among the 60 patients, eleven conceived and six of those had already delivered twelve healthy babies. In the future, we are looking to: 1) improve freezing techniques; and 2) enhance the "vascular bed'' before reimplantation to increase pregnancy rates. On the other hand, cryopreservation of ovarian tissue may be combined with removal, via puncture, of small antral follicles, making it possible to freeze both ovarian tissue and isolated immature oocytes. Keywords: monozygotic twins discordant; bone-marrow-transplantation; pre-antral follicles; fertility preservation; live birth; follicular-growth; oocyte retrieval; cortical tissue; young-patients; failure Source: Fertility and Sterility, 2013, 99(6): 1503–1513 Email: Donnez, J; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 63 2012 Updated Consensus Guidelines for the Management of Abnormal Cervical Cancer Screening Tests and Cancer Precursors Massad, LS; Einstein, MH; Huh, WK; et al. Abstract: A group of 47 experts representing 23 professional societies, national and international health organizations, and federal agencies met in Bethesda, MD, September 14-15, 2012, to revise the 2006 American Society for Colposcopy and Cervical Pathology Consensus Guidelines. The group's goal was to provide revised evidence-based consensus guidelines for managing women with abnormal cervical cancer screening tests, cervical intraepithelial neoplasia (CIN) and adenocarcinoma in situ (AIS) following adoption of cervical cancer screening guidelines incorporating longer screening intervals and co-testing. In addition to literature review, data from almost 1.4 million women in the Kaiser Permanente Northern California Medical Care Plan provided evidence on risk after abnormal tests. Where data were available, guidelines prescribed similar management for women with similar risks for CIN 3, AIS, and cancer. Most prior guidelines were reaffirmed. Examples of updates include: Human papillomavirus-negative atypical squamous cells of undetermined significance results are followed with co-testing at 3 years before return to routine screening and are not sufficient for exiting women from screening at age 65 years; women aged 21-24 years need less invasive management, especially for minor abnormalities; postcolposcopy management strategies incorporate co-testing; endocervical sampling reported as CIN 1 should be managed as CIN 1; unsatisfactory cytology should be repeated in most circumstances, even when HPV results from co-testing are known, while most cases of negative cytology with absent or insufficient endocervical cells or transformation zone component can be managed without intensive follow-up. Keywords: adenocarcinoma in-situ; squamous intraepithelial lesions; human-papillomavirus infection; atypical glandular cells; of-american-pathologists; undetermined《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 significance; endocervical curettage; randomized-trial; uterine cervix; young-women Source: Obstetrics and Gynecology, 2013, 121(4): 829-846 Email: Massad, LS; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 53 Assisted reproductive technology in Europe, 2009: results generated from European registers by ESHRE Ferraretti, AP; Goossens, V; Kupka, M; et al. Abstract: The 13th European in vitro fertilization (IVF)-monitoring (EIM) report presents the results of treatments involving assisted reproductive technology (ART) initiated in Europe during 2009: are there any changes in the trends compared with previous years? Despite some fluctuations in the number of countries reporting data, the overall number of ART cycles has continued to increase year by year and, while pregnancy rates in 2009 remained similar to those reported in 2008, the number of transfers with multiple embryos (3) and the multiple delivery rates declined. Since 1997, ART data in Europe have been collected and reported in 12 manuscripts, published in Human Reproduction. Retrospective data collection of European ART data by the EIM Consortium for the European Society of Human Reproduction and Embryology (ESHRE); cycles started between 1st January and 31st December are collected on a yearly basis; the data are collected by the National Registers, when existing, or on a voluntary basis. From 34 countries (2 compared with 2008), 1005 clinics reported 537463 treatment cycles including: IVF (135621), intracytoplasmic sperm injection (ICSI, 266084), frozen embryo replacement (FER, 104153), egg donation (ED, 21604), in vitro maturation (IVM, 1334), preimplantation genetic diagnosis/screening (PGD/PGS, 4389) and frozen oocyte replacements (FOR, 4278). European data on intrauterine insemination using husband/partners semen (IUI-H) and donor (IUI-D) semen were reported from 21 and 18 countries, respectively. A total of 162843 IUI-H (12.7) and 29235 IUI-D (17.3) cycles were included. Data available from each country are presented in the tables; total values (as numbers and percentages) refer to those countries where all data have been reported. In 21 countries where all clinics reported to the ART register, a total of 399020 ART cycles were performed in a population of 373.8 million, corresponding to 1067 cycles per million inhabitants. For IVF, the clinical pregnancy rates per aspiration and per transfer were 28.9 and 32.9, respectively and for ICSI, the corresponding rates were 28.7 and 32.0. In FER cycles, the pregnancy rate per thawing was 20.9; in ED cycles, the pregnancy rate per transfer was 42.3. The delivery rate after IUI-H was 8.3 and 13.4 after IUI-D. In IVF and ICSI cycles, 1, 2, 3 and 4 embryos were transferred in 24.2, 57.7, 16.9 and 1.2, respectively. The proportions of singleton, twin and triplet deliveries after IVF and ICSI (combined) were 79.8, 19.4 and 0.8, respectively, resulting in a total multiple delivery rate of 20.2, compared with 21.7 in 2008,

137 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 22.3 in 2007, 20.8 in 2006 and 21.8 in 2005. In FER cycles, the multiple delivery rate was 13.0 (12.7 twins and 0.3 triplets). Twin and triplet delivery rates associated with IUI cycles were 10.4/0.7 and 10.3/0.5, following treatment with husband and donor semen, respectively. The method of reporting varies among countries, and registers from a number of countries have been unable to provide some of the relevant data such as initiated cycles and deliveries. As long as data are incomplete and generated through different methods of collection, results should be interpreted with caution. The 13th ESHRE report on ART shows a continuing expansion of the number of treatment cycles in Europe, with more than half a million of cycles reported in 2009. The use of ICSI has reached a plateau. Pregnancy and delivery rates after IVF and ICSI remained relatively stable compared with 2008 and 2007. The number of multiple embryo transfers (3 embryos) and the multiple delivery rate have shown a clear decline. The study has no external funding; all costs are covered by ESHRE. There are no competing interests. Keywords: sperm injection; countries; trends Source: Human Reproduction, 2013, 28(9): 2318–2331 Email: Ferraretti, AP; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 51 2012 Updated Consensus Guidelines for the Management of Abnormal Cervical Cancer Screening Tests and Cancer Precursors Massad, LS; Einstein, MH; Huh, WK; et al. Abstract: A group of 47 experts representing 23 professional societies, national and international health organizations, and federal agencies met in Bethesda, MD, September 14-15, 2012, to revise the 2006 American Society for Colposcopy and Cervical Pathology Consensus Guidelines. The group's goal was to provide revised evidence-based consensus guidelines for managing women with abnormal cervical cancer screening tests, cervical intraepithelial neoplasia (CIN) and adenocarcinoma in situ (AIS) following adoption of cervical cancer screening guidelines incorporating longer screening intervals and co-testing. In addition to literature review, data from almost 1.4 million women in the Kaiser Permanente Northern California Medical Care Plan provided evidence on risk after abnormal tests. Where data were available, guidelines prescribed similar management for women with similar risks for CIN 3, AIS, and cancer. Most prior guidelines were reaffirmed. Examples of updates include: Human papillonnavirus negative atypical squamous cells of undetermined significance results are followed with co-testing at 3 years before return to routine screening and are not sufficient for exiting women from screening at age 65 years; women aged 21-24 years need《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 less invasive management, especially for minor abnormalities; postcolposcopy management strategies incorporate co-testing; endocervical sampling reported as CIN 1 should be managed as CIN 1; unsatisfactory cytology should be repeated in most circumstances, even when HPV results from co-testing are known, while most cases of negative cytology with absent or insufficient endocervical cells or transformation zone component can be managed without intensive follow-up. Keywords: adenocarcinoma in-situ; squamous intraepithelial lesions; human-papillomavirus infection; atypical glandular cells; of-american-pathologists; undetermined significance; endocervical curettage; randomized-trial; uterine cervix; young-women Source: Journal of Lower Genital Tract Disease, 2013, 17: S1-S27 Email: Massad, LS; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 51 Why do singletons conceived after assisted reproduction technology have adverse perinatal outcome? Systematic review and meta-analysis Pinborg, A; Wennerholm, UB; Romundstad, LB; et al. Abstract: BACKGROUND: Assisted reproduction technology (ART) is used worldwide, at increasing rates, and data show that some adverse outcomes occur more frequently than following spontaneous conception (SC). Possible explanatory factors for the well-known adverse perinatal outcome in ART singletons were evaluated. METHODS: PubMed and Cochrane databases from 1982 to 2012 were searched. Studies using donor or frozen oocytes were excluded, as well as those with no control group or including <100 children. The main outcome measure was preterm birth (PTB defined as delivery <37 weeks of gestation), and a random effects model was used for meta-analyses of PTB. Other outcomes were very PTB, low-birthweight (LBW), very LBW, small for gestational age and perinatal mortality. RESULTS: The search returned 1255 articles and 65 of these met the inclusion criteria. The following were identified as predictors for PTB in singletons: SC in couples with time to pregnancy (TTP) > I year versus SC singletons in couples with TTP≤1 year [adjusted odds ratio (AOR) 1.35, 95% confidence interval (CI) 1.22, 1.50]; IVF/ICSI versus SC singletons from subfertile couples (TTP > 1 year; AOR 1.55, 95% CI 1.30, 1.85); conception after ovulation induction and/or intrauterine insemination versus SC singletons where TTP < 1 year (AOR 1.45, 95% CI 1.21, 1.74); IVF/ICSI singletons versus their non-ART singleton siblings (AOR 1.27, 95% CI 1.08, 1.49). The risk of PTB in singletons with a 'vanishing co-twin' versus from a single gestation was AOR of 1.73 (95% CI 1.54, 1.94) in the narrative data. ICSI versus IVF (AOR 0.80, 95% CI 0.69-0.93), and frozen embryo transfer versus fresh embryo transfer (AOR 0.85, 95% CI 0.76, 0.94) were associated with a lower risk of PTB.

138 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts CONCLUSIONS: Subfertility is a major risk factor for adverse perinatal outcome in ART singletons, however, even in the same mother an ART singleton has a poorer outcome than the non-ART sibling; hence, factors related to the hormone stimulation and/or IVF methods per se also may play a part. Further research is required into mechanisms of epigenetic modification in human embryos and the effects of cryo-preservation on this, whether milder ovarian stimulation regimens can improve embryo quality and endometrial conditions, and whether longer culture times for embryos has a negative influence on the perinatal outcome. Keywords: in-vitro fertilization; low-birth-weight; double-embryo-transfer; intracytoplasmic sperm injection; long-term health; ovarian stimulation; oocyte donation; increased risk; children born; cryopreserved embryos Source: Human Reproduction Update, 2013, 19(2): 87–104 Email: Pinborg, A; [email protected]

Oceanography Citation frequency: 45 The World Ocean Silica Cycle Treguer, PJ; De La Rocha, CL Abstract: Over the past few decades, we have realized that the silica cycle is strongly intertwined with other major biogeochemical cycles, like those of carbon and nitrogen, and as such is intimately related to marine primary production, the efficiency of carbon export to the deep sea, and the inventory of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere. For nearly 20 years, the marine silica budget compiled by Treguer et al. (1995), with its exploration of reservoirs, processes, sources, and sinks in the silica cycle, has provided context and information fundamental to study of the silica cycle. Today, the budget needs revisiting to incorporate advances that have notably changed estimates of river and groundwater inputs to the ocean of dissolved silicon and easily dissolvable amorphous silica, inputs from the dissolution of terrestrial lithogenic silica in ocean margin sediments, reverse weathering removal fluxes, and outputs of biogenic silica (especially on ocean margins and in the form of nondiatomaceous biogenic silica). The resulting budget recognizes significantly higher input and output fluxes and notes that the recycling of silicon occurs mostly at the sediment-water interface and not during the sinking of silica particles through deep waters. Keywords: submarine groundwater discharge; equatorial pacific-ocean; regulate SI uptake; missing Ge sink; biogenic silica; southern- ocean; organic-carbon; north pacific; time-series; phytoplankton productivity Source: Annual Review of Marine Science, 2013, 5: 477–501 Email: Treguer, PJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 37 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Misuse of the phytoplanktonzooplankton dichotomy: the need to assign organisms as mixotrophs within plankton functional types Flynn, KJ; Stoecker, DK; Mitra, A; et al. Abstract: The classic portrayal of plankton is dominated by phytoplanktonic primary producers and zooplanktonic secondary producers. In reality, many if not most plankton traditionally labelled as phytoplankton or microzooplankton should be identified as mixotrophs, contributing to both primary and secondary production. Mixotrophic protists (i.e. single-celled eukaryotes that perform photosynthesis and graze on particles) do not represent a minor component of the plankton, as some form of inferior representatives of the past evolution of protists; they represent a major component of the extant protist plankton, and one which could become more dominant with climate change. The implications for this mistaken identification, of the incorrect labelling of mixotrophs as phytoplankton or microzooplankton, are great. It extends from the (mis)use of photopigments as indicators of primary production performed by strict photoautotrophs rather than also (co)locating mixotrophic activity, through to the inadequacy of plankton functional type descriptions in models (noting that mixotrophic production in the individual organism is not a simple sum of phototrophy and heterotrophy). We propose that mixotrophy should be recognized as a major contributor to plankton dynamics, with due effort expended in field and laboratory studies, and should no longer be side-lined in conceptual food webs or in mathematical models. Keywords: red-tide; cyanobacterium synechococcus; dinophysis-caudata; marine ecosystems; bloom dynamics; growth; carbon; photosynthesis; protists; nitrogen Source: Journal of Plankton Research, 2013, 35(1): 3–11 Email: Flynn, KJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 33 Sea surface freshening inferred from SMOS and ARGO salinity: impact of rain Boutin, J; Martin, N; Reverdin, G; et al. Abstract: The sea surface salinity (SSS) measured from space by the Soil Moisture and Ocean Salinity (SMOS) mission has recently been revisited by the European Space Agency first campaign reprocessing. We show that, with respect to the previous version, biases close to land and ice greatly decrease. The accuracy of SMOS SSS averaged over 10 days, 100×100 km2 in the open ocean and estimated by comparison to ARGO (Array for Real-Time Geostrophic Oceanography) SSS is on the order of 0.3-0.4 in tropical and subtropical regions and 0.5 in a cold region. The averaged negative SSS bias (-0.1) observed in the tropical Pacific Ocean between 5 degrees N and 15 degrees

139 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 N, relatively to other regions, is suppressed when SMOS observations concomitant with rain events, as detected from SSM/Is (Special Sensor Microwave Imager) rain rates, are removed from the SMOS-ARGO comparisons. The SMOS freshening is linearly correlated to SSM/Is rain rate with a slope estimated to -0.14 mm-1 h, after correction for rain atmospheric contribution. This tendency is the signature of the temporal SSS variability between the time of SMOS and ARGO measurements linked to rain variability and of the vertical salinity stratification between the first centimeter of the sea surface layer sampled by SMOS and the 5 m depth sampled by ARGO. However, given that the whole set of collocations includes situations with ARGO measurements concomitant with rain events collocated with SMOS measurements under no rain, the mean -0.1 bias and the negative skewness of the statistical distribution of SMOS minus ARGO SSS difference are very likely the mean signature of the vertical salinity stratification. In the future, the analysis of ongoing in situ salinity measurements in the top 50 cm of the sea surface and of Aquarius satellite SSS are expected to provide complementary information about the sea surface salinity stratification. Keywords: pacific warm pool; ocean; variability; performance; atlantic Source: Ocean Science, 2013, 9(1): 183–192 Email: Boutin, J; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 33 The responses of eight coral reef calcifiers to increasing partial pressure of CO2 do not exhibit a tipping point Comeau, S; Edmunds, PJ; Spindel, NB; et al. Abstract: The objective of this study was to investigate whether a tipping point exists in the calcification responses of coral reef calcifiers to CO2. We compared the effects of six partial pressures of CO2 (P-CO2) from 28 Pa to 210 Pa on the net calcification of four corals (Acropora pulchra, Porites rus, Pocillopora damicornis, and Pavona cactus), and four calcified algae (Hydrolithon onkodes, Lithophyllum flavescens, Halimeda macroloba, and Halimeda minima). After 2 weeks of acclimation in a common environment, organisms were incubated in 12 aquaria for 2 weeks at the targeted P-CO2 levels and net calcification was quantified. All eight species calcified at the highest P-CO2 in which the calcium carbonate aragonite saturation state was similar to 1. Calcification decreased linearly as a function of increasing partial P-CO2 in three corals and three algae. Overall, the decrease in net calcification as a function of decreasing pH was similar to 10% when ambient P-CO2 (39 Pa) was doubled. The calcification responses of P. damicornis and H. macroloba were unaffected by increasing P-CO2. These results are inconsistent with the notion that coral reefs will be affected by rising P-CO2 in a response characterized by a tipping point. Instead, our《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 findings combined among taxa suggest a gradual decline in calcification will occur, but this general response includes specific cases of complete resistance to rising P-CO2. Together our results suggest that the overall response of coral reef communities to ocean acidification will be monotonic and inversely proportional to P-CO2, with reef-wide responses dependent on the species composition of calcifying taxa. Keywords: ocean acidification; climate-change; calcification; algae; productivity; temperature; halimeda Source: Limnology and Oceanography, 2013, 58(1): 388–398 Email: Comeau, S; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 31 Recalcitrant Dissolved Organic Carbon Fractions Hansell, DA Abstract: Marine dissolved organic carbon (DOC) exhibits a spectrum of reactivity, from very fast turnover of the most bioavailable forms in the surface ocean to long-lived materials circulating within the ocean abyss. These disparate reactivities group DOC by fractions with distinctive functions in the cycling of carbon, ranging from support of the microbial loop to involvement in the biological pump to a hypothesized major source/sink of atmospheric CO2 driving paleoclimate variability. Here, the major fractions constituting the global ocean's recalcitrant DOC pool are quantitatively and qualitatively characterized with reference to their roles in carbon biogeochemistry. A nomenclature for the fractions is proposed based on those roles. Keywords: northwestern sargasso sea; zooplankton vertical migration; apparent oxygen utilization; subtropical north-atlantic; combined neutral sugars; pacific-ocean; deep-ocean; ross sea; mediterranean-sea; water column Source: Annual Review of Marine Science, 2013, 5: 421–445 Email: Hansell, DA; [email protected]

Editor in charge: YAO Yu-qin

140 Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

Cover Papers

Botany

Effects of Gaseous Formaldehyde Stress on the Accumulation of Hydrogen Peroxide in Guard Cells and the Stomata Conductance and Aperture of Vicia faba SUN Hui-Qun, ZHOU Sheng-En, et al. Abstract: Using Vicia faba as the material, effects of gaseous formaldehyde (HCHO) stress on

the accumulation of H2O2 in guard cells, the stomata conductance and aperture were investigated.

The results showed that the gaseous HCHO stress increased the accumulation of H2O2 in leaves.

The fluorescence microscopic analysis indicated that the increased H2O2 in guard cells mainly distributed in the cytoplasm under low levels (0.2–0.4 μmol·L–1) of gaseous HCHO stress. High levels (0.8-1.6 μmol·L–1) of gaseous HCHO stress significantly increased not only the

accumulation of H2O2 in the cytoplasm of guard cells but also the content of H2O2 in chloroplasts

and the number of H2O2-accumulated chloroplasts. The data suggested that the accumulated

H2O2 in guard cells mainly originated from chloroplasts and the cytoplasm under high levels of

gaseous HCHO stress. The accumulation of H2O2 in guard cells significantly decreased the stomatal conductance and aperture, leading to a decline in the HCHO absorption efficiency of V. faba. The accumulation of H2O2 in leaves might originate from the changes of antioxidant enzyme activities in leaves under gaseous HCHO stress. The gaseous HCHO stress significantly enhanced the activitkies of CAT and SOD in leaves. However, only low levels of gaseous HCHO induced the activity of POD. APX was sensitive to HCHO stress and even a low level of HCHO stress could inhibit its activity remarkably.

Keywords: gaseous formaldehyde《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 stress; Vicia faba; guard cell; H2O2 accumulation; antioxidant enzyme Source: Plant Physiology Journal, 2015, 51(2): 246–252 Email: CHEN Li-Mei, [email protected]

Biochemistry

Structural and Functional Characterization of Acinetobacter baumannii Nucleoside Diphosphate Kinase HU Ying-Song, FENG Feng, LIU Ying-Fang Abstract: Acinetobacter baumannii is a new threat in intensive care units (ICUs) for its multiresistance to antibiotics, but little is known about this bacterium. Nucleoside diphosphate kinase (NDK) is an evolutionarily conserved enzyme that catalyzes phosphoryl transformation between nucleosides. In our study, the crystal structure of wild type Acinetobacter baumannii NDK along with its mutant generated through truncation of the C-terminal arginine-threonine- arginine (RTR) residues, were solved. In comparison with Myxococcus xanthus NDK structure, we speculated that Acinetobacter baumannii NDK shared a similar catalytic mechanism with Myxococcus xanthus. Activity assay and CD spectra analysis revealed that E28A mutant might interrupt the secondary structure of the protein leading to declined enzymatic activity. Truncation of the C-terminal RTR residues would lead to the instability of the tertiary structure resulting in reduced kinase activity. Lys33 was a key residue for maintaining dimer interaction when RTR residues were truncated but was not sufficient to keep efficient enzymatic reaction. The structural data can provide a potential target to develop novel therapeutic approaches to overcome multiresistance of the bacterium against antibiotics. Keywords: Acinetobacter baumannii, nucleoside diphosphate kinase (NDK), crystal structure Source: Progress in Biochemistry and Biophysics, 2015, 42(3): 260–267 Email: LIU Ying-Fang, [email protected]

141 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 6, 2015

Chemical Industry

Development of a pentaethylenehexamine-modified solid support adsorbent for CO2 capture from model flue gas Li Wei, Yu Jing, Zhengming Gao, et al.

Abstract: A novel solid support adsorbent for CO2 capture was developed by loading pentaethylenehexamine (PEHA) on commercially available mesoporous molecular sieve MCM-41 using wet impregnation method. MCM-41 samples before and after PEHA loading

were characterized by X-ray powder diffraction, N2 adsorption/desorption, thermal gravimetric analysis and scanning electron microscope to investigate the textural and thermo-physical

properties. CO2 adsorption performance was evaluated in a fixed bed adsorption system. Results indicated that the structure of MCM-41 was preserved after loading PEHA. Surface area and total pore volume of PEHA loaded MCM-41 decreased with the increase of loading. The working

adsorption capacity of CO2 could be significantly improved at 60% of PEHA loading and 75℃. The effect of the height of adsorbent bed was investigated and the best working adsorption capacity for MCM-41-PEHA-60 reached 165 mg·(g adsorbent)-1 at 75℃. Adsorption/desorption

circle showed that the CO2working adsorption capacity of MCM-41-PEHA kept stable.

Keywords: CO2 adsorption; Pentaethylenehexamine; MCM-41 molecular sieve; CO2 adsorbent; Source: Chinese Journal of Chemical Engineering, 2015, 23(2): 366-371 Email: Zhengming [email protected]

Chemistry

Cover Story: The cover image presents the CH3NH3PbI3 perovskite thin films, and the corresponding surface morphology and crystal structure. On page 576, DING et al. demonstrate

《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅that the CH3NH3PbI3 thin films can be obtained by reacting PbO-PbI2 hybrid films with

CH3NH3I vapor, and the uniform surface morphology and suitable photoelectrical properties

show that the prepared CH3NH3PbI3 thin films can be employed in photovoltaic devices.

Optical and Electrical Properties of CH3NH3PbI3 Perovskite Thin Films Transformed from PbO-PbI2 Hybrid Films DING Xu-Kun, LI Xiao-Min, GAO Xiang-Dong, et al. Abstract: Organic-inorganic halide perovskites have been shown to be outstanding photovoltaic materials, achieving remarkably high power conversion efficiency (15%) of sunlight to electricity within the past 4 years. The controllable synthesis of organicinorganic halide perovskites is fundamental to their applications in photovoltaic devices. Here we explore a novel

strategy to prepare a typical halide peroskite CH3NH3PbI3 by transforming PbO-PbI2 hybrid

materials. CH3NH3PbI3 thin films were deposited on glass substrates by reacting ultrasonic-

assisted successive ionic layer adsorption and reaction (SILAR)-derived PbO-PbI2 hybrid films with CH3NH3I vapor at 110℃. The microstructure and crystallinity of the films, together with the optical and electrical properties were characterized. Results show that CH3NH3PbI3 thin films possess perovskite crystal structure and uniform surface morphology with grain size up to 400 nm. In the visible band, CH3NH3PbI3 thin films showed low transmittance (below 10%), with a band gap of 1.58 eV. The surface resistivity of CH3NH3PbI3 thin films was as high as 1000 MΩ, indicating the dielectric nature of obtained CH3NH3PbI3 films, with a dielectric constant of εr(100 Hz)=155 on low frequency. The current work opens an effective route toward high quality organicinorganic halide perovskite films with good crystallinity and optical properties, which make them suitable for application in photovoltaic devices, and other optical and electrical applications.

Keywords: CH3NH3PbI3; Thin film; Perovskite; Successive ionic layer adsorption and reaction; Vapor process; Photovoltaic material; Source: Acta Physico-Chimica Sinica, 2015,31(3): 576-582 Email: LI Xiao-Min, [email protected]

Editor: ZHANG Bao-qing

142 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅

《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 CHINESE SCIENCE ABSTRACTS (Monthly, Established in 2006) Vol

《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 CHINESE SCIENCE ABSTRACTS (Monthly, Established in 2006) Vol